* [PATCH] gdb, gdbserver, gdbsupport: remove spurious trailing whitespaces
@ 2022-11-07 13:50 Simon Marchi
0 siblings, 0 replies; only message in thread
From: Simon Marchi @ 2022-11-07 13:50 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches; +Cc: Simon Marchi
From: Simon Marchi <simon.marchi@efficios.com>
My editor highlights trailing whitespaces in read, and I see them
everywhere. I'd like to remove the spurious trailing whitespaces so I
see a bit less red every day.
Change-Id: Ie8c75b77a21babcab7c4c4aabdf5924f7c2e7e22
---
gdb/aarch64-ravenscar-thread.h | 2 +-
gdb/ada-lang.c | 82 +++---
gdb/ada-tasks.c | 6 +-
gdb/ada-typeprint.c | 6 +-
gdb/addrmap.c | 2 +-
gdb/addrmap.h | 2 +-
gdb/aix-thread.c | 64 ++---
gdb/alpha-mdebug-tdep.c | 4 +-
gdb/alpha-netbsd-tdep.c | 4 +-
gdb/alpha-tdep.c | 40 +--
gdb/alpha-tdep.h | 4 +-
gdb/amd64-darwin-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c | 10 +-
gdb/amd64-linux-tdep.c | 10 +-
gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/amd64-tdep.c | 26 +-
gdb/arch-utils.c | 6 +-
gdb/arm-linux-nat.c | 26 +-
gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c | 20 +-
gdb/arm-netbsd-nat.c | 4 +-
gdb/arm-tdep.c | 76 +++---
gdb/arm-tdep.h | 10 +-
gdb/async-event.c | 4 +-
gdb/auto-load.c | 2 +-
gdb/avr-tdep.c | 26 +-
gdb/ax-gdb.c | 14 +-
gdb/bcache.c | 10 +-
gdb/bcache.h | 2 +-
gdb/blockframe.c | 2 +-
gdb/break-catch-syscall.c | 2 +-
gdb/break-catch-throw.c | 4 +-
gdb/breakpoint.c | 92 +++----
gdb/breakpoint.h | 14 +-
gdb/bsd-kvm.c | 2 +-
gdb/buildsym.c | 2 +-
gdb/c-lang.c | 4 +-
gdb/c-typeprint.c | 6 +-
gdb/c-valprint.c | 4 +-
gdb/c-varobj.c | 20 +-
gdb/charset-list.h | 4 +-
gdb/charset.c | 18 +-
gdb/charset.h | 4 +-
gdb/cli/cli-decode.c | 16 +-
gdb/cli/cli-dump.c | 42 +--
gdb/cli/cli-interp.c | 2 +-
gdb/cli/cli-logging.c | 2 +-
gdb/cli/cli-script.c | 4 +-
gdb/cli/cli-utils.c | 6 +-
gdb/cli/cli-utils.h | 6 +-
gdb/coffread.c | 20 +-
gdb/compile/compile-object-load.c | 2 +-
gdb/complaints.c | 2 +-
gdb/completer.c | 6 +-
gdb/corefile.c | 10 +-
gdb/corelow.c | 6 +-
gdb/cp-abi.h | 2 +-
gdb/cp-support.c | 6 +-
gdb/cris-tdep.c | 406 ++++++++++++++--------------
gdb/darwin-nat-info.c | 8 +-
gdb/dbxread.c | 12 +-
gdb/dcache.c | 4 +-
gdb/defs.h | 8 +-
gdb/dictionary.c | 18 +-
gdb/dictionary.h | 4 +-
gdb/dtrace-probe.c | 60 ++--
gdb/dummy-frame.c | 2 +-
gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.c | 2 +-
gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.h | 2 +-
gdb/dwarf2/expr.c | 4 +-
gdb/dwarf2/frame-tailcall.c | 2 +-
gdb/dwarf2/frame.c | 6 +-
gdb/dwarf2/loc.c | 26 +-
gdb/dwarf2/read.c | 2 +-
gdb/exceptions.c | 2 +-
gdb/exec.c | 8 +-
gdb/f-valprint.c | 22 +-
gdb/frv-linux-tdep.c | 8 +-
gdb/frv-tdep.c | 8 +-
gdb/ft32-tdep.c | 6 +-
gdb/gcore.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdb-demangle.c | 6 +-
gdb/gdb.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdb_wchar.h | 6 +-
gdb/gdbthread.h | 6 +-
gdb/gdbtypes.c | 40 +--
gdb/gdbtypes.h | 8 +-
gdb/glibc-tdep.c | 10 +-
gdb/gmp-utils.h | 2 +-
gdb/gnu-nat.c | 8 +-
gdb/gnu-v3-abi.c | 6 +-
gdb/gregset.h | 2 +-
gdb/guile/scm-block.c | 2 +-
gdb/guile/scm-math.c | 2 +-
gdb/guile/scm-pretty-print.c | 6 +-
gdb/guile/scm-symbol.c | 2 +-
gdb/guile/scm-symtab.c | 2 +-
gdb/h8300-tdep.c | 6 +-
gdb/hppa-linux-nat.c | 4 +-
gdb/hppa-linux-tdep.c | 22 +-
gdb/hppa-netbsd-tdep.c | 4 +-
gdb/hppa-obsd-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/hppa-tdep.c | 96 +++----
gdb/hppa-tdep.h | 4 +-
gdb/i386-bsd-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/i386-darwin-tdep.c | 8 +-
gdb/i386-linux-nat.c | 10 +-
gdb/i386-linux-tdep.c | 6 +-
gdb/i386-linux-tdep.h | 2 +-
gdb/i386-netbsd-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c | 4 +-
gdb/i386-tdep.c | 34 +--
gdb/i386-tdep.h | 2 +-
gdb/i387-tdep.c | 8 +-
gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.c | 16 +-
gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.h | 2 +-
gdb/ia64-linux-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/ia64-tdep.c | 218 +++++++--------
gdb/infcall.c | 2 +-
gdb/infcall.h | 2 +-
gdb/infcmd.c | 6 +-
gdb/inferior.c | 2 +-
gdb/infrun.c | 24 +-
gdb/interps.c | 2 +-
gdb/iq2000-tdep.c | 54 ++--
gdb/language.c | 4 +-
gdb/language.h | 6 +-
gdb/linespec.c | 8 +-
gdb/linux-fork.c | 4 +-
gdb/linux-nat.c | 4 +-
gdb/linux-record.h | 2 +-
gdb/linux-tdep.c | 14 +-
gdb/linux-thread-db.c | 2 +-
gdb/lm32-tdep.c | 12 +-
gdb/m2-lang.c | 2 +-
gdb/m2-typeprint.c | 2 +-
gdb/m2-valprint.c | 6 +-
gdb/m32c-tdep.c | 20 +-
gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/m32r-tdep.c | 18 +-
gdb/m32r-tdep.h | 2 +-
gdb/m68hc11-tdep.c | 46 ++--
gdb/m68k-bsd-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c | 4 +-
gdb/m68k-tdep.c | 6 +-
gdb/macrocmd.c | 2 +-
gdb/macroexp.c | 20 +-
gdb/macroscope.c | 2 +-
gdb/macrotab.c | 8 +-
gdb/main.c | 2 +-
gdb/mdebugread.c | 30 +-
gdb/memattr.c | 10 +-
gdb/memattr.h | 14 +-
gdb/mep-tdep.c | 42 +--
gdb/mi/mi-cmd-break.c | 4 +-
gdb/mi/mi-cmd-disas.c | 2 +-
gdb/mi/mi-cmd-env.c | 10 +-
gdb/mi/mi-cmd-file.c | 4 +-
gdb/mi/mi-cmd-stack.c | 4 +-
gdb/mi/mi-cmd-var.c | 28 +-
gdb/mi/mi-getopt.c | 4 +-
gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h | 6 +-
gdb/mi/mi-interp.c | 2 +-
gdb/microblaze-linux-tdep.c | 8 +-
gdb/microblaze-tdep.c | 16 +-
gdb/minsyms.c | 2 +-
gdb/minsyms.h | 8 +-
gdb/mips-linux-nat.c | 4 +-
gdb/mips-netbsd-nat.c | 4 +-
gdb/mips-netbsd-tdep.c | 8 +-
gdb/mips-tdep.c | 38 +--
gdb/mn10300-linux-tdep.c | 118 ++++----
gdb/mn10300-tdep.c | 22 +-
gdb/moxie-tdep.c | 40 +--
gdb/moxie-tdep.h | 2 +-
gdb/nat/linux-osdata.h | 2 +-
gdb/nat/windows-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/nat/x86-gcc-cpuid.h | 6 +-
gdb/netbsd-tdep.c | 4 +-
gdb/nios2-tdep.c | 16 +-
gdb/nto-procfs.c | 8 +-
gdb/nto-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/objc-lang.c | 130 ++++-----
gdb/objfiles.c | 2 +-
gdb/osabi.h | 2 +-
gdb/osdata.c | 2 +-
gdb/parse.c | 6 +-
gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c | 26 +-
gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c | 14 +-
gdb/ppc64-tdep.c | 4 +-
gdb/printcmd.c | 10 +-
gdb/proc-api.c | 84 +++---
gdb/proc-events.c | 6 +-
gdb/proc-flags.c | 2 +-
gdb/proc-utils.h | 4 +-
gdb/proc-why.c | 2 +-
gdb/python/py-infevents.c | 2 +-
gdb/python/py-infthread.c | 2 +-
gdb/python/py-param.c | 2 +-
gdb/python/py-prettyprint.c | 2 +-
gdb/python/py-value.c | 2 +-
gdb/quick-symbol.h | 2 +-
gdb/record-full.c | 22 +-
gdb/regcache.h | 2 +-
gdb/regset.h | 2 +-
gdb/remote-fileio.c | 16 +-
gdb/remote.c | 20 +-
gdb/reverse.c | 2 +-
gdb/rl78-tdep.c | 6 +-
gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c | 14 +-
gdb/rs6000-tdep.c | 50 ++--
gdb/rust-lang.c | 2 +-
gdb/rust-parse.c | 2 +-
gdb/rx-tdep.c | 4 +-
gdb/sentinel-frame.c | 2 +-
gdb/ser-base.c | 6 +-
gdb/ser-mingw.c | 6 +-
gdb/ser-pipe.c | 2 +-
gdb/ser-tcp.c | 4 +-
gdb/ser-unix.c | 4 +-
gdb/ser-unix.h | 2 +-
gdb/serial.h | 4 +-
gdb/sh-linux-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/sh-tdep.c | 46 ++--
gdb/solib-frv.c | 6 +-
gdb/solib.c | 6 +-
gdb/source.c | 18 +-
gdb/sparc-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/sparc-tdep.c | 6 +-
gdb/sparc64-netbsd-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/sparc64-obsd-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/sparc64-tdep.c | 22 +-
gdb/stabsread.c | 32 +--
gdb/stack.c | 6 +-
gdb/stap-probe.c | 4 +-
gdb/stubs/i386-stub.c | 6 +-
gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c | 26 +-
gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c | 34 +--
gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c | 166 ++++++------
gdb/stubs/sh-stub.c | 60 ++--
gdb/symfile.c | 2 +-
gdb/symtab.c | 8 +-
gdb/symtab.h | 16 +-
gdb/target.c | 4 +-
gdb/target.h | 10 +-
gdb/target/waitstatus.h | 10 +-
gdb/thread.c | 2 +-
gdb/tilegx-tdep.c | 4 +-
gdb/tracepoint.c | 36 +--
gdb/tramp-frame.c | 2 +-
gdb/tui/tui-disasm.h | 2 +-
gdb/tui/tui-hooks.c | 2 +-
gdb/tui/tui-io.c | 4 +-
gdb/tui/tui-regs.c | 6 +-
gdb/tui/tui-win.c | 18 +-
gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c | 4 +-
gdb/tui/tui.c | 4 +-
gdb/type-stack.h | 12 +-
gdb/typeprint.c | 4 +-
gdb/unittests/scoped_fd-selftests.c | 2 +-
gdb/user-regs.h | 2 +-
gdb/utils.c | 2 +-
gdb/v850-tdep.c | 16 +-
gdb/valarith.c | 22 +-
gdb/valops.c | 70 ++---
gdb/valprint.c | 24 +-
gdb/valprint.h | 4 +-
gdb/value.c | 2 +-
gdb/varobj.c | 34 +--
gdb/varobj.h | 4 +-
gdb/windows-tdep.c | 10 +-
gdb/x86-nat.h | 2 +-
gdb/xcoffread.c | 12 +-
gdb/xml-syscall.c | 2 +-
gdb/xml-syscall.h | 2 +-
gdb/xml-tdesc.c | 2 +-
gdb/xstormy16-tdep.c | 20 +-
gdb/xtensa-linux-nat.c | 8 +-
gdb/xtensa-tdep.c | 114 ++++----
gdb/xtensa-tdep.h | 12 +-
gdbserver/i387-fp.cc | 4 +-
gdbserver/linux-i386-ipa.cc | 6 +-
gdbserver/linux-low.h | 2 +-
gdbserver/linux-x86-low.cc | 4 +-
gdbserver/server.cc | 2 +-
gdbserver/server.h | 2 +-
gdbserver/tracepoint.cc | 2 +-
gdbsupport/buffer.cc | 4 +-
gdbsupport/buffer.h | 2 +-
gdbsupport/event-loop.cc | 8 +-
gdbsupport/event-loop.h | 4 +-
gdbsupport/gdb_vecs.cc | 4 +-
gdbsupport/parallel-for.h | 2 +-
gdbsupport/print-utils.h | 8 +-
gdbsupport/ptid.cc | 2 +-
294 files changed, 2110 insertions(+), 2110 deletions(-)
diff --git a/gdb/aarch64-ravenscar-thread.h b/gdb/aarch64-ravenscar-thread.h
index f57a6cebbc9e..7adf9f79a80e 100644
--- a/gdb/aarch64-ravenscar-thread.h
+++ b/gdb/aarch64-ravenscar-thread.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Ravenscar Aarch64 target support.
-
+
Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GDB.
diff --git a/gdb/ada-lang.c b/gdb/ada-lang.c
index 383f96bdc451..6c615af6bb2e 100644
--- a/gdb/ada-lang.c
+++ b/gdb/ada-lang.c
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ static const char *
ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name)
{
const char *result;
-
+
/* If the decoded name starts with '<', it means that the encoded
name does not follow standard naming conventions, and thus that
it is not your typical Ada symbol name. Trying to unqualify it
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ ada_decode (const char *encoded, bool wrap, bool operators)
&& isdigit (encoded [i+4]))
{
int k = i + 5;
-
+
while (k < len0 && isdigit (encoded[k]))
k++; /* Skip any extra digit. */
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ ada_decode (const char *encoded, bool wrap, bool operators)
/* Table for keeping permanent unique copies of decoded names. Once
allocated, names in this table are never released. While this is a
storage leak, it should not be significant unless there are massive
- changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a
+ changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a
symbol table loaded during a single session. */
static struct htab *decoded_names_store;
@@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ desc_arity (struct type *type)
return 0;
}
-/* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or
+/* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or
an array descriptor type (representing an unconstrained array
type). */
@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds)
if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr)))
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (array_type, 0) =
decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr));
-
+
return array_type;
}
else
@@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ ada_unpack_from_contents (const gdb_byte *src, int bit_offset, int bit_size,
proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
assigning through the result will set the field fetched from.
VALADDR is ignored unless OBJ is NULL, in which case,
- VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the
+ VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the
packed value. The value returned in this case is never an lval.
Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
@@ -4234,19 +4234,19 @@ possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[])
\f
/* Renaming */
-/* NOTES:
+/* NOTES:
1. In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
point.
- 2. We handle both the (old) purely type-based representation of
+ 2. We handle both the (old) purely type-based representation of
renamings and the (new) variable-based encoding. At some point,
- it is devoutly to be hoped that the former goes away
+ it is devoutly to be hoped that the former goes away
(FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09).
3. Subprogram renamings are not implemented, although the XRS
suffix is recognized (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). */
-/* If SYM encodes a renaming,
+/* If SYM encodes a renaming,
<renaming> renames <renamed entity>,
@@ -4267,7 +4267,7 @@ possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[])
enum ada_renaming_category
ada_parse_renaming (struct symbol *sym,
- const char **renamed_entity, int *len,
+ const char **renamed_entity, int *len,
const char **renaming_expr)
{
enum ada_renaming_category kind;
@@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ ada_parse_renaming (struct symbol *sym,
if (sym == NULL)
return ADA_NOT_RENAMING;
- switch (sym->aclass ())
+ switch (sym->aclass ())
{
default:
return ADA_NOT_RENAMING;
@@ -4778,7 +4778,7 @@ standard_lookup (const char *name, const struct block *block,
/* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol
- in the symbol fields of SYMS. We treat enumerals as functions,
+ in the symbol fields of SYMS. We treat enumerals as functions,
since they contend in overloading in the same way. */
static int
is_nonfunction (const std::vector<struct block_symbol> &syms)
@@ -5104,7 +5104,7 @@ remove_extra_symbols (std::vector<struct block_symbol> *syms)
remove_p = 1;
}
}
-
+
if (remove_p)
syms->erase (syms->begin () + i);
else
@@ -5236,14 +5236,14 @@ old_renaming_is_invisible (const struct symbol *sym, const char *function_name)
remove from the SYMS list renaming symbols that should be visible
from CURRENT_BLOCK. However, there does not seem be a 100% reliable
method with the current information available. The implementation
- below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12):
-
+ below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12):
+
- When the user tries to print a rename in a function while there
is another rename entity defined in a package: Normally, the
rename in the function has precedence over the rename in the
package, so the latter should be removed from the list. This is
currently not the case.
-
+
- This function will incorrectly remove valid renames if
the CURRENT_BLOCK corresponds to a function which symbol name
has been changed by an "Export" pragma. As a consequence,
@@ -5394,7 +5394,7 @@ match_data::operator() (struct block_symbol *bsym)
found_sym = false;
arg_sym = NULL;
}
- else
+ else
{
if (sym->aclass () == LOC_UNRESOLVED)
return true;
@@ -5703,7 +5703,7 @@ ada_add_all_symbols (std::vector<struct block_symbol> &result,
*made_global_lookup_p = 1;
/* Search symbols from all global blocks. */
-
+
add_nonlocal_symbols (result, lookup_name, domain, 1);
/* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits
@@ -5843,7 +5843,7 @@ is_name_suffix (const char *str)
while (isdigit (str[0]))
str += 1;
}
-
+
/* [.$][0-9]+ */
if (str[0] == '.' || str[0] == '$')
@@ -6945,19 +6945,19 @@ ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno,
return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type);
}
-/* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found,
+/* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found,
set the following for each argument that is non-null:
- - *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type;
- - *BYTE_OFFSET_P to OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within
+ - *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type;
+ - *BYTE_OFFSET_P to OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within
an object of that type;
- - *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field;
- - *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and
+ - *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field;
+ - *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and
0 otherwise;
If INDEX_P is non-null, increment *INDEX_P by the number of source-visible
fields up to but not including the desired field, or by the total
number of fields if not found. A NULL value of NAME never
matches; the function just counts visible fields in this case.
-
+
Notice that we need to handle when a tagged record hierarchy
has some components with the same name, like in this scenario:
@@ -7084,7 +7084,7 @@ find_struct_field (const char *name, struct type *type, int offset,
}
else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
{
- /* PNH: Wait. Do we ever execute this section, or is ARG always of
+ /* PNH: Wait. Do we ever execute this section, or is ARG always of
fixed type?? */
int j;
struct type *field_type
@@ -7304,7 +7304,7 @@ type_as_string (struct type *type)
Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
followed by "___".
- TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also
+ TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also
be a (pointer or reference)+ to a struct or union, and the
ultimate target type will be searched.
@@ -7394,7 +7394,7 @@ ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, const char *name, int refok,
if the compiler changes this practice. */
const char *v_field_name = field_type->field (j).name ();
- if (v_field_name != NULL
+ if (v_field_name != NULL
&& field_name_match (v_field_name, name))
t = field_type->field (j).type ();
else
@@ -8554,13 +8554,13 @@ to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval,
DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
and may be NULL if there are none, or if the object of type TYPE at
ADDRESS or in VALADDR contains these discriminants.
-
+
If CHECK_TAG is not null, in the case of tagged types, this function
attempts to locate the object's tag and use it to compute the actual
type. However, when ADDRESS is null, we cannot use it to determine the
location of the tag, and therefore compute the tagged type's actual type.
So we return the tagged type without consulting the tag. */
-
+
static struct type *
ada_to_fixed_type_1 (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr,
CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval, int check_tag)
@@ -8986,7 +8986,7 @@ ada_is_character_type (struct type *type)
and don't check any further. */
if (type->code () == TYPE_CODE_CHAR)
return true;
-
+
/* Otherwise, assume it's a character type iff it is a discrete type
with a known character type name. */
name = ada_type_name (type);
@@ -9804,7 +9804,7 @@ ada_assign_operation::evaluate (struct type *expect_type,
[ INDICES[0] .. INDICES[1] ],... The resulting intervals do not
overlap. */
static void
-add_component_interval (LONGEST low, LONGEST high,
+add_component_interval (LONGEST low, LONGEST high,
std::vector<LONGEST> &indices)
{
int i, j;
@@ -9830,7 +9830,7 @@ add_component_interval (LONGEST low, LONGEST high,
else if (high < indices[i])
break;
}
-
+
indices.resize (indices.size () + 2);
for (j = indices.size () - 1; j >= i + 2; j -= 1)
indices[j] = indices[j - 2];
@@ -10454,7 +10454,7 @@ ada_unop_atr (struct expression *exp, enum noside noside, enum exp_opcode op,
default:
error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
case OP_ATR_FIRST:
- return value_from_longest
+ return value_from_longest
(range_type, ada_discrete_type_low_bound (range_type));
case OP_ATR_LAST:
return value_from_longest
@@ -11920,7 +11920,7 @@ ada_find_printable_frame (frame_info_ptr fi)
/* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception
catchpoint, return the address in inferior memory where the name
of the exception is stored.
-
+
Return zero if the address could not be computed. */
static CORE_ADDR
@@ -11948,7 +11948,7 @@ ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void)
fi = get_current_frame ();
for (frame_level = 0; frame_level < 3; frame_level += 1)
if (fi != NULL)
- fi = get_prev_frame (fi);
+ fi = get_prev_frame (fi);
while (fi != NULL)
{
@@ -12430,7 +12430,7 @@ ada_catchpoint::print_it (const bpstat *bs) const
bool
ada_catchpoint::print_one (bp_location **last_loc) const
-{
+{
struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
struct value_print_options opts;
@@ -12452,13 +12452,13 @@ ada_catchpoint::print_one (bp_location **last_loc) const
}
else
uiout->field_string ("what", "all Ada exceptions");
-
+
break;
case ada_catch_exception_unhandled:
uiout->field_string ("what", "unhandled Ada exceptions");
break;
-
+
case ada_catch_handlers:
if (!excep_string.empty ())
{
@@ -12574,7 +12574,7 @@ is_ada_exception_catchpoint (breakpoint *bp)
return dynamic_cast<ada_catchpoint *> (bp) != nullptr;
}
-/* Split the arguments specified in a "catch exception" command.
+/* Split the arguments specified in a "catch exception" command.
Set EX to the appropriate catchpoint type.
Set EXCEP_STRING to the name of the specific exception if
specified by the user.
diff --git a/gdb/ada-tasks.c b/gdb/ada-tasks.c
index 85d1aaccb066..d39668462861 100644
--- a/gdb/ada-tasks.c
+++ b/gdb/ada-tasks.c
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ ada_get_task_number (thread_info *thread)
/* Return the task number of the task running in inferior INF which
matches TASK_ID , or zero if the task could not be found. */
-
+
static int
get_task_number_from_id (CORE_ADDR task_id, struct inferior *inf)
{
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ info_task (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *taskno_str, struct inferior *inf)
/* If ARG is empty or null, then print a list of all Ada tasks.
Otherwise, print detailed information about the task whose ID
is ARG.
-
+
Does nothing if the program doesn't use Ada tasking. */
static void
@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ task_command_1 (const char *taskno_str, int from_tty, struct inferior *inf)
if (!ada_task_is_alive (task_info))
error (_("Cannot switch to task %s: Task is no longer running"),
task_to_str (taskno, task_info).c_str ());
-
+
/* On some platforms, the thread list is not updated until the user
performs a thread-related operation (by using the "info threads"
command, for instance). So this thread list may not be up to date
diff --git a/gdb/ada-typeprint.c b/gdb/ada-typeprint.c
index c79226fcd7d2..b65ee6492f42 100644
--- a/gdb/ada-typeprint.c
+++ b/gdb/ada-typeprint.c
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ print_variant_clauses (struct type *var_type, struct type *discr_type,
/* Assuming that field FIELD_NUM of TYPE represents variants whose
discriminant is contained in OUTER_TYPE, print its components on STREAM.
LEVEL is the recursion (indentation) level, in case any of the fields
- themselves have nested structure, and SHOW is the number of levels of
+ themselves have nested structure, and SHOW is the number of levels of
internal structure to show (see ada_print_type). For this purpose,
fields nested in a variant part are taken to be at the same level as
the fields immediately outside the variant part. */
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ print_record_field_types (struct type *type, struct type *outer_type,
0, type->num_fields () - 1,
stream, show, level, flags);
}
-
+
/* Print record type TYPE on STREAM. LEVEL is the recursion (indentation)
level, in case the element type itself has nested structure, and SHOW is
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ ada_print_type (struct type *type0, const char *varstring,
gdb_printf (stream, ">");
}
else if (ada_is_modular_type (type))
- gdb_printf (stream, "mod %s",
+ gdb_printf (stream, "mod %s",
int_string (ada_modulus (type), 10, 0, 0, 1));
else
{
diff --git a/gdb/addrmap.c b/gdb/addrmap.c
index 9c46bd7bed17..a048c25b10ed 100644
--- a/gdb/addrmap.c
+++ b/gdb/addrmap.c
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ addrmap_fixed::addrmap_fixed (struct obstack *obstack, addrmap_mutable *mut)
transitions[0].addr = 0;
transitions[0].value = NULL;
- /* Copy all entries from the splay tree to the array, in order
+ /* Copy all entries from the splay tree to the array, in order
of increasing address. */
mut->foreach ([&] (CORE_ADDR start, void *obj)
{
diff --git a/gdb/addrmap.h b/gdb/addrmap.h
index bdf1199481f9..1b95792f8362 100644
--- a/gdb/addrmap.h
+++ b/gdb/addrmap.h
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ struct addrmap_mutable : public addrmap
transition at address T if T-1 and T map to different objects.
Any addresses below the first node map to NULL. (Unlike
- fixed maps, we have no entry at (CORE_ADDR) 0; it doesn't
+ fixed maps, we have no entry at (CORE_ADDR) 0; it doesn't
simplify enough.)
The last region is assumed to end at CORE_ADDR_MAX.
diff --git a/gdb/aix-thread.c b/gdb/aix-thread.c
index e556c1535760..0a82bfd58901 100644
--- a/gdb/aix-thread.c
+++ b/gdb/aix-thread.c
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ static int pd_able = 0;
static int pd_active = 0;
-/* Whether the current architecture is 64-bit.
+/* Whether the current architecture is 64-bit.
Only valid when pd_able is true. */
static int arch64;
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@ static int pdc_symbol_addrs (pthdb_user_t, pthdb_symbol_t *, int);
static int pdc_read_data (pthdb_user_t, void *, pthdb_addr_t, size_t);
static int pdc_write_data (pthdb_user_t, void *, pthdb_addr_t, size_t);
static int pdc_read_regs (pthdb_user_t user, pthdb_tid_t tid,
- unsigned long long flags,
+ unsigned long long flags,
pthdb_context_t *context);
static int pdc_write_regs (pthdb_user_t user, pthdb_tid_t tid,
- unsigned long long flags,
+ unsigned long long flags,
pthdb_context_t *context);
static int pdc_alloc (pthdb_user_t, size_t, void **);
static int pdc_realloc (pthdb_user_t, void *, size_t, void **);
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ ptrace_check (int req, int id, int ret)
if (ret == -1 && errno == EPERM)
{
if (debug_aix_thread)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
"ptrace (%d, %d) = %d (errno = %d)\n",
req, id, ret, errno);
return ret == -1 ? 0 : 1;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ static int
ptrace32 (int req, int id, addr_ptr addr, int data, int *buf)
{
errno = 0;
- return ptrace_check (req, id,
+ return ptrace_check (req, id,
ptrace (req, id, addr, data, buf));
}
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ pdc_symbol_addrs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid, pthdb_symbol_t *symbols, int co
{
name = symbols[i].name;
if (debug_aix_thread)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
" symbols[%d].name = \"%s\"\n", i, name);
if (!*name)
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ pdc_symbol_addrs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid, pthdb_symbol_t *symbols, int co
/* Read registers call back function should be able to read the
context information of a debuggee kernel thread from an active
process or from a core file. The information should be formatted
- in context64 form for both 32-bit and 64-bit process.
+ in context64 form for both 32-bit and 64-bit process.
If successful return 0, else non-zero is returned. */
static int
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ pdc_read_regs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid,
double fprs[ppc_num_fprs];
struct ptxsprs sprs64;
struct ptsprs sprs32;
-
+
if (debug_aix_thread)
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, "pdc_read_regs tid=%d flags=%s\n",
(int) tid, hex_string (flags));
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ pdc_read_regs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid,
{
if (arch64)
{
- if (!ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_GPRS, tid,
+ if (!ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_GPRS, tid,
(unsigned long) gprs64, 0, NULL))
memset (gprs64, 0, sizeof (gprs64));
memcpy (context->gpr, gprs64, sizeof(gprs64));
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ pdc_read_regs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid,
{
if (arch64)
{
- if (!ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_SPRS, tid,
+ if (!ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_SPRS, tid,
(unsigned long) &sprs64, 0, NULL))
memset (&sprs64, 0, sizeof (sprs64));
memcpy (&context->msr, &sprs64, sizeof(sprs64));
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ pdc_read_regs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid,
memset (&sprs32, 0, sizeof (sprs32));
memcpy (&context->msr, &sprs32, sizeof(sprs32));
}
- }
+ }
return 0;
}
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ pdc_write_regs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid,
pthdb_tid_t tid,
unsigned long long flags,
pthdb_context_t *context)
-{
+{
/* This function doesn't appear to be used, so we could probably
just return 0 here. HOWEVER, if it is not defined, the OS will
complain and several thread debug functions will fail. In case
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ pdc_write_regs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid,
if (flags & PTHDB_FLAG_GPRS)
{
if (arch64)
- ptrace64aix (PTT_WRITE_GPRS, tid,
+ ptrace64aix (PTT_WRITE_GPRS, tid,
(unsigned long) context->gpr, 0, NULL);
else
ptrace32 (PTT_WRITE_GPRS, tid, (uintptr_t) context->gpr, 0, NULL);
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ pdc_write_regs (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid,
{
if (arch64)
{
- ptrace64aix (PTT_WRITE_SPRS, tid,
+ ptrace64aix (PTT_WRITE_SPRS, tid,
(unsigned long) &context->msr, 0, NULL);
}
else
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ pdc_alloc (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid, size_t len, void **bufp)
user_current_pid, len, (long) bufp);
*bufp = xmalloc (len);
if (debug_aix_thread)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
" malloc returned 0x%lx\n", (long) *bufp);
/* Note: xmalloc() can't return 0; therefore PDC_FAILURE will never
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ pdc_realloc (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid, void *buf, size_t len, void **bufp)
user_current_pid, (long) buf, len, (long) bufp);
*bufp = xrealloc (buf, len);
if (debug_aix_thread)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
" realloc returned 0x%lx\n", (long) *bufp);
return *bufp ? PDC_SUCCESS : PDC_FAILURE;
}
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ static int
pdc_dealloc (pthdb_user_t user_current_pid, void *buf)
{
if (debug_aix_thread)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
"pdc_free (user_current_pid = %ld, buf = 0x%lx)\n", user_current_pid,
(long) buf);
xfree (buf);
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ sync_threadlists (int pid)
if (pcount == psize)
{
psize *= 2;
- pbuf = (struct pd_thread *) xrealloc (pbuf,
+ pbuf = (struct pd_thread *) xrealloc (pbuf,
psize * sizeof *pbuf);
}
pbuf[pcount].pdtid = pdtid;
@@ -918,9 +918,9 @@ static ptid_t
pd_activate (int pid)
{
int status;
-
+
status = pthdb_session_init (pid, arch64 ? PEM_64BIT : PEM_32BIT,
- PTHDB_FLAG_REGS, &pd_callbacks,
+ PTHDB_FLAG_REGS, &pd_callbacks,
&pd_session);
if (status != PTHDB_SUCCESS)
{
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ pd_deactivate (void)
if (!pd_active)
return;
pthdb_session_destroy (pd_session);
-
+
pid_to_prc (&inferior_ptid);
pd_active = 0;
}
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ aix_thread_target::resume (ptid_t ptid, int step, enum gdb_signal sig)
if (!PD_TID (ptid))
{
scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
-
+
inferior_ptid = ptid_t (inferior_ptid.pid ());
beneath ()->resume (ptid, step, sig);
}
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ fetch_regs_user_thread (struct regcache *regcache, pthdb_pthread_t pdtid)
pthdb_context_t ctx;
if (debug_aix_thread)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
"fetch_regs_user_thread %lx\n", (long) pdtid);
status = pthdb_pthread_context (pd_session, pdtid, &ctx);
if (status != PTHDB_SUCCESS)
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ fetch_regs_kernel_thread (struct regcache *regcache, int regno,
{
if (arch64)
{
- if (!ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_GPRS, tid,
+ if (!ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_GPRS, tid,
(unsigned long) gprs64, 0, NULL))
memset (gprs64, 0, sizeof (gprs64));
supply_gprs64 (regcache, gprs64);
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ fetch_regs_kernel_thread (struct regcache *regcache, int regno,
{
if (arch64)
{
- if (!ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_SPRS, tid,
+ if (!ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_SPRS, tid,
(unsigned long) &sprs64, 0, NULL))
memset (&sprs64, 0, sizeof (sprs64));
supply_sprs64 (regcache, sprs64.pt_iar, sprs64.pt_msr,
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ fill_gprs64 (const struct regcache *regcache, uint64_t *vals)
regcache->raw_collect (tdep->ppc_gp0_regnum + regno, vals + regno);
}
-static void
+static void
fill_gprs32 (const struct regcache *regcache, uint32_t *vals)
{
ppc_gdbarch_tdep *tdep
@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ store_regs_user_thread (const struct regcache *regcache, pthdb_pthread_t pdtid)
uint64_t int64;
if (debug_aix_thread)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
"store_regs_user_thread %lx\n", (long) pdtid);
/* Retrieve the thread's current context for its non-register
@@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ store_regs_kernel_thread (const struct regcache *regcache, int regno,
struct ptsprs sprs32;
if (debug_aix_thread)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
"store_regs_kernel_thread tid=%lx regno=%d\n",
(long) tid, regno);
@@ -1649,12 +1649,12 @@ store_regs_kernel_thread (const struct regcache *regcache, int regno,
if (arch64)
{
/* Pre-fetch: some registers won't be in the cache. */
- ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_SPRS, tid,
+ ptrace64aix (PTT_READ_SPRS, tid,
(unsigned long) &sprs64, 0, NULL);
fill_sprs64 (regcache, &sprs64.pt_iar, &sprs64.pt_msr,
&sprs64.pt_cr, &sprs64.pt_lr, &sprs64.pt_ctr,
&sprs64.pt_xer, &sprs64.pt_fpscr);
- ptrace64aix (PTT_WRITE_SPRS, tid,
+ ptrace64aix (PTT_WRITE_SPRS, tid,
(unsigned long) &sprs64, 0, NULL);
}
else
@@ -1805,13 +1805,13 @@ aix_thread_target::extra_thread_info (struct thread_info *thread)
state = PST_NOTSUP;
buf.printf (", %s", state2str (state));
- status = pthdb_pthread_suspendstate (pd_session, pdtid,
+ status = pthdb_pthread_suspendstate (pd_session, pdtid,
&suspendstate);
if (status == PTHDB_SUCCESS && suspendstate == PSS_SUSPENDED)
/* i18n: Like "Thread-Id %d, [state] running, suspended" */
buf.printf (_(", suspended"));
- status = pthdb_pthread_detachstate (pd_session, pdtid,
+ status = pthdb_pthread_detachstate (pd_session, pdtid,
&detachstate);
if (status == PTHDB_SUCCESS && detachstate == PDS_DETACHED)
/* i18n: Like "Thread-Id %d, [state] running, detached" */
diff --git a/gdb/alpha-mdebug-tdep.c b/gdb/alpha-mdebug-tdep.c
index 01f84f7fc3e9..e8b937fd30b4 100644
--- a/gdb/alpha-mdebug-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/alpha-mdebug-tdep.c
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ struct alpha_mdebug_unwind_cache
and store the resulting register save locations in the structure. */
static struct alpha_mdebug_unwind_cache *
-alpha_mdebug_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
+alpha_mdebug_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
void **this_prologue_cache)
{
struct alpha_mdebug_unwind_cache *info;
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ alpha_mdebug_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
the correct place. */
if (regnum == ALPHA_PC_REGNUM)
regnum = PROC_PC_REG (info->proc_desc);
-
+
return trad_frame_get_prev_register (this_frame, info->saved_regs, regnum);
}
diff --git a/gdb/alpha-netbsd-tdep.c b/gdb/alpha-netbsd-tdep.c
index ae2deca2c85e..ed5fba8845cd 100644
--- a/gdb/alpha-netbsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/alpha-netbsd-tdep.c
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ alphanbsd_aout_supply_gregset (const struct regset *regset,
0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 15,
- 30, 31, 32, 16,
+ 12, 13, 14, 15,
+ 30, 31, 32, 16,
17, 18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 29, 26
diff --git a/gdb/alpha-tdep.c b/gdb/alpha-tdep.c
index 99e51b8afec1..7bc01b1d6979 100644
--- a/gdb/alpha-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/alpha-tdep.c
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ alpha_register_type (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
if (regno == ALPHA_PC_REGNUM)
return builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_func_ptr;
- /* Don't need to worry about little vs big endian until
+ /* Don't need to worry about little vs big endian until
some jerk tries to port to alpha-unicosmk. */
if (regno >= ALPHA_FP0_REGNUM && regno < ALPHA_FP0_REGNUM + 31)
return builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_double;
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ static int
alpha_register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
const struct reggroup *group)
{
- /* Filter out any registers eliminated, but whose regnum is
+ /* Filter out any registers eliminated, but whose regnum is
reserved for backward compatibility, e.g. the vfp. */
if (*gdbarch_register_name (gdbarch, regnum) == '\0')
return 0;
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ alpha_extract_return_value (struct type *valtype, struct regcache *regcache,
}
}
-/* Insert the given value into REGCACHE as if it was being
+/* Insert the given value into REGCACHE as if it was being
returned by a function. */
static void
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ static const int stq_c_opcode = 0x2f;
/* Checks for an atomic sequence of instructions beginning with a LDL_L/LDQ_L
instruction and ending with a STL_C/STQ_C instruction. If such a sequence
- is found, attempt to step through it. A breakpoint is placed at the end of
+ is found, attempt to step through it. A breakpoint is placed at the end of
the sequence. */
static std::vector<CORE_ADDR>
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ alpha_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
unsigned int insn = alpha_read_insn (gdbarch, loc);
int insn_count;
int index;
- int last_breakpoint = 0; /* Defaults to 0 (no breakpoints placed). */
+ int last_breakpoint = 0; /* Defaults to 0 (no breakpoints placed). */
const int atomic_sequence_length = 16; /* Instruction sequence length. */
int bc_insn_count = 0; /* Conditional branch instruction count. */
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ alpha_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
&& INSN_OPCODE (insn) != ldq_l_opcode)
return {};
- /* Assume that no atomic sequence is longer than "atomic_sequence_length"
+ /* Assume that no atomic sequence is longer than "atomic_sequence_length"
instructions. */
for (insn_count = 0; insn_count < atomic_sequence_length; ++insn_count)
{
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ alpha_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
insn = alpha_read_insn (gdbarch, loc);
/* Assume that there is at most one branch in the atomic
- sequence. If a branch is found, put a breakpoint in
+ sequence. If a branch is found, put a breakpoint in
its destination address. */
if (INSN_OPCODE (insn) >= br_opcode)
{
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ alpha_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
breaks[0] = loc;
/* Check for duplicated breakpoints. Check also for a breakpoint
- placed (branch instruction's destination) anywhere in sequence. */
+ placed (branch instruction's destination) anywhere in sequence. */
if (last_breakpoint
&& (breaks[1] == breaks[0]
|| (breaks[1] >= pc && breaks[1] <= closing_insn)))
@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ alpha_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
static CORE_ADDR
alpha_sigtramp_register_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
CORE_ADDR sigcontext_addr, int regnum)
-{
+{
alpha_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<alpha_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
if (regnum >= 0 && regnum < 32)
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ alpha_sigtramp_register_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
else if (regnum >= ALPHA_FP0_REGNUM && regnum < ALPHA_FP0_REGNUM + 32)
return sigcontext_addr + tdep->sc_fpregs_offset + regnum * 8;
else if (regnum == ALPHA_PC_REGNUM)
- return sigcontext_addr + tdep->sc_pc_offset;
+ return sigcontext_addr + tdep->sc_pc_offset;
return 0;
}
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ Otherwise, you told GDB there was a function where there isn't one, or\n\
something about the traditional layout of alpha stack frames. */
struct alpha_heuristic_unwind_cache
-{
+{
CORE_ADDR vfp;
CORE_ADDR start_pc;
trad_frame_saved_reg *saved_regs;
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ alpha_heuristic_analyze_probing_loop (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR *pc,
subq REG_INDEX,0x1,REG_INDEX
lda REG_PROBE,<immediate>(REG_PROBE)
bne REG_INDEX, LOOP_START
-
+
lda sp,<immediate>(REG_PROBE)
If anything different is found, the function returns without
@@ -1168,14 +1168,14 @@ alpha_heuristic_analyze_probing_loop (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR *pc,
cur_frame_size -= MEM_DISP (insn);
/* stq zero,<immediate>(REG_PROBE) */
-
+
cur_pc += ALPHA_INSN_SIZE;
insn = alpha_read_insn (gdbarch, cur_pc);
if (INSN_OPCODE (insn) != stq_opcode
|| MEM_RA (insn) != 0x1f
|| MEM_RB (insn) != reg_probe)
return;
-
+
/* subq REG_INDEX,0x1,REG_INDEX */
cur_pc += ALPHA_INSN_SIZE;
@@ -1187,9 +1187,9 @@ alpha_heuristic_analyze_probing_loop (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR *pc,
|| OPR_RA (insn) != reg_index
|| OPR_RC (insn) != reg_index)
return;
-
+
/* lda REG_PROBE,<immediate>(REG_PROBE) */
-
+
cur_pc += ALPHA_INSN_SIZE;
insn = alpha_read_insn (gdbarch, cur_pc);
if (INSN_OPCODE (insn) != lda_opcode
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ alpha_heuristic_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
the correct place. */
if (regnum == ALPHA_PC_REGNUM)
regnum = info->return_reg;
-
+
return trad_frame_get_prev_register (this_frame, info->saved_regs, regnum);
}
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ alpha_fill_fp_regs (const struct regcache *regcache,
/* Return nonzero if the G_floating register value in REG is equal to
zero for FP control instructions. */
-
+
static int
fp_register_zero_p (LONGEST reg)
{
@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ alpha_next_pc (struct regcache *regcache, CORE_ADDR pc)
case 0x35: /* FBNE */
regno += gdbarch_fp0_regnum (gdbarch);
}
-
+
rav = regcache_raw_get_signed (regcache, regno);
switch (op)
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ alpha_next_pc (struct regcache *regcache, CORE_ADDR pc)
break;
/* Floating point branches. */
-
+
case 0x31: /* FBEQ */
if (fp_register_zero_p (rav))
goto branch_taken;
diff --git a/gdb/alpha-tdep.h b/gdb/alpha-tdep.h
index be71b313a0a0..1f5e00cb5ed3 100644
--- a/gdb/alpha-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/alpha-tdep.h
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ struct regcache;
#define ALPHA_INSN_SIZE 4
/* The alpha has two different virtual pointers for arguments and locals.
-
+
The virtual argument pointer is pointing to the bottom of the argument
transfer area, which is located immediately below the virtual frame
pointer. Its size is fixed for the native compiler, it is either zero
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ struct regcache;
gcc uses a variable sized argument transfer area. As it has
to stay compatible with the native debugging tools it has to use the same
virtual argument pointer and adjust the argument offsets accordingly.
-
+
The virtual local pointer is localoff bytes below the virtual frame
pointer, the value of localoff is obtained from the PDR. */
#define ALPHA_NUM_ARG_REGS 6
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-darwin-tdep.c b/gdb/amd64-darwin-tdep.c
index 86819cf148f8..318f5fdcdb4d 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-darwin-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-darwin-tdep.c
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ int amd64_darwin_thread_state_reg_offset[] =
20 * 8 /* %gs */
};
-const int amd64_darwin_thread_state_num_regs =
+const int amd64_darwin_thread_state_num_regs =
ARRAY_SIZE (amd64_darwin_thread_state_reg_offset);
/* Assuming THIS_FRAME is a Darwin sigtramp routine, return the
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c b/gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c
index 3d28d7e1d571..6202ca17d973 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ amd64_linux_collect_native_gregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
if (gdbarch_bfd_arch_info (gdbarch)->bits_per_word == 32)
{
/* Sign extend EAX value to avoid potential syscall restart
- problems.
+ problems.
On Linux, when a syscall is interrupted by a signal, the
(kernel function implementing the) syscall may return
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ amd64_linux_collect_native_gregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
handler is called, the kernel can then either return -EINTR
or it can cause the syscall to be restarted. We are
concerned with the latter case here.
-
+
On (32-bit) i386, the status (-ERESTARTSYS) is placed in the
EAX register. When debugging a 32-bit process from a 64-bit
(amd64) GDB, the debugger fetches 64-bit registers even
@@ -134,11 +134,11 @@ amd64_linux_collect_native_gregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
syscall after a signal expects to see a negative value
(specifically -ERESTARTSYS) in the 64-bit RAX register in
order to correctly cause a syscall to be restarted.
-
+
The call to amd64_collect_native_gregset, above, is setting
the high 32 bits of RAX (and other registers too) to 0. For
syscall restart, we need to sign extend EAX so that RAX will
- appear as a negative value when EAX is set to -ERESTARTSYS.
+ appear as a negative value when EAX is set to -ERESTARTSYS.
This in turn will cause the signal handling code in the
kernel to recognize -ERESTARTSYS which will in turn cause the
syscall to be restarted.
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ amd64_linux_collect_native_gregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
if (regnum == -1 || regnum == I386_EAX_REGNUM)
{
- void *ptr = ((gdb_byte *) gregs
+ void *ptr = ((gdb_byte *) gregs
+ amd64_linux_gregset32_reg_offset[I386_EAX_REGNUM]);
*(int64_t *) ptr = *(int32_t *) ptr;
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/amd64-linux-tdep.c
index 07c1669f91e0..0dda0e263fa4 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-linux-tdep.c
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ static int amd64_linux_sc_reg_offset[] =
static int
amd64_linux_register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
const struct reggroup *group)
-{
+{
if (regnum == AMD64_LINUX_ORIG_RAX_REGNUM
|| regnum == AMD64_FSBASE_REGNUM
|| regnum == AMD64_GSBASE_REGNUM)
@@ -357,8 +357,8 @@ amd64_all_but_ip_registers_record (struct regcache *regcache)
return 0;
}
-/* amd64_canonicalize_syscall maps from the native amd64 Linux set
- of syscall ids into a canonical set of syscall ids used by
+/* amd64_canonicalize_syscall maps from the native amd64 Linux set
+ of syscall ids into a canonical set of syscall ids used by
process record. */
static enum gdb_syscall
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ amd64_linux_syscall_record_common (struct regcache *regcache,
{
gdb_printf (gdb_stderr,
_("Process record and replay target doesn't "
- "support syscall number %s\n"),
+ "support syscall number %s\n"),
pulongest (syscall_native));
return -1;
}
@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ amd64_dtrace_probe_is_enabled (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr)
Note that ADDR is offset 3 bytes from the beginning of these
sequences. */
-
+
read_code (addr - 3, buf, 5);
return (memcmp (buf, amd64_dtrace_disabled_probe_sequence_1, 5) != 0
&& memcmp (buf, amd64_dtrace_disabled_probe_sequence_2, 5) != 0);
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c b/gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c
index 22cf7f5d6c24..92610f83ec55 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ amd64obsd_trapframe_this_id (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
{
struct trad_frame_cache *cache =
amd64obsd_trapframe_cache (this_frame, this_cache);
-
+
trad_frame_get_id (cache, this_id);
}
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-tdep.c b/gdb/amd64-tdep.c
index bbfc509319cb..68e662a0f2cc 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-tdep.c
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
/* Register information. */
-static const char * const amd64_register_names[] =
+static const char * const amd64_register_names[] =
{
"rax", "rbx", "rcx", "rdx", "rsi", "rdi", "rbp", "rsp",
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ static const char * const amd64_register_names[] =
"mxcsr",
};
-static const char * const amd64_ymm_names[] =
+static const char * const amd64_ymm_names[] =
{
"ymm0", "ymm1", "ymm2", "ymm3",
"ymm4", "ymm5", "ymm6", "ymm7",
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ static const char * const amd64_ymm_avx512_names[] =
"ymm28", "ymm29", "ymm30", "ymm31"
};
-static const char * const amd64_ymmh_names[] =
+static const char * const amd64_ymmh_names[] =
{
"ymm0h", "ymm1h", "ymm2h", "ymm3h",
"ymm4h", "ymm5h", "ymm6h", "ymm7h",
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ static const char * const amd64_byte_names[] =
static const char * const amd64_word_names[] =
{
- "ax", "bx", "cx", "dx", "si", "di", "bp", "",
+ "ax", "bx", "cx", "dx", "si", "di", "bp", "",
"r8w", "r9w", "r10w", "r11w", "r12w", "r13w", "r14w", "r15w"
};
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ static const char * const amd64_word_names[] =
static const char * const amd64_dword_names[] =
{
- "eax", "ebx", "ecx", "edx", "esi", "edi", "ebp", "esp",
+ "eax", "ebx", "ecx", "edx", "esi", "edi", "ebp", "esp",
"r8d", "r9d", "r10d", "r11d", "r12d", "r13d", "r14d", "r15d",
"eip"
};
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ if (return_method == return_method_struct)
containing ellipsis (...) in the declaration) %al is used as
hidden argument to specify the number of SSE registers used. */
regcache_raw_write_unsigned (regcache, AMD64_RAX_REGNUM, sse_reg);
- return sp;
+ return sp;
}
static CORE_ADDR
@@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ amd64_analyze_stack_align (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
pushq -8(%reg)
"andq $-XXX, %rsp" can be either 4 bytes or 7 bytes:
-
+
0x48 0x83 0xe4 0xf0 andq $-16, %rsp
0x48 0x81 0xe4 0x00 0xff 0xff 0xff andq $-256, %rsp
*/
@@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ amd64_analyze_stack_align (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
/* MOD must be binary 10 and R/M must be binary 100. */
if ((buf[offset + 2] & 0xc7) != 0x44)
return pc;
-
+
/* REG has register number. */
r = (buf[offset + 2] >> 3) & 7;
@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ amd64_analyze_stack_align (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
static CORE_ADDR
amd64_x32_analyze_stack_align (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
- struct amd64_frame_cache *cache)
+ struct amd64_frame_cache *cache)
{
/* There are 2 code sequences to re-align stack before the frame
gets set up:
@@ -2191,12 +2191,12 @@ amd64_x32_analyze_stack_align (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
[addr32] pushq -8(%reg)
"andq $-XXX, %rsp" can be either 4 bytes or 7 bytes:
-
+
0x48 0x83 0xe4 0xf0 andq $-16, %rsp
0x48 0x81 0xe4 0x00 0xff 0xff 0xff andq $-256, %rsp
"andl $-XXX, %esp" can be either 3 bytes or 6 bytes:
-
+
0x83 0xe4 0xf0 andl $-16, %esp
0x81 0xe4 0x00 0xff 0xff 0xff andl $-256, %esp
*/
@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ amd64_x32_analyze_stack_align (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
/* MOD must be binary 10 and R/M must be binary 100. */
if ((buf[offset + 2] & 0xc7) != 0x44)
return pc;
-
+
/* REG has register number. */
r = (buf[offset + 2] >> 3) & 7;
@@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ static const struct frame_unwind amd64_epilogue_frame_unwind =
amd64_epilogue_frame_unwind_stop_reason,
amd64_epilogue_frame_this_id,
amd64_frame_prev_register,
- NULL,
+ NULL,
amd64_epilogue_frame_sniffer
};
diff --git a/gdb/arch-utils.c b/gdb/arch-utils.c
index 5218bfc05e11..e06644ea7383 100644
--- a/gdb/arch-utils.c
+++ b/gdb/arch-utils.c
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ cannot_register_not (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum)
cooked or raw. */
void
-legacy_virtual_frame_pointer (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
+legacy_virtual_frame_pointer (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
CORE_ADDR pc,
int *frame_regnum,
LONGEST *frame_offset)
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ void
initialize_current_architecture (void)
{
arches = gdbarch_printable_names ();
-
+
/* Find a default architecture. */
if (default_bfd_arch == NULL)
{
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ void
_initialize_gdbarch_utils ()
{
add_setshow_enum_cmd ("endian", class_support,
- endian_enum, &set_endian_string,
+ endian_enum, &set_endian_string,
_("Set endianness of target."),
_("Show endianness of target."),
NULL, set_endian, show_endian,
diff --git a/gdb/arm-linux-nat.c b/gdb/arm-linux-nat.c
index a8b582fbef32..3f7f43511db5 100644
--- a/gdb/arm-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/arm-linux-nat.c
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ arm_linux_nat_target::store_registers (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
thread debugging. */
void
-fill_gregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
+fill_gregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
gdb_gregset_t *gregsetp, int regno)
{
arm_linux_collect_gregset (NULL, regcache, regno, gregsetp, 0);
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ struct arm_linux_hwbp_cap
#define MAX_WPTS 16
/* Get hold of the Hardware Breakpoint information for the target we are
- attached to. Returns NULL if the kernel doesn't support Hardware
+ attached to. Returns NULL if the kernel doesn't support Hardware
breakpoints at all, or a pointer to the information structure. */
static const struct arm_linux_hwbp_cap *
arm_linux_get_hwbp_cap (void)
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ struct arm_linux_hw_breakpoint
/* Structure containing arrays of per process hardware break-/watchpoints
for caching address and control information.
- The Linux ptrace interface to hardware break-/watch-points presents the
+ The Linux ptrace interface to hardware break-/watch-points presents the
values in a vector centred around 0 (which is used fo generic information).
Positive indicies refer to breakpoint addresses/control registers, negative
indices to watchpoint addresses/control registers.
@@ -721,8 +721,8 @@ struct arm_linux_hw_breakpoint
((i << 1) + 1): Address register for breakpoint i.
((i << 1) + 2): Control register for breakpoint i.
- This structure is used as a per-thread cache of the state stored by the
- kernel, so that we don't need to keep calling into the kernel to find a
+ This structure is used as a per-thread cache of the state stored by the
+ kernel, so that we don't need to keep calling into the kernel to find a
free breakpoint.
We treat break-/watch-points with their enable bit clear as being deleted.
@@ -838,16 +838,16 @@ arm_linux_get_debug_reg_state (pid_t pid)
}
/* Initialize an ARM hardware break-/watch-point control register value.
- BYTE_ADDRESS_SELECT is the mask of bytes to trigger on; HWBP_TYPE is the
+ BYTE_ADDRESS_SELECT is the mask of bytes to trigger on; HWBP_TYPE is the
type of break-/watch-point; ENABLE indicates whether the point is enabled.
*/
-static arm_hwbp_control_t
+static arm_hwbp_control_t
arm_hwbp_control_initialize (unsigned byte_address_select,
arm_hwbp_type hwbp_type,
int enable)
{
gdb_assert ((byte_address_select & ~0xffU) == 0);
- gdb_assert (hwbp_type != arm_hwbp_break
+ gdb_assert (hwbp_type != arm_hwbp_break
|| ((byte_address_select & 0xfU) != 0));
return (byte_address_select << 5) | (hwbp_type << 3) | (3 << 1) | enable;
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ arm_linux_hw_breakpoint_initialize (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* Get the ARM hardware breakpoint type from the TYPE value we're
given when asked to set a watchpoint. */
-static arm_hwbp_type
+static arm_hwbp_type
arm_linux_get_hwbp_type (enum target_hw_bp_type type)
{
if (type == hw_read)
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ arm_linux_hw_watchpoint_initialize (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
mask = (1 << len) - 1;
p->address = (unsigned int) addr;
- p->control = arm_hwbp_control_initialize (mask,
+ p->control = arm_hwbp_control_initialize (mask,
arm_linux_get_hwbp_type (type), 1);
}
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ update_registers_callback (struct lwp_info *lwp, int watch, int index)
/* Insert the hardware breakpoint (WATCHPOINT = 0) or watchpoint (WATCHPOINT
=1) BPT for thread TID. */
static void
-arm_linux_insert_hw_breakpoint1 (const struct arm_linux_hw_breakpoint* bpt,
+arm_linux_insert_hw_breakpoint1 (const struct arm_linux_hw_breakpoint* bpt,
int watchpoint)
{
int pid;
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ arm_linux_insert_hw_breakpoint1 (const struct arm_linux_hw_breakpoint* bpt,
/* Remove the hardware breakpoint (WATCHPOINT = 0) or watchpoint
(WATCHPOINT = 1) BPT for thread TID. */
static void
-arm_linux_remove_hw_breakpoint1 (const struct arm_linux_hw_breakpoint *bpt,
+arm_linux_remove_hw_breakpoint1 (const struct arm_linux_hw_breakpoint *bpt,
int watchpoint)
{
int pid;
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ arm_linux_nat_target::remove_hw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
return 0;
}
-/* Are we able to use a hardware watchpoint for the LEN bytes starting at
+/* Are we able to use a hardware watchpoint for the LEN bytes starting at
ADDR? */
int
arm_linux_nat_target::region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
diff --git a/gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c
index 27aca0c39e6b..89f0313bf2f1 100644
--- a/gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c
@@ -93,16 +93,16 @@ static const gdb_byte arm_linux_thumb2_be_breakpoint[] = { 0xf7, 0xf0, 0xa0, 0x0
static const gdb_byte arm_linux_thumb2_le_breakpoint[] = { 0xf0, 0xf7, 0x00, 0xa0 };
-/* Description of the longjmp buffer. The buffer is treated as an array of
+/* Description of the longjmp buffer. The buffer is treated as an array of
elements of size ARM_LINUX_JB_ELEMENT_SIZE.
The location of saved registers in this buffer (in particular the PC
- to use after longjmp is called) varies depending on the ABI (in
+ to use after longjmp is called) varies depending on the ABI (in
particular the FP model) and also (possibly) the C Library.
- For glibc, eglibc, and uclibc the following holds: If the FP model is
- SoftVFP or VFP (which implies EABI) then the PC is at offset 9 in the
- buffer. This is also true for the SoftFPA model. However, for the FPA
+ For glibc, eglibc, and uclibc the following holds: If the FP model is
+ SoftVFP or VFP (which implies EABI) then the PC is at offset 9 in the
+ buffer. This is also true for the SoftFPA model. However, for the FPA
model the PC is at offset 21 in the buffer. */
#define ARM_LINUX_JB_ELEMENT_SIZE ARM_INT_REGISTER_SIZE
#define ARM_LINUX_JB_PC_FPA 21
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ static const gdb_byte arm_linux_thumb2_le_breakpoint[] = { 0xf0, 0xf7, 0x00, 0xa
with the real function address. Subsequent calls go through steps
1, 2 and 3 and end up calling the real code.
- 1) In the code:
+ 1) In the code:
b function_call
bl function_call
@@ -840,12 +840,12 @@ arm_linux_get_syscall_number (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
}
else
{
- enum bfd_endian byte_order_for_code =
+ enum bfd_endian byte_order_for_code =
gdbarch_byte_order_for_code (gdbarch);
/* PC gets incremented before the syscall-stop, so read the
previous instruction. */
- unsigned long this_instr =
+ unsigned long this_instr =
read_memory_unsigned_integer (pc - 4, 4, byte_order_for_code);
unsigned long svc_operand = (0x00ffffff & this_instr);
@@ -881,9 +881,9 @@ arm_linux_get_next_pcs_syscall_next_pc (struct arm_get_next_pcs *self)
else
{
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = self->regcache->arch ();
- enum bfd_endian byte_order_for_code =
+ enum bfd_endian byte_order_for_code =
gdbarch_byte_order_for_code (gdbarch);
- unsigned long this_instr =
+ unsigned long this_instr =
read_memory_unsigned_integer (pc, 4, byte_order_for_code);
unsigned long svc_operand = (0x00ffffff & this_instr);
diff --git a/gdb/arm-netbsd-nat.c b/gdb/arm-netbsd-nat.c
index 251159154c92..d52feed43ecb 100644
--- a/gdb/arm-netbsd-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/arm-netbsd-nat.c
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ store_register (const struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
unsigned pc_val;
regcache->raw_collect (ARM_PC_REGNUM, (char *) &pc_val);
-
+
pc_val = gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc_val);
inferior_registers.r_pc ^= gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
(gdbarch, inferior_registers.r_pc);
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ store_regs (const struct regcache *regcache)
regcache->raw_collect (ARM_PC_REGNUM, (char *) &pc_val);
regcache->raw_collect (ARM_PS_REGNUM, (char *) &psr_val);
-
+
pc_val = gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc_val);
psr_val ^= gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, psr_val);
diff --git a/gdb/arm-tdep.c b/gdb/arm-tdep.c
index 7cb3f5f30507..e6fb31539e45 100644
--- a/gdb/arm-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/arm-tdep.c
@@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ arm_skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
SP -> -12 additional stack space (12 bytes)
The frame size would thus be 36 bytes, and the frame offset would be
12 bytes. The frame register is R7.
-
+
The comments for thumb_skip_prolog() describe the algorithm we use
to detect the end of the prolog. */
/* *INDENT-ON* */
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ arm_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
Be careful, however, and if it doesn't look like a prologue,
don't try to scan it. If, for instance, a frameless function
begins with stmfd sp!, then we will tell ourselves there is
- a frame, which will confuse stack traceback, as well as "finish"
+ a frame, which will confuse stack traceback, as well as "finish"
and other operations that rely on a knowledge of the stack
traceback. */
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ arm_obj_section_from_vma (struct objfile *objfile, bfd_vma vma)
The extracted and normalized instructions are stored for later
retrieval by the arm_find_exidx_entry routine. */
-
+
static void
arm_exidx_new_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
{
@@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ arm_exidx_new_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
pers_sec = arm_obj_section_from_vma (objfile, pers);
if (pers_sec)
{
- static const char *personality[] =
+ static const char *personality[] =
{
"__gcc_personality_v0",
"__gxx_personality_v0",
@@ -3081,7 +3081,7 @@ arm_exidx_unwind_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
&& (insn & 0x0f000000) == 0x0f000000 /* svc */)
exc_valid = 1;
}
-
+
/* Bail out if we don't know that exception information is valid. */
if (!exc_valid)
return 0;
@@ -4676,7 +4676,7 @@ arm_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
si = push_stack_item (si, val, ARM_INT_REGISTER_SIZE);
nstack += ARM_INT_REGISTER_SIZE;
}
-
+
/* Doubleword aligned quantities must go in even register pairs. */
if (may_use_core_reg
&& argreg <= ARM_LAST_ARG_REGNUM
@@ -4737,7 +4737,7 @@ arm_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
si = push_stack_item (si, buf, ARM_INT_REGISTER_SIZE);
nstack += ARM_INT_REGISTER_SIZE;
}
-
+
len -= partial_len;
val += partial_len;
}
@@ -8595,7 +8595,7 @@ gdb_print_insn_arm (bfd_vma memaddr, disassemble_info *info)
if (csym.native == NULL)
{
/* Create a fake symbol vector containing a Thumb symbol.
- This is solely so that the code in print_insn_little_arm()
+ This is solely so that the code in print_insn_little_arm()
and print_insn_big_arm() in opcodes/arm-dis.c will detect
the presence of a Thumb symbol and switch to decoding
Thumb instructions. */
@@ -8632,12 +8632,12 @@ gdb_print_insn_arm (bfd_vma memaddr, disassemble_info *info)
/* The following define instruction sequences that will cause ARM
cpu's to take an undefined instruction trap. These are used to
signal a breakpoint to GDB.
-
+
The newer ARMv4T cpu's are capable of operating in ARM or Thumb
modes. A different instruction is required for each mode. The ARM
cpu's can also be big or little endian. Thus four different
instructions are needed to support all cases.
-
+
Note: ARMv4 defines several new instructions that will take the
undefined instruction trap. ARM7TDMI is nominally ARMv4T, but does
not in fact add the new instructions. The new undefined
@@ -8645,14 +8645,14 @@ gdb_print_insn_arm (bfd_vma memaddr, disassemble_info *info)
behaviour in earlier chips. There is no guarantee that they will
raise an exception, but may be treated as NOP's. In practice, it
may only safe to rely on instructions matching:
-
- 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
+
+ 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
C C C C 0 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x
-
+
Even this may only true if the condition predicate is true. The
following use a condition predicate of ALWAYS so it is always TRUE.
-
+
There are other ways of forcing a breakpoint. GNU/Linux, RISC iX,
and NetBSD all use a software interrupt rather than an undefined
instruction to force a trap. This can be handled by by the
@@ -8836,7 +8836,7 @@ arm_extract_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regs,
/* By using store_unsigned_integer we avoid having to do
anything special for small big-endian values. */
regcache_cooked_read_unsigned (regs, regno++, &tmp);
- store_unsigned_integer (valbuf,
+ store_unsigned_integer (valbuf,
(len > ARM_INT_REGISTER_SIZE
? ARM_INT_REGISTER_SIZE : len),
byte_order, tmp);
@@ -8847,7 +8847,7 @@ arm_extract_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regs,
else
{
/* For a structure or union the behaviour is as if the value had
- been stored to word-aligned memory and then loaded into
+ been stored to word-aligned memory and then loaded into
registers with 32-bit load instruction(s). */
int len = type->length ();
int regno = ARM_A1_REGNUM;
@@ -8967,7 +8967,7 @@ arm_return_in_memory (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct type *type)
/* If bitpos != 0, then we have to care about it. */
if (type->field (i).loc_bitpos () != 0)
{
- /* Bitfields are not addressable. If the field bitsize is
+ /* Bitfields are not addressable. If the field bitsize is
zero, then the field is not packed. Hence it cannot be
a bitfield or any other packed type. */
if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, i) == 0)
@@ -9059,7 +9059,7 @@ arm_store_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regs,
else
{
/* For a structure or union the behaviour is as if the value had
- been stored to word-aligned memory and then loaded into
+ been stored to word-aligned memory and then loaded into
registers with 32-bit load instruction(s). */
int len = type->length ();
int regno = ARM_A1_REGNUM;
@@ -9180,7 +9180,7 @@ arm_get_longjmp_target (frame_info_ptr frame, CORE_ADDR *pc)
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
CORE_ADDR jb_addr;
gdb_byte buf[ARM_INT_REGISTER_SIZE];
-
+
jb_addr = get_frame_register_unsigned (frame, ARM_A1_REGNUM);
if (target_read_memory (jb_addr + tdep->jb_pc * tdep->jb_elt_size, buf,
@@ -9543,11 +9543,11 @@ coff_sym_is_thumb (int val)
/* arm_coff_make_msymbol_special()
arm_elf_make_msymbol_special()
-
+
These functions test whether the COFF or ELF symbol corresponds to
an address in thumb code, and set a "special" bit in a minimal
symbol to indicate that it does. */
-
+
static void
arm_elf_make_msymbol_special(asymbol *sym, struct minimal_symbol *msym)
{
@@ -10973,7 +10973,7 @@ vfp - VFP co-processor."),
/* ARM-reversible process record data structures. */
-#define ARM_INSN_SIZE_BYTES 4
+#define ARM_INSN_SIZE_BYTES 4
#define THUMB_INSN_SIZE_BYTES 2
#define THUMB2_INSN_SIZE_BYTES 4
@@ -11084,7 +11084,7 @@ enum record_type_t
static int
-arm_record_strx (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r, uint32_t *record_buf,
+arm_record_strx (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r, uint32_t *record_buf,
uint32_t *record_buf_mem, arm_record_strx_t str_type)
{
@@ -11285,7 +11285,7 @@ arm_record_extension_space (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
if (3 == opcode1 && bit (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 4))
{
ret = -1;
- /* Undefined instruction on ARM V5; need to handle if later
+ /* Undefined instruction on ARM V5; need to handle if later
versions define it. */
}
@@ -11385,7 +11385,7 @@ arm_record_extension_space (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
/* Save SPSR also;how? */
return -1;
}
- else if(8 == bits (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 4, 7)
+ else if(8 == bits (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 4, 7)
|| 10 == bits (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 4, 7)
|| 12 == bits (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 4, 7)
|| 14 == bits (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 4, 7)
@@ -11439,7 +11439,7 @@ arm_record_extension_space (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
/* Handle load/store insn extension space. */
- if (!opcode1 && bit (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 7)
+ if (!opcode1 && bit (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 7)
&& bit (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 4) && 1 != arm_insn_r->cond
&& !INSN_RECORDED(arm_insn_r))
{
@@ -12105,7 +12105,7 @@ arm_record_ld_st_reg_offset (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
/* STR. */
case 8:
case 12:
- /* STR. */
+ /* STR. */
case 9:
case 13:
/* STRT. */
@@ -12123,7 +12123,7 @@ arm_record_ld_st_reg_offset (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
/* STRB. */
case 11:
case 15:
- /* STRBT. */
+ /* STRBT. */
case 3:
case 7:
/* STRB. */
@@ -12235,7 +12235,7 @@ arm_record_ld_st_reg_offset (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
/* STR. */
case 8:
case 12:
- /* STR. */
+ /* STR. */
case 9:
case 13:
/* STRT. */
@@ -12253,7 +12253,7 @@ arm_record_ld_st_reg_offset (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
/* STRB. */
case 11:
case 15:
- /* STRBT. */
+ /* STRBT. */
case 3:
case 7:
/* STRB. */
@@ -12326,7 +12326,7 @@ arm_record_ld_st_multiple (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
register_count++;
}
-
+
/* If wback is true, also save the base register, which is going to be
written to. */
if (wback)
@@ -12339,7 +12339,7 @@ arm_record_ld_st_multiple (arm_insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
{
/* STM (STMIA, STMEA), STMDA (STMED), STMDB (STMFD) and STMIB (STMFA). */
- addr_mode = bits (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 23, 24);
+ addr_mode = bits (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 23, 24);
regcache_raw_read_unsigned (reg_cache, reg_base, &u_regval);
@@ -13266,7 +13266,7 @@ thumb_record_ld_st_imm_offset (arm_insn_decode_record *thumb_insn_r)
}
REG_ALLOC (thumb_insn_r->arm_regs, thumb_insn_r->reg_rec_count, record_buf);
- MEM_ALLOC (thumb_insn_r->arm_mems, thumb_insn_r->mem_rec_count,
+ MEM_ALLOC (thumb_insn_r->arm_mems, thumb_insn_r->mem_rec_count,
record_buf_mem);
return 0;
@@ -13430,7 +13430,7 @@ thumb_record_misc (arm_insn_decode_record *thumb_insn_r)
/* CPSR is changed to be executed in ARM state, disabling normal
interrupts, entering abort mode. */
/* According to high vector configuration PC is set. */
- /* User hits breakpoint and type reverse, in that case, we need to go back with
+ /* User hits breakpoint and type reverse, in that case, we need to go back with
previous CPSR and Program Counter. */
record_buf[0] = ARM_PS_REGNUM;
record_buf[1] = ARM_LR_REGNUM;
@@ -13568,12 +13568,12 @@ thumb_record_branch (arm_insn_decode_record *thumb_insn_r)
thumb_insn_r->reg_rec_count = 2;
}
- /* B(2) is automatically taken care in process_record, as PC is
+ /* B(2) is automatically taken care in process_record, as PC is
saved there. */
REG_ALLOC (thumb_insn_r->arm_regs, thumb_insn_r->reg_rec_count, record_buf);
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
/* Handler for thumb2 load/store multiple instructions. */
@@ -14661,11 +14661,11 @@ arm_analyze_prologue_test ()
/* Cleans up local record registers and memory allocations. */
-static void
+static void
deallocate_reg_mem (arm_insn_decode_record *record)
{
xfree (record->arm_regs);
- xfree (record->arm_mems);
+ xfree (record->arm_mems);
}
diff --git a/gdb/arm-tdep.h b/gdb/arm-tdep.h
index bcd7e08b7cee..b8db44fa6926 100644
--- a/gdb/arm-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/arm-tdep.h
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ extern bool arm_apcs_32;
#include <vector>
-/* Number of machine registers. The only define actually required
+/* Number of machine registers. The only define actually required
is gdbarch_num_regs. The other definitions are used for documentation
purposes and code readability. */
/* For 26 bit ARM code, a fake copy of the PC is placed in register 25 (PS)
@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ extern bool arm_apcs_32;
/* Type of floating-point code in use by inferior. There are really 3 models
that are traditionally supported (plus the endianness issue), but gcc can
only generate 2 of those. The third is APCS_FLOAT, where arguments to
- functions are passed in floating-point registers.
+ functions are passed in floating-point registers.
- In addition to the traditional models, VFP adds two more.
+ In addition to the traditional models, VFP adds two more.
- If you update this enum, don't forget to update fp_model_strings in
+ If you update this enum, don't forget to update fp_model_strings in
arm-tdep.c. */
enum arm_float_model
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ extern int arm_psr_thumb_bit (struct gdbarch *);
instruction? */
extern int arm_pc_is_thumb (struct gdbarch *, CORE_ADDR);
-extern int arm_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
+extern int arm_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
struct regcache *regcache, CORE_ADDR addr);
/* Functions exported from arm-bsd-tdep.h. */
diff --git a/gdb/async-event.c b/gdb/async-event.c
index 8c6ba099f599..fcac892872d8 100644
--- a/gdb/async-event.c
+++ b/gdb/async-event.c
@@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ initialize_async_signal_handlers (void)
/* Create an asynchronous handler, allocating memory for it.
Return a pointer to the newly created handler.
- This pointer will be used to invoke the handler by
+ This pointer will be used to invoke the handler by
invoke_async_signal_handler.
- PROC is the function to call with CLIENT_DATA argument
+ PROC is the function to call with CLIENT_DATA argument
whenever the handler is invoked. */
async_signal_handler *
create_async_signal_handler (sig_handler_func * proc,
diff --git a/gdb/auto-load.c b/gdb/auto-load.c
index 198bb073a1ba..da646d62ee42 100644
--- a/gdb/auto-load.c
+++ b/gdb/auto-load.c
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ filename_is_in_auto_load_safe_path_vec (const char *filename,
pattern = p.get ();
break;
}
-
+
if (pattern == NULL)
{
if (*filename_realp == NULL)
diff --git a/gdb/avr-tdep.c b/gdb/avr-tdep.c
index bac0b3f5008b..cebde29300d5 100644
--- a/gdb/avr-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/avr-tdep.c
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ avr_pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
sbiw r28, <LOCALS_SIZE>
out __SP_H__, r29
out __SP_L__, r28
-
+
A interrupt handler prologue looks like this:
sei
push __zero_reg__
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ avr_pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
sbiw r28, <LOCALS_SIZE>
cli
out __SP_H__, r29
- sei
+ sei
out __SP_L__, r28
A `-mcall-prologues' prologue looks like this (Note that the megas use a
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ avr_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc_beg, CORE_ADDR pc_end,
/* FIXME: TRoth/2003-06-11: This could be made more efficient by only
reading in the bytes of the prologue. The problem is that the figuring
- out where the end of the prologue is is a bit difficult. The old code
+ out where the end of the prologue is is a bit difficult. The old code
tried to do that, but failed quite often. */
read_memory (pc_beg, prologue, len);
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ avr_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc_beg, CORE_ADDR pc_end,
{
vpc += sizeof (img_sig);
}
- else if (vpc + sizeof (img_int) < len
+ else if (vpc + sizeof (img_int) < len
&& memcmp (prologue + vpc, img_int, sizeof (img_int)) == 0)
{
vpc += sizeof (img_int);
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ avr_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc_beg, CORE_ADDR pc_end,
else
break;
}
-
+
return pc_beg + vpc;
}
@@ -898,13 +898,13 @@ avr_skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
trad_frame_saved_reg saved_regs[AVR_NUM_REGS];
info.saved_regs = saved_regs;
-
+
/* Need to run the prologue scanner to figure out if the function has a
prologue and possibly skip over moving arguments passed via registers
to other registers. */
-
+
prologue_end = avr_scan_prologue (gdbarch, func_addr, func_end, &info);
-
+
if (info.prologue_type != AVR_PROLOGUE_NONE)
return prologue_end;
}
@@ -1016,10 +1016,10 @@ avr_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
this_base = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame, AVR_FP_REGNUM);
high_base = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame, AVR_FP_REGNUM + 1);
this_base += (high_base << 8);
-
+
/* The FP points at the last saved register. Adjust the FP back
to before the first saved register giving the SP. */
- prev_sp = this_base + info->size;
+ prev_sp = this_base + info->size;
}
else
{
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ avr_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
Also, note that the value on the stack is an addr to a word
not a byte, so we will need to multiply it by two at some
- point.
+ point.
And to confuse matters even more, the return address stored
on the stack is in big endian byte order, even though most
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ pop_stack_item (struct avr_stack_item *si)
optimization. I suspect this is a compiler bug. Arguments of these odd
sizes are left-justified within the word (as opposed to arguments smaller
than WORDSIZE bytes, which are right-justified).
-
+
If the function is to return an aggregate type such as a struct, the caller
must allocate space into which the callee will copy the return value. In
this case, a pointer to the return value location is passed into the callee
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ avr_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
/* None found, create a new architecture from the information provided. */
avr_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = new avr_gdbarch_tdep;
gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, tdep);
-
+
tdep->call_length = call_length;
/* Create a type for PC. We can't use builtin types here, as they may not
diff --git a/gdb/ax-gdb.c b/gdb/ax-gdb.c
index 82e6e35dccf5..3dbaf0dddec5 100644
--- a/gdb/ax-gdb.c
+++ b/gdb/ax-gdb.c
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ gen_traced_pop (struct agent_expr *ax, struct axs_value *value)
larger than will fit in a stack, so just mark it for
collection and be done with it. */
ax_reg_mask (ax, value->u.reg);
-
+
/* But if the register points to a string, assume the value
will fit on the stack and push it anyway. */
if (string_trace)
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ gen_struct_ref (struct agent_expr *ax, struct axs_value *value,
/* Search through fields and base classes recursively. */
found = gen_struct_ref_recursive (ax, value, field, 0, type);
-
+
if (!found)
error (_("Couldn't find member named `%s' in struct/union/class `%s'"),
field, type->name ());
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ gen_static_field (struct agent_expr *ax, struct axs_value *value,
if (sym)
{
gen_var_ref (ax, value, sym);
-
+
/* Don't error if the value was optimized out, we may be
scanning all static fields and just want to pass over this
and continue with the rest. */
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ gen_struct_elt_for_reference (struct agent_expr *ax, struct axs_value *value,
if (TYPE_FIELD_PACKED (t, i))
error (_("pointers to bitfield members not allowed"));
- /* FIXME we need a way to do "want_address" equivalent */
+ /* FIXME we need a way to do "want_address" equivalent */
error (_("Cannot reference non-static field \"%s\""), fieldname);
}
@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ gen_namespace_elt (struct agent_expr *ax, struct axs_value *value,
int found = gen_maybe_namespace_elt (ax, value, curtype, name);
if (!found)
- error (_("No symbol \"%s\" in namespace \"%s\"."),
+ error (_("No symbol \"%s\" in namespace \"%s\"."),
name, curtype->name ());
return found;
@@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ gen_expr_binop_rest (struct expression *exp,
gen_binop (ax, value, value1, value2,
aop_bit_or, aop_bit_or, 0, "bitwise or");
break;
-
+
case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
gen_binop (ax, value, value1, value2,
aop_bit_xor, aop_bit_xor, 0, "bitwise exclusive-or");
@@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ maint_agent_printf_command (const char *cmdrest, int from_tty)
if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
-
+
cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
if (*cmdrest != ',' && *cmdrest != 0)
diff --git a/gdb/bcache.c b/gdb/bcache.c
index 80ba1f6b6ecc..b63bc463c5bb 100644
--- a/gdb/bcache.c
+++ b/gdb/bcache.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ bcache::expand_hash_table ()
{
/* A table of good hash table sizes. Whenever we grow, we pick the
next larger size from this table. sizes[i] is close to 1 << (i+10),
- so we roughly double the table size each time. After we fall off
+ so we roughly double the table size each time. After we fall off
the end of this table, we just double. Don't laugh --- there have
been executables sighted with a gigabyte of debug info. */
static const unsigned long sizes[] = {
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ bcache::print_statistics (const char *type)
if (s)
{
occupied_buckets++;
-
+
while (s)
{
gdb_assert (b < m_num_buckets);
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ bcache::print_statistics (const char *type)
gdb_printf ("%ld\n", m_unique_size / m_unique_count);
else
/* i18n: "Average entry size: (not applicable)". */
- gdb_printf (_("(not applicable)\n"));
+ gdb_printf (_("(not applicable)\n"));
gdb_printf (_(" Median entry size: %d\n"), median_entry_size);
gdb_printf ("\n");
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Total memory used by bcache, including overhead: %ld\n"),
print_percentage (m_total_size - m_structure_size, m_total_size);
gdb_printf ("\n");
- gdb_printf (_(" Hash table size: %3d\n"),
+ gdb_printf (_(" Hash table size: %3d\n"),
m_num_buckets);
gdb_printf (_(" Hash table expands: %lu\n"),
m_expand_count);
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ Total memory used by bcache, including overhead: %ld\n"),
else
/* i18n: "Average hash chain length: (not applicable)". */
gdb_printf (_("(not applicable)\n"));
- gdb_printf (_(" Maximum hash chain length: %3d\n"),
+ gdb_printf (_(" Maximum hash chain length: %3d\n"),
max_chain_length);
gdb_printf ("\n");
}
diff --git a/gdb/bcache.h b/gdb/bcache.h
index 3d41ece8478a..a04da6732b63 100644
--- a/gdb/bcache.h
+++ b/gdb/bcache.h
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
Mind you, looking at the wall clock, the same GDB debugging GDB
showed only marginal speed up (0.780 vs 0.773s). Seems GDB is too
busy doing something else :-(
-
+
*/
namespace gdb {
diff --git a/gdb/blockframe.c b/gdb/blockframe.c
index 49bafa34b608..9f3e3a79bac9 100644
--- a/gdb/blockframe.c
+++ b/gdb/blockframe.c
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ find_pc_sect_function (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
}
/* Return the function containing pc value PC.
- Returns 0 if function is not known.
+ Returns 0 if function is not known.
Backward compatibility, no section */
struct symbol *
diff --git a/gdb/break-catch-syscall.c b/gdb/break-catch-syscall.c
index 805bb86cee6f..c707236715be 100644
--- a/gdb/break-catch-syscall.c
+++ b/gdb/break-catch-syscall.c
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ catch_syscall_split_args (const char *arg)
/* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
static void
-catch_syscall_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
+catch_syscall_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *command)
{
int tempflag;
diff --git a/gdb/break-catch-throw.c b/gdb/break-catch-throw.c
index 6557ee71449e..75057c54b30f 100644
--- a/gdb/break-catch-throw.c
+++ b/gdb/break-catch-throw.c
@@ -381,11 +381,11 @@ handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, std::string &&except_rx,
/* Look for an "if" token in *STRING. The "if" token must be preceded
by whitespace.
-
+
If there is any non-whitespace text between *STRING and the "if"
token, then it is returned in a newly-xmalloc'd string. Otherwise,
this returns NULL.
-
+
STRING is updated to point to the "if" token, if it exists, or to
the end of the string. */
diff --git a/gdb/breakpoint.c b/gdb/breakpoint.c
index 490708938ecd..ff25005c66c2 100644
--- a/gdb/breakpoint.c
+++ b/gdb/breakpoint.c
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ get_breakpoint (int num)
for (breakpoint *b : all_breakpoints ())
if (b->number == num)
return b;
-
+
return nullptr;
}
@@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
validate that only allowed commands are included. */
void
-breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
+breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
counted_command_line &&commands)
{
validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
@@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ add_dummy_location (struct breakpoint *b,
* target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
called several times when GDB stops.
- [linux]
+ [linux]
* Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
@@ -2471,7 +2471,7 @@ parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
-
+
cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
if (!overlay_events_enabled)
{
- /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
+ /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
@@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
}
else
{
- /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
+ /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
return 0;
}
@@ -2859,10 +2859,10 @@ insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
if (!*disabled_breaks)
{
- gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream,
- "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
+ gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream,
+ "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
bl->owner->number);
- gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream,
+ gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream,
"Temporarily disabling shared "
"library breakpoints:\n");
}
@@ -3168,7 +3168,7 @@ insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
continue;
-
+
for (bp_location *loc : bpt->locations ())
if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
{
@@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@ remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
if (!overlay_events_enabled)
{
/* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
- should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
+ should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
*/
/* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
@@ -3936,7 +3936,7 @@ remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
&bl->overlay_target_info,
reason);
}
- /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
+ /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
if (bl->inserted)
{
@@ -4173,7 +4173,7 @@ breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
|| bl->permanent)
&& breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
{
- if (overlay_debugging
+ if (overlay_debugging
&& section_is_overlay (bl->section)
&& !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
@@ -4794,14 +4794,14 @@ print_solib_event (bool is_catchpoint)
PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
- code to print the location. An example is
+ code to print the location. An example is
"Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
the location.
PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
to also print the location part of the message.
An example is the catch/throw messages, which
don't require a location appended to the end.
- PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
+ PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
further info to be printed. */
enum print_stop_action
@@ -4816,8 +4816,8 @@ bpstat_print (bpstat *bs, target_waitkind kind)
for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
{
val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
- if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
- || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
+ if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
+ || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
|| val == PRINT_NOTHING)
return val;
}
@@ -6045,7 +6045,7 @@ print_breakpoint_location (const breakpoint *b,
if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
-
+
uiout->field_signed ("line", loc->line_number);
}
else if (loc)
@@ -6171,7 +6171,7 @@ output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
uiout->text (" inf ");
else
uiout->text (", ");
-
+
uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
}
}
@@ -6208,8 +6208,8 @@ print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
/* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
breakpoints with single disabled location. */
- if (loc == NULL
- && (b->loc != NULL
+ if (loc == NULL
+ && (b->loc != NULL
&& (b->loc->next != NULL
|| !b->loc->enabled || b->loc->disabled_by_cond)))
header_of_multiple = true;
@@ -6373,7 +6373,7 @@ print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
uiout->text ("\n");
}
-
+
if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
{
annotate_field (7);
@@ -6410,7 +6410,7 @@ print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
}
uiout->text ("\n");
}
-
+
if (!part_of_multiple)
{
if (b->hit_count)
@@ -6550,7 +6550,7 @@ bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally = false;
static void
print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
- struct bp_location **last_loc,
+ struct bp_location **last_loc,
int allflag)
{
struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
@@ -6839,7 +6839,7 @@ default_collect_info (void)
uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
uiout->text (" \n");
}
-
+
static void
info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
{
@@ -6919,7 +6919,7 @@ describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
|| b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
? " (disabled)"
: ""),
- (others > 1) ? ","
+ (others > 1) ? ","
: ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
}
current_uiout->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
@@ -6967,12 +6967,12 @@ watchpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location *loc1,
true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
other watchpoint. */
if ((w1->cond_exp
- && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
+ && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
loc1->length,
loc1->watchpoint_type,
w1->cond_exp.get ()))
|| (w2->cond_exp
- && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
+ && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
loc2->length,
loc2->watchpoint_type,
w2->cond_exp.get ())))
@@ -8436,7 +8436,7 @@ create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
we take just a single condition string.
-
+
NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
@@ -8571,7 +8571,7 @@ parse_breakpoint_sals (location_spec *locspec,
static void
breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
-{
+{
for (auto &sal : sals)
resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
}
@@ -8991,7 +8991,7 @@ create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
}
-
+
if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
{
warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
@@ -9878,8 +9878,8 @@ is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
return dynamic_cast<const masked_watchpoint *> (b) != nullptr;
}
-/* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
- hw_read: watch read,
+/* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
+ hw_read: watch read,
hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
static void
watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
@@ -10619,14 +10619,14 @@ clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
- We only support clearing given the address explicitly
- present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
+ We only support clearing given the address explicitly
+ present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
due to optimization, all in one block.
We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
- be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
+ be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
to support that. */
@@ -11015,7 +11015,7 @@ update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
if there's another location at the same address (previously
marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
location.
-
+
LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
and former bp_location array state respectively. */
@@ -11138,12 +11138,12 @@ update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
this location on the global list, and try to
remove it next time, but there's no particular
reason why we will succeed next time.
-
+
Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
only after calling us. */
gdb_printf (_("warning: Error removing "
- "breakpoint %d\n"),
+ "breakpoint %d\n"),
old_loc->owner->number);
}
removed = true;
@@ -12984,7 +12984,7 @@ find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
-
+
if (loc_num == 0)
error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
@@ -13322,8 +13322,8 @@ enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
{
int i;
i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
- target_resources_ok =
- target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
+ target_resources_ok =
+ target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
i + 1, 0);
if (target_resources_ok == 0)
error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
@@ -13671,7 +13671,7 @@ read_uploaded_action (void)
equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
the tracepoint was originally defined. */
-
+
struct tracepoint *
create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
{
@@ -13757,7 +13757,7 @@ create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
return tp;
}
-
+
/* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
omitted. */
@@ -13808,7 +13808,7 @@ delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
/* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
- have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
+ have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
argument. */
for (breakpoint *tp : all_tracepoints ())
if (is_tracepoint (tp) && user_breakpoint_p (tp))
@@ -13948,7 +13948,7 @@ get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
if (tpnum <= 0)
{
if (instring && *instring)
- gdb_printf (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
+ gdb_printf (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
instring);
else
gdb_printf (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
diff --git a/gdb/breakpoint.h b/gdb/breakpoint.h
index 360fa7605773..e701311945aa 100644
--- a/gdb/breakpoint.h
+++ b/gdb/breakpoint.h
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ enum bptype
dynamic libraries. */
bp_shlib_event,
- /* Some multi-threaded systems can arrange for a location in the
+ /* Some multi-threaded systems can arrange for a location in the
inferior to be executed when certain thread-related events occur
(such as thread creation or thread death).
@@ -161,10 +161,10 @@ enum bptype
/* On the same principal, an overlay manager can arrange to call a
magic location in the inferior whenever there is an interesting
change in overlay status. GDB can update its overlay tables
- and fiddle with breakpoints in overlays when this breakpoint
+ and fiddle with breakpoints in overlays when this breakpoint
is hit. */
- bp_overlay_event,
+ bp_overlay_event,
/* Master copies of longjmp breakpoints. These are always installed
as soon as an objfile containing longjmp is loaded, but they are
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ enum enable_state
enum bpdisp
{
disp_del, /* Delete it */
- disp_del_at_next_stop, /* Delete at next stop,
+ disp_del_at_next_stop, /* Delete at next stop,
whether hit or not */
disp_disable, /* Disable it */
disp_donttouch /* Leave it alone */
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ class bp_location : public refcounted_object
/* Is this particular location enabled. */
bool enabled = false;
-
+
/* Is this particular location disabled because the condition
expression is invalid at this location. For a location to be
reported as enabled, the ENABLED field above has to be true *and*
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ enum watchpoint_triggered
watch_triggered_unknown,
/* This hardware watchpoint definitely did trigger. */
- watch_triggered_yes
+ watch_triggered_yes
};
/* Some targets (e.g., embedded PowerPC) need two debug registers to set
@@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ extern void disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
extern void enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
-extern void breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
+extern void breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
counted_command_line &&commands);
extern void breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent);
diff --git a/gdb/bsd-kvm.c b/gdb/bsd-kvm.c
index e9e41df1bec4..0bd8a8a6758f 100644
--- a/gdb/bsd-kvm.c
+++ b/gdb/bsd-kvm.c
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ bsd_kvm_add_target (int (*supply_pcb)(struct regcache *, struct pcb *))
bsd_kvm_supply_pcb = supply_pcb;
add_target (bsd_kvm_target_info, bsd_kvm_target_open);
-
+
add_prefix_cmd ("kvm", class_obscure, bsd_kvm_cmd, _("\
Generic command for manipulating the kernel memory interface."),
&bsd_kvm_cmdlist, 0, &cmdlist);
diff --git a/gdb/buildsym.c b/gdb/buildsym.c
index d7c935af7035..5e29920dd2cb 100644
--- a/gdb/buildsym.c
+++ b/gdb/buildsym.c
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ buildsym_compunit::finish_block_internal
opblock = NULL;
for (pblock = m_pending_blocks;
- pblock && pblock != old_blocks;
+ pblock && pblock != old_blocks;
pblock = pblock->next)
{
if (pblock->block->superblock () == NULL)
diff --git a/gdb/c-lang.c b/gdb/c-lang.c
index 36b4d1ae3ddd..dfef2aff4cf2 100644
--- a/gdb/c-lang.c
+++ b/gdb/c-lang.c
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ c_get_string (struct value *value, gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<gdb_byte> *buffer,
if (extract_unsigned_integer (contents + i * width,
width, byte_order) == 0)
break;
-
+
/* I is now either a user-defined length, the number of non-null
characters, or FETCHLIMIT. */
*length = i * width;
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ c_get_string (struct value *value, gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<gdb_byte> *buffer,
&& extract_unsigned_integer (buffer->get () + *length - width,
width, byte_order) == 0)
*length -= width;
-
+
/* The read_string function will return the number of bytes read.
If length returned from read_string was > 0, return the number of
characters read by dividing the number of bytes by width. */
diff --git a/gdb/c-typeprint.c b/gdb/c-typeprint.c
index 23e8a5a4d6f6..3f62d7844615 100644
--- a/gdb/c-typeprint.c
+++ b/gdb/c-typeprint.c
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ cp_type_print_method_args (struct type *mtype, const char *prefix,
On outermost call, SHOW > 0 means should ignore
any typename for TYPE and show its details.
SHOW is always zero on recursive calls.
-
+
NEED_POST_SPACE is non-zero when a space will be be needed
between a trailing qualifier and a field, variable, or function
name. */
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ c_type_print_varspec_suffix (struct type *type,
|| type->bounds ()->high.kind () == PROP_LOCLIST)
gdb_printf (stream, "variable length");
else if (get_array_bounds (type, &low_bound, &high_bound))
- gdb_printf (stream, "%s",
+ gdb_printf (stream, "%s",
plongest (high_bound - low_bound + 1));
gdb_printf (stream, (is_vector ? ")))" : "]"));
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ c_type_print_base_1 (struct type *type, struct ui_file *stream,
if (type->is_declared_class ())
gdb_printf (stream, "class ");
/* Print the tag name if it exists.
- The aCC compiler emits a spurious
+ The aCC compiler emits a spurious
"{unnamed struct}"/"{unnamed union}"/"{unnamed enum}"
tag for unnamed struct/union/enum's, which we don't
want to print. */
diff --git a/gdb/c-valprint.c b/gdb/c-valprint.c
index 9b73d973cd5a..ffc9f959ab65 100644
--- a/gdb/c-valprint.c
+++ b/gdb/c-valprint.c
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ c_value_print_inner (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream, int recurse,
\f
void
-c_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream,
+c_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream,
const struct value_print_options *options)
{
struct type *type, *real_type;
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ c_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream,
if (real_type)
{
/* We have RTTI information, so use it. */
- val = value_full_object (val, real_type,
+ val = value_full_object (val, real_type,
full, top, using_enc);
/* In a destructor we might see a real type that is a
superclass of the object's type. In this case it is
diff --git a/gdb/c-varobj.c b/gdb/c-varobj.c
index 4911e37a2002..07fce3dda87a 100644
--- a/gdb/c-varobj.c
+++ b/gdb/c-varobj.c
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ adjust_value_for_child_access (struct value **value,
*was_ptr = 0;
*type = check_typedef (*type);
-
+
/* The type of value stored in varobj, that is passed
to us, is already supposed to be
reference-stripped. */
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ c_number_of_children (const struct varobj *var)
We can show char* so we allow it to be dereferenced. If you decide
to test for it, please mind that a little magic is necessary to
- properly identify it: char* has TYPE_CODE == TYPE_CODE_INT and
+ properly identify it: char* has TYPE_CODE == TYPE_CODE_INT and
TYPE_NAME == "char". */
if (target->code () == TYPE_CODE_FUNC
|| target->code () == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ value_struct_element_index (struct value *value, int type_index)
information cannot be determined, set *CNAME, *CVALUE, or *CTYPE
to empty. */
-static void
+static void
c_describe_child (const struct varobj *parent, int index,
std::string *cname, struct value **cvalue,
struct type **ctype, std::string *cfull_expression)
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ c_path_expr_of_child (const struct varobj *child)
{
std::string path_expr;
- c_describe_child (child->parent, child->index, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ c_describe_child (child->parent, child->index, NULL, NULL, NULL,
&path_expr);
return path_expr;
}
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ c_value_of_variable (const struct varobj *var,
gdb_assert (varobj_value_is_changeable_p (var));
gdb_assert (!value_lazy (var->value.get ()));
-
+
/* If the specified format is the current one,
we can reuse print_value. */
if (format == var->format)
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ enum accessibility { private_field, protected_field, public_field };
/* Check if field INDEX of TYPE has the specified accessibility.
Return 0 if so and 1 otherwise. */
-static int
+static int
match_accessibility (struct type *type, int index, enum accessibility acc)
{
if (acc == private_field && TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE (type, index))
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ cplus_describe_child (const struct varobj *parent, int index,
const char *ptr = was_ptr ? "*" : "";
/* Cast the parent to the base' type. Note that in gdb,
- expression like
+ expression like
(Base1)d
will create an lvalue, for all appearences, so we don't
need to use more fancy:
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ cplus_describe_child (const struct varobj *parent, int index,
access = "public";
else if (children[v_private] > 0)
access = "private";
- else
+ else
access = "protected";
break;
case 1:
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ cplus_describe_child (const struct varobj *parent, int index,
else
{
c_describe_child (parent, index, cname, cvalue, ctype, cfull_expression);
- }
+ }
}
static std::string
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ cplus_path_expr_of_child (const struct varobj *child)
{
std::string path_expr;
- cplus_describe_child (child->parent, child->index, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ cplus_describe_child (child->parent, child->index, NULL, NULL, NULL,
&path_expr);
return path_expr;
}
diff --git a/gdb/charset-list.h b/gdb/charset-list.h
index 7ed79a21e8e4..61b42df5b946 100644
--- a/gdb/charset-list.h
+++ b/gdb/charset-list.h
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@
/* Note that the first entry must always be "auto".
The remaining entries were created by running this script:
-
+
iconv -l | sed -e '/[/]...*$/d' -e 's@^\(.*\)//$@"\1", \\@'
-
+
.. and then removing the final backslash. It would be nice to
separate narrow and wide character sets, but there is no good way
to do that. */
diff --git a/gdb/charset.c b/gdb/charset.c
index a6261fc505c4..c020b4cb16a0 100644
--- a/gdb/charset.c
+++ b/gdb/charset.c
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
conversions),
and so on.
-
+
To avoid excessive code duplication and maintenance efforts,
GDB simply requires a capable iconv function. Users on platforms
without a suitable iconv can use the GNU iconv library. */
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
#else
# define GDB_DEFAULT_HOST_CHARSET "ISO-8859-1"
#endif
-#define GDB_DEFAULT_TARGET_CHARSET GDB_DEFAULT_HOST_CHARSET
+#define GDB_DEFAULT_TARGET_CHARSET GDB_DEFAULT_HOST_CHARSET
#define GDB_DEFAULT_TARGET_WIDE_CHARSET "UTF-32"
#undef DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAMES
#define DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAMES GDB_DEFAULT_HOST_CHARSET ,
@@ -256,9 +256,9 @@ show_target_charset_name (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
static const char *target_wide_charset_name = "auto";
static void
-show_target_wide_charset_name (struct ui_file *file,
+show_target_wide_charset_name (struct ui_file *file,
int from_tty,
- struct cmd_list_element *c,
+ struct cmd_list_element *c,
const char *value)
{
if (!strcmp (value, "auto"))
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ validate (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
/* This is the sfunc for the 'set charset' command. */
static void
-set_charset_sfunc (const char *charset, int from_tty,
+set_charset_sfunc (const char *charset, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c)
{
/* CAREFUL: set the target charset here as well. */
@@ -399,13 +399,13 @@ set_target_wide_charset_sfunc (const char *charset, int from_tty,
/* sfunc for the 'show charset' command. */
static void
-show_charset (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
+show_charset (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c,
const char *name)
{
show_host_charset_name (file, from_tty, c, host_charset_name);
show_target_charset_name (file, from_tty, c, target_charset_name);
- show_target_wide_charset_name (file, from_tty, c,
+ show_target_wide_charset_name (file, from_tty, c,
target_wide_charset_name);
}
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ convert_between_encodings (const char *from, const char *to,
\f
/* Create a new iterator. */
-wchar_iterator::wchar_iterator (const gdb_byte *input, size_t bytes,
+wchar_iterator::wchar_iterator (const gdb_byte *input, size_t bytes,
const char *charset, size_t width)
: m_input (input),
m_bytes (bytes),
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ wchar_iterator::iterate (enum wchar_iterate_result *out_result,
converted a character; if so, return it. */
if (out_avail < out_request * sizeof (gdb_wchar_t))
break;
-
+
/* Otherwise skip the first invalid character, and let
the caller know about it. */
*out_result = wchar_iterate_invalid;
diff --git a/gdb/charset.h b/gdb/charset.h
index 2daa9a250608..7025a8ec2ce9 100644
--- a/gdb/charset.h
+++ b/gdb/charset.h
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ class wchar_iterator
~wchar_iterator ();
/* Perform a single iteration of a wchar_t iterator.
-
+
Returns the number of characters converted. A negative result
means that EOF has been reached. A positive result indicates the
number of valid wchar_ts in the result; *OUT_CHARS is updated to
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ class wchar_iterator
wchar_iterate_incomplete means that an incomplete character was
seen at the end of the input sequence.
-
+
wchar_iterate_eof means that all bytes were successfully
converted. The other output arguments are not set. */
int iterate (enum wchar_iterate_result *out_result, gdb_wchar_t **out_chars,
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-decode.c b/gdb/cli/cli-decode.c
index 7c98029f9f4a..04691db3082c 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-decode.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-decode.c
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ cmd_list_element::command_components () const
Add this command to command list *LIST.
- Returns a pointer to the added command (not necessarily the head
+ Returns a pointer to the added command (not necessarily the head
of *LIST). */
static struct cmd_list_element *
@@ -2250,23 +2250,23 @@ lookup_cmd_exact (const char *name,
deprecated and a warning message should be generated. This
function decodes TEXT and potentially generates a warning message
as outlined below.
-
+
Example for 'set endian big' which has a fictitious alias 'seb'.
-
+
If alias wasn't used in TEXT, and the command is deprecated:
- "warning: 'set endian big' is deprecated."
-
+ "warning: 'set endian big' is deprecated."
+
If alias was used, and only the alias is deprecated:
"warning: 'seb' an alias for the command 'set endian big' is deprecated."
-
+
If alias was used and command is deprecated (regardless of whether
the alias itself is deprecated:
-
+
"warning: 'set endian big' (seb) is deprecated."
After the message has been sent, clear the appropriate flags in the
command and/or the alias so the user is no longer bothered.
-
+
*/
void
deprecated_cmd_warning (const char *text, struct cmd_list_element *list)
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-dump.c b/gdb/cli/cli-dump.c
index a79088399a64..a0ea3b22a3cd 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-dump.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-dump.c
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ static struct cmd_list_element *binary_dump_cmdlist;
static struct cmd_list_element *binary_append_cmdlist;
static void
-dump_binary_file (const char *filename, const char *mode,
+dump_binary_file (const char *filename, const char *mode,
const bfd_byte *buf, ULONGEST len)
{
int status;
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ dump_binary_file (const char *filename, const char *mode,
}
static void
-dump_bfd_file (const char *filename, const char *mode,
- const char *target, CORE_ADDR vaddr,
+dump_bfd_file (const char *filename, const char *mode,
+ const char *target, CORE_ADDR vaddr,
const bfd_byte *buf, ULONGEST len)
{
asection *osection;
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ dump_memory_to_file (const char *cmd, const char *mode, const char *file_format)
value. */
gdb::byte_vector buf (count);
read_memory (lo, buf.data (), count);
-
+
/* Have everything. Open/write the data. */
if (file_format == NULL || strcmp (file_format, "binary") == 0)
dump_binary_file (filename.get (), mode, buf.data (), count);
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ dump_value_to_file (const char *cmd, const char *mode, const char *file_format)
}
dump_bfd_file (filename.get (), mode, file_format, vaddr,
- value_contents (val).data (),
+ value_contents (val).data (),
value_type (val)->length ());
}
}
@@ -365,10 +365,10 @@ add_dump_command (const char *name,
/* Replace "Dump " at start of docstring with "Append " (borrowed
from [deleted] deprecated_add_show_from_set). */
- if ( c->doc[0] == 'W'
- && c->doc[1] == 'r'
+ if ( c->doc[0] == 'W'
+ && c->doc[1] == 'r'
&& c->doc[2] == 'i'
- && c->doc[3] == 't'
+ && c->doc[3] == 't'
&& c->doc[4] == 'e'
&& c->doc[5] == ' ')
c->doc = concat ("Append ", c->doc + 6, (char *)NULL);
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ restore_one_section (bfd *ibfd, asection *isec,
|| (load_end > 0 && sec_start >= load_end))
{
/* No, no useable data in this section. */
- gdb_printf (_("skipping section %s...\n"),
+ gdb_printf (_("skipping section %s...\n"),
bfd_section_name (isec));
return;
}
@@ -416,12 +416,12 @@ restore_one_section (bfd *ibfd, asection *isec,
/* Get the data. */
gdb::byte_vector buf (size);
if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, isec, buf.data (), 0, size))
- error (_("Failed to read bfd file %s: '%s'."), bfd_get_filename (ibfd),
+ error (_("Failed to read bfd file %s: '%s'."), bfd_get_filename (ibfd),
bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
gdb_printf ("Restoring section %s (0x%lx to 0x%lx)",
- bfd_section_name (isec),
- (unsigned long) sec_start,
+ bfd_section_name (isec),
+ (unsigned long) sec_start,
(unsigned long) sec_end);
if (load_offset != 0 || load_start != 0 || load_end != 0)
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ restore_binary_file (const char *filename, CORE_ADDR load_offset,
perror_with_name (filename);
if (len <= load_start)
- error (_("Start address is greater than length of binary file %s."),
+ error (_("Start address is greater than length of binary file %s."),
filename);
/* Chop off "len" if it exceeds the requested load_end addr. */
@@ -474,9 +474,9 @@ restore_binary_file (const char *filename, CORE_ADDR load_offset,
if (load_start > 0)
len -= load_start;
- gdb_printf
- ("Restoring binary file %s into memory (0x%lx to 0x%lx)\n",
- filename,
+ gdb_printf
+ ("Restoring binary file %s into memory (0x%lx to 0x%lx)\n",
+ filename,
(unsigned long) (load_start + load_offset),
(unsigned long) (load_start + load_offset + len));
@@ -594,13 +594,13 @@ the specified FILE in raw target ordered bytes.");
add_basic_prefix_cmd ("srec", all_commands,
_("Write target code/data to an srec file."),
&srec_cmdlist,
- 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
+ 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
&dump_cmdlist);
add_basic_prefix_cmd ("ihex", all_commands,
_("Write target code/data to an intel hex file."),
&ihex_cmdlist,
- 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
+ 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
&dump_cmdlist);
add_basic_prefix_cmd ("verilog", all_commands,
@@ -612,19 +612,19 @@ the specified FILE in raw target ordered bytes.");
add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tekhex", all_commands,
_("Write target code/data to a tekhex file."),
&tekhex_cmdlist,
- 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
+ 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
&dump_cmdlist);
add_basic_prefix_cmd ("binary", all_commands,
_("Write target code/data to a raw binary file."),
&binary_dump_cmdlist,
- 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
+ 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
&dump_cmdlist);
add_basic_prefix_cmd ("binary", all_commands,
_("Append target code/data to a raw binary file."),
&binary_append_cmdlist,
- 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
+ 0 /*allow-unknown*/,
&append_cmdlist);
add_cmd ("memory", all_commands, dump_srec_memory, _("\
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-interp.c b/gdb/cli/cli-interp.c
index ca3a1abcaae9..a58d3886adf6 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-interp.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-interp.c
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ as_cli_interp_base (interp *interp)
/* Longjmp-safe wrapper for "execute_command". */
static struct gdb_exception safe_execute_command (struct ui_out *uiout,
- const char *command,
+ const char *command,
int from_tty);
/* See cli-interp.h.
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-logging.c b/gdb/cli/cli-logging.c
index 93f50a660cb4..a1b75dcaf98b 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-logging.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-logging.c
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ set_logging_on (const char *args, int from_tty)
handle_redirections (from_tty);
}
-static void
+static void
set_logging_off (const char *args, int from_tty)
{
if (saved_filename.empty ())
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-script.c b/gdb/cli/cli-script.c
index 2442f7ae38b4..4628b78726b7 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-script.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-script.c
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ line_first_arg (const char *p)
{
const char *first_arg = p + find_command_name_length (p);
- return skip_spaces (first_arg);
+ return skip_spaces (first_arg);
}
/* Process one input line. If the command is an "end", return such an
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ do_define_command (const char *comname, int from_tty,
const char *comfull;
int hook_type = CMD_NO_HOOK;
int hook_name_size = 0;
-
+
#define HOOK_STRING "hook-"
#define HOOK_LEN 5
#define HOOK_POST_STRING "hookpost-"
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-utils.c b/gdb/cli/cli-utils.c
index 3d9311557a87..6ff871ba5a21 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-utils.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-utils.c
@@ -336,12 +336,12 @@ number_or_range_parser::finished () const
&& (isdigit (m_cur_tok[1]) || m_cur_tok[1] == '$'))));
}
-/* Accept a number and a string-form list of numbers such as is
+/* Accept a number and a string-form list of numbers such as is
accepted by get_number_or_range. Return TRUE if the number is
in the list.
- By definition, an empty list includes all numbers. This is to
- be interpreted as typing a command such as "delete break" with
+ By definition, an empty list includes all numbers. This is to
+ be interpreted as typing a command such as "delete break" with
no arguments. */
int
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-utils.h b/gdb/cli/cli-utils.h
index 0ebac7746f4b..d038917abe85 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-utils.h
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-utils.h
@@ -145,12 +145,12 @@ class number_or_range_parser
bool m_in_range;
};
-/* Accept a number and a string-form list of numbers such as is
+/* Accept a number and a string-form list of numbers such as is
accepted by get_number_or_range. Return TRUE if the number is
in the list.
- By definition, an empty list includes all numbers. This is to
- be interpreted as typing a command such as "delete break" with
+ By definition, an empty list includes all numbers. This is to
+ be interpreted as typing a command such as "delete break" with
no arguments. */
extern int number_is_in_list (const char *list, int number);
diff --git a/gdb/coffread.c b/gdb/coffread.c
index f29627d97975..dc1ea20a3f17 100644
--- a/gdb/coffread.c
+++ b/gdb/coffread.c
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ cs_section_address (struct coff_symbol *cs, bfd *abfd)
/* Look up a coff type-number index. Return the address of the slot
where the type for that index is stored.
- The type-number is in INDEX.
+ The type-number is in INDEX.
This can be used for finding the type associated with that index
or for associating a new type with the index. */
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ is_import_fixup_symbol (struct coff_symbol *cs,
static struct minimal_symbol *
record_minimal_symbol (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
struct coff_symbol *cs, CORE_ADDR address,
- enum minimal_symbol_type type, int section,
+ enum minimal_symbol_type type, int section,
struct objfile *objfile)
{
/* We don't want TDESC entry points in the minimal symbol table. */
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ coff_symfile_read (struct objfile *objfile, symfile_add_flags symfile_flags)
file_ptr symtab_offset;
file_ptr stringtab_offset;
unsigned int stabstrsize;
-
+
info = coff_objfile_data_key.get (objfile);
symfile_bfd = abfd; /* Kludge for swap routines. */
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ coff_symtab_read (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
newobj = push_context (depth, fcn_start_addr);
fcn_cs_saved.c_name = getsymname (&fcn_sym_saved);
newobj->name =
- process_coff_symbol (&fcn_cs_saved,
+ process_coff_symbol (&fcn_cs_saved,
&fcn_aux_saved, objfile);
}
else if (strcmp (cs->c_name, ".ef") == 0)
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ init_stringtab (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> *stora
if (length == sizeof length) /* Empty table -- just the count. */
return 0;
- val = bfd_bread (stringtab + sizeof lengthbuf,
+ val = bfd_bread (stringtab + sizeof lengthbuf,
length - sizeof lengthbuf, abfd);
if (val != length - sizeof lengthbuf || stringtab[length - 1] != '\0')
return -1;
@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ process_coff_symbol (struct coff_symbol *cs,
/* If we are giving a name to a type such as
"pointer to foo" or "function returning foo", we
better not set the TYPE_NAME. If the program
- contains "typedef char *caddr_t;", we don't want
+ contains "typedef char *caddr_t;", we don't want
all variables of type char * to print as caddr_t.
This is not just a consequence of GDB's type
management; CC and GCC (at least through version
@@ -1818,9 +1818,9 @@ decode_type (struct coff_symbol *cs, unsigned int c_type,
return the type that the function returns. */
static struct type *
-decode_function_type (struct coff_symbol *cs,
+decode_function_type (struct coff_symbol *cs,
unsigned int c_type,
- union internal_auxent *aux,
+ union internal_auxent *aux,
struct objfile *objfile)
{
if (aux->x_sym.x_tagndx.l == 0)
@@ -1833,9 +1833,9 @@ decode_function_type (struct coff_symbol *cs,
/* Basic C types. */
static struct type *
-decode_base_type (struct coff_symbol *cs,
+decode_base_type (struct coff_symbol *cs,
unsigned int c_type,
- union internal_auxent *aux,
+ union internal_auxent *aux,
struct objfile *objfile)
{
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch ();
diff --git a/gdb/compile/compile-object-load.c b/gdb/compile/compile-object-load.c
index 4c94ec538991..449e17395772 100644
--- a/gdb/compile/compile-object-load.c
+++ b/gdb/compile/compile-object-load.c
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ get_out_value_type (struct symbol *func_sym, struct objfile *objfile,
"in compiled module \"%s\"."),
gdb_type_from_ptr->code (), COMPILE_I_EXPR_VAL,
objfile_name (objfile));
-
+
retval = gdb_type_from_ptr;
switch (gdb_type_from_ptr->code ())
{
diff --git a/gdb/complaints.c b/gdb/complaints.c
index 7e39f2419384..bf4b0dcb5111 100644
--- a/gdb/complaints.c
+++ b/gdb/complaints.c
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ void _initialize_complaints ();
void
_initialize_complaints ()
{
- add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("complaints", class_support,
+ add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("complaints", class_support,
&stop_whining, _("\
Set max number of complaints about incorrect symbols."), _("\
Show max number of complaints about incorrect symbols."), NULL,
diff --git a/gdb/completer.c b/gdb/completer.c
index b68b6de20575..8d2d207581af 100644
--- a/gdb/completer.c
+++ b/gdb/completer.c
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ enum explicit_location_match_type
will quote it. That's why we switch between
current_language->word_break_characters () and
gdb_completer_command_word_break_characters. I'm not sure when
- we need this behavior (perhaps for funky characters in C++
+ we need this behavior (perhaps for funky characters in C++
symbols?). */
/* Variables which are necessary for fancy command line editing. */
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ get_gdb_completer_quote_characters (void)
symbols but don't want to complete on anything else either. */
void
-noop_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore,
+noop_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore,
completion_tracker &tracker,
const char *text, const char *prefix)
{
@@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ complete_line (completion_tracker &tracker,
/* Complete on command names. Used by "help". */
void
-command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore,
+command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore,
completion_tracker &tracker,
const char *text, const char *word)
{
diff --git a/gdb/corefile.c b/gdb/corefile.c
index bb423b7631b8..3af999bb1a90 100644
--- a/gdb/corefile.c
+++ b/gdb/corefile.c
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ read_code (CORE_ADDR memaddr, gdb_byte *myaddr, ssize_t len)
if successful. */
int
-safe_read_memory_integer (CORE_ADDR memaddr, int len,
+safe_read_memory_integer (CORE_ADDR memaddr, int len,
enum bfd_endian byte_order,
LONGEST *return_value)
{
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ read_memory_typed_address (CORE_ADDR addr, struct type *type)
/* See gdbcore.h. */
void
-write_memory (CORE_ADDR memaddr,
+write_memory (CORE_ADDR memaddr,
const bfd_byte *myaddr, ssize_t len)
{
int status;
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ write_memory_with_notification (CORE_ADDR memaddr, const bfd_byte *myaddr,
/* Store VALUE at ADDR in the inferior as a LEN-byte unsigned
integer. */
void
-write_memory_unsigned_integer (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
+write_memory_unsigned_integer (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
enum bfd_endian byte_order,
ULONGEST value)
{
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ write_memory_unsigned_integer (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
/* Store VALUE at ADDR in the inferior as a LEN-byte signed
integer. */
void
-write_memory_signed_integer (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
+write_memory_signed_integer (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
enum bfd_endian byte_order,
LONGEST value)
{
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ No arg means have no core file. This command has been superseded by the\n\
`target core' and `detach' commands."), &cmdlist);
set_cmd_completer (core_file_cmd, filename_completer);
-
+
set_show_commands set_show_gnutarget
= add_setshow_string_noescape_cmd ("gnutarget", class_files,
&gnutarget_string, _("\
diff --git a/gdb/corelow.c b/gdb/corelow.c
index 293bc8d4f593..ad8a571ad3ab 100644
--- a/gdb/corelow.c
+++ b/gdb/corelow.c
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ core_target::build_file_mappings ()
internal error because of the possibility that the
file was removed in between checking for its
existence during the expansion in exec_file_find()
- and the calls to bfd_openr() / bfd_check_format().
+ and the calls to bfd_openr() / bfd_check_format().
Output both the path from the core file note along
with its expansion to make debugging this problem
easier. */
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ core_target::build_file_mappings ()
bfd_close (bfd);
return;
}
- /* Ensure that the bfd will be closed when core_bfd is closed.
+ /* Ensure that the bfd will be closed when core_bfd is closed.
This can be checked before/after a core file detach via
"maint info bfds". */
gdb_bfd_record_inclusion (core_bfd, bfd);
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ core_target::info_proc_mappings (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
}
}
-/* Implement "maintenance print core-file-backed-mappings" command.
+/* Implement "maintenance print core-file-backed-mappings" command.
If mappings are loaded, the results should be similar to the
mappings shown by "info proc mappings". This command is mainly a
diff --git a/gdb/cp-abi.h b/gdb/cp-abi.h
index 06d658911a89..fe9b340d6a5d 100644
--- a/gdb/cp-abi.h
+++ b/gdb/cp-abi.h
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ enum dtor_kinds {
object. */
base_object_dtor
};
-
+
/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled name of a destructor.
Actually, return an `enum dtor_kind' value describing what *kind*
of destructor it is. */
diff --git a/gdb/cp-support.c b/gdb/cp-support.c
index 77895a8bc98a..4835a7fe1cf3 100644
--- a/gdb/cp-support.c
+++ b/gdb/cp-support.c
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ mangled_name_to_comp (const char *mangled_name, int options,
options);
if (demangled_name == NULL)
return NULL;
-
+
/* If we could demangle the name, parse it to build the component
tree. */
std::unique_ptr<demangle_parse_info> info
@@ -2204,8 +2204,8 @@ test_cp_remove_params ()
static void
first_component_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
{
- int len;
- char *prefix;
+ int len;
+ char *prefix;
if (!arg)
return;
diff --git a/gdb/cris-tdep.c b/gdb/cris-tdep.c
index d38850aa1af0..fda65286acb8 100644
--- a/gdb/cris-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/cris-tdep.c
@@ -51,15 +51,15 @@ enum cris_num_regs
{
/* There are no floating point registers. Used in gdbserver low-linux.c. */
NUM_FREGS = 0,
-
+
/* There are 16 general registers. */
NUM_GENREGS = 16,
-
+
/* There are 16 special registers. */
NUM_SPECREGS = 16,
/* CRISv32 has a pseudo PC register, not noted here. */
-
+
/* CRISv32 has 16 support registers. */
NUM_SUPPREGS = 16
};
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ enum cris_num_regs
enum cris_regnums
{
- /* Enums with respect to the general registers, valid for all
+ /* Enums with respect to the general registers, valid for all
CRIS versions. The frame pointer is always in R8. */
CRIS_FP_REGNUM = 8,
/* ABI related registers. */
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ enum cris_regnums
ARG2_REGNUM = 11,
ARG3_REGNUM = 12,
ARG4_REGNUM = 13,
-
+
/* Registers which happen to be common. */
VR_REGNUM = 17,
MOF_REGNUM = 23,
@@ -341,17 +341,17 @@ cris_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
info->base = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, 4, byte_order);
addr = cris_sigcontext_addr (this_frame);
-
+
/* Layout of the sigcontext struct:
struct sigcontext {
struct pt_regs regs;
unsigned long oldmask;
unsigned long usp;
}; */
-
+
if (tdep->cris_version == 10)
{
- /* R0 to R13 are stored in reverse order at offset (2 * 4) in
+ /* R0 to R13 are stored in reverse order at offset (2 * 4) in
struct pt_regs. */
for (i = 0; i <= 13; i++)
info->saved_regs[i].set_addr (addr + ((15 - i) * 4));
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ cris_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
info->saved_regs[DCCR_REGNUM].set_addr (addr + (17 * 4));
info->saved_regs[SRP_REGNUM].set_addr (addr + (18 * 4));
/* Note: IRP is off by 2 at this point. There's no point in correcting
- it though since that will mean that the backtrace will show a PC
+ it though since that will mean that the backtrace will show a PC
different from what is shown when stopped. */
info->saved_regs[IRP_REGNUM].set_addr (addr + (19 * 4));
info->saved_regs[gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch)]
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ cris_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
else
{
/* CRISv32. */
- /* R0 to R13 are stored in order at offset (1 * 4) in
+ /* R0 to R13 are stored in order at offset (1 * 4) in
struct pt_regs. */
for (i = 0; i <= 13; i++)
info->saved_regs[i].set_addr (addr + ((i + 1) * 4));
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ cris_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
be wrong at this point. This problem manifests itself in the
sigaltstack.exp test case, which occasionally generates FAILs when
the signal is received while in a delay slot.
-
+
This could be solved by a couple of read_memory_unsigned_integer and a
trad_frame_set_value. */
info->saved_regs[gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch)]
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ cris_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
info->saved_regs[gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch)].set_addr (addr + (25 * 4));
}
-
+
return info;
}
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ cris_sigtramp_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
frame_info_ptr this_frame,
void **this_cache)
{
- if (cris_sigtramp_start (this_frame)
+ if (cris_sigtramp_start (this_frame)
|| cris_rt_sigtramp_start (this_frame))
return 1;
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ crisv32_single_step_through_delay (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* The instruction environment needed to find single-step breakpoints. */
-typedef
+typedef
struct instruction_environment
{
unsigned long reg[NUM_GENREGS];
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ enum cris_opcode_masks
5 - 4 Size
3 - 0 Operand1 */
-static int
+static int
cris_get_operand2 (unsigned short insn)
{
return ((insn & 0xF000) >> 12);
@@ -615,8 +615,8 @@ cris_is_xflag_bit_on (unsigned short insn)
static void
cris_set_size_to_dword (unsigned short *insn)
{
- *insn &= 0xFFCF;
- *insn |= 0x20;
+ *insn &= 0xFFCF;
+ *insn |= 0x20;
}
static signed char
@@ -635,20 +635,20 @@ static struct gdbarch *cris_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info,
static void cris_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *, struct ui_file *);
-static void set_cris_version (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
+static void set_cris_version (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c);
-static void set_cris_mode (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
+static void set_cris_mode (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c);
-static void set_cris_dwarf2_cfi (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
+static void set_cris_dwarf2_cfi (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c);
-static CORE_ADDR cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc,
+static CORE_ADDR cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc,
frame_info_ptr this_frame,
struct cris_unwind_cache *info);
-static CORE_ADDR crisv32_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc,
+static CORE_ADDR crisv32_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc,
frame_info_ptr this_frame,
struct cris_unwind_cache *info);
@@ -820,13 +820,13 @@ cris_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
const gdb_byte *val;
int reg_demand;
int i;
-
+
len = value_type (args[argnum])->length ();
val = value_contents (args[argnum]).data ();
-
+
/* How may registers worth of storage do we need for this argument? */
reg_demand = (len / 4) + (len % 4 != 0 ? 1 : 0);
-
+
if (len <= (2 * 4) && (argreg + reg_demand - 1 <= ARG4_REGNUM))
{
/* Data passed by value. Fits in available register(s). */
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ cris_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
return sp;
}
-static const struct frame_unwind cris_frame_unwind =
+static const struct frame_unwind cris_frame_unwind =
{
"cris prologue",
NORMAL_FRAME,
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ cris_frame_base_address (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
return info->base;
}
-static const struct frame_base cris_frame_base =
+static const struct frame_base cris_frame_base =
{
&cris_frame_unwind,
cris_frame_base_address,
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ static const struct frame_base cris_frame_base =
If local variables are declared or register contents are saved on stack
the subq-instruction will be present with X as the number of bytes
needed for storage. The reshuffle with respect to r8 may be performed
- with any size S (b, w, d) and any of the general registers Z={0..13}.
+ with any size S (b, w, d) and any of the general registers Z={0..13}.
The offset U should be representable by a signed 8-bit value in all cases.
Thus, the prefix word is assumed to be immediate byte offset mode followed
by another word containing the instruction.
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ static const struct frame_base cris_frame_base =
push r8
move.d sp,r8
move.d r8,sp
- pop r8
+ pop r8
Prologue instructions C++-code.
Case 1) and 2) in the C-code may be followed by
@@ -993,17 +993,17 @@ static const struct frame_base cris_frame_base =
move.d r13,rV ; P3
move.S [r8+U],rZ ; P4
- if any of the call parameters are stored. The host expects these
+ if any of the call parameters are stored. The host expects these
instructions to be executed in order to get the call parameters right. */
-/* Examine the prologue of a function. The variable ip is the address of
- the first instruction of the prologue. The variable limit is the address
- of the first instruction after the prologue. The variable fi contains the
+/* Examine the prologue of a function. The variable ip is the address of
+ the first instruction of the prologue. The variable limit is the address
+ of the first instruction after the prologue. The variable fi contains the
information in struct frame_info. The variable frameless_p controls whether
- the entire prologue is examined (0) or just enough instructions to
+ the entire prologue is examined (0) or just enough instructions to
determine that it is a prologue (1). */
-static CORE_ADDR
+static CORE_ADDR
cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
struct cris_unwind_cache *info)
{
@@ -1014,17 +1014,17 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
unsigned short insn;
/* Next instruction, lookahead. */
- unsigned short insn_next;
+ unsigned short insn_next;
int regno;
/* Number of byte on stack used for local variables and movem. */
- int val;
+ int val;
/* Highest register number in a movem. */
int regsave;
/* move.d r<source_register>,rS */
- short source_register;
+ short source_register;
/* Scan limit. */
int limit;
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
{
info->sp_offset += 4;
}
- /* This check, meant to recognize srp, used to be regno ==
+ /* This check, meant to recognize srp, used to be regno ==
(SRP_REGNUM - NUM_GENREGS), but that covers r11 also. */
if (insn_next == 0xBE7E)
{
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
info->sp_offset += cris_get_quick_value (insn);
}
}
- else if (cris_get_mode (insn) == 0x0002
+ else if (cris_get_mode (insn) == 0x0002
&& cris_get_opcode (insn) == 0x000F
&& cris_get_size (insn) == 0x0003
&& cris_get_operand1 (insn) == gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch))
@@ -1109,9 +1109,9 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
&& ((insn & 0x0F00) >> 8) == 0x0001
&& (cris_get_signed_offset (insn) < 0))
{
- /* Immediate byte offset addressing prefix word with sp as base
- register. Used for CRIS v8 i.e. ETRAX 100 and newer if <val>
- is between 64 and 128.
+ /* Immediate byte offset addressing prefix word with sp as base
+ register. Used for CRIS v8 i.e. ETRAX 100 and newer if <val>
+ is between 64 and 128.
movem r<regsave>,[sp=sp-<val>] */
if (info)
{
@@ -1155,11 +1155,11 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
break;
}
}
- else if (cris_get_operand2 (insn) == CRIS_FP_REGNUM
+ else if (cris_get_operand2 (insn) == CRIS_FP_REGNUM
/* The size is a fixed-size. */
- && ((insn & 0x0F00) >> 8) == 0x0001
+ && ((insn & 0x0F00) >> 8) == 0x0001
/* A negative offset. */
- && (cris_get_signed_offset (insn) < 0))
+ && (cris_get_signed_offset (insn) < 0))
{
/* move.S rZ,[r8-U] (?) */
insn_next = read_memory_unsigned_integer (pc, 2, byte_order);
@@ -1179,11 +1179,11 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
break;
}
}
- else if (cris_get_operand2 (insn) == CRIS_FP_REGNUM
+ else if (cris_get_operand2 (insn) == CRIS_FP_REGNUM
/* The size is a fixed-size. */
- && ((insn & 0x0F00) >> 8) == 0x0001
+ && ((insn & 0x0F00) >> 8) == 0x0001
/* A positive offset. */
- && (cris_get_signed_offset (insn) > 0))
+ && (cris_get_signed_offset (insn) > 0))
{
/* move.S [r8+U],rZ (?) */
insn_next = read_memory_unsigned_integer (pc, 2, byte_order);
@@ -1232,14 +1232,14 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
this_base = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame, CRIS_FP_REGNUM);
info->base = this_base;
info->saved_regs[CRIS_FP_REGNUM].set_addr (info->base);
-
+
/* The FP points at the last saved register. Adjust the FP back
to before the first saved register giving the SP. */
info->prev_sp = info->base + info->r8_offset;
}
else
{
- ULONGEST this_base;
+ ULONGEST this_base;
/* Assume that the FP is this frame's SP but with that pushed
stack space added back. */
this_base = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame,
@@ -1247,10 +1247,10 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
info->base = this_base;
info->prev_sp = info->base + info->size;
}
-
+
/* Calculate the addresses for the saved registers on the stack. */
/* FIXME: The address calculation should really be done on the fly while
- we're analyzing the prologue (we only hold one regsave value as it is
+ we're analyzing the prologue (we only hold one regsave value as it is
now). */
val = info->sp_offset;
@@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ cris_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
return pc;
}
-static CORE_ADDR
+static CORE_ADDR
crisv32_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
struct cris_unwind_cache *info)
{
@@ -1294,14 +1294,14 @@ crisv32_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
ULONGEST this_base;
/* Unlike the CRISv10 prologue scanner (cris_scan_prologue), this is not
- meant to be a full-fledged prologue scanner. It is only needed for
+ meant to be a full-fledged prologue scanner. It is only needed for
the cases where we end up in code always lacking DWARF-2 CFI, notably:
* PLT stubs (library calls)
* call dummys
* signal trampolines
- For those cases, it is assumed that there is no actual prologue; that
+ For those cases, it is assumed that there is no actual prologue; that
the stack pointer is not adjusted, and (as a consequence) the return
address is not pushed onto the stack. */
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ crisv32_scan_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, frame_info_ptr this_frame,
gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch));
info->base = this_base;
info->prev_sp = this_base;
-
+
/* The PC is assumed to be found in SRP. */
info->saved_regs[gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch)]
= info->saved_regs[SRP_REGNUM];
@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ cris_skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
struct symtab_and_line sal;
CORE_ADDR pc_after_prologue;
-
+
/* If we have line debugging information, then the end of the prologue
should the first assembly instruction of the first source line. */
if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, NULL, &func_addr, &func_end))
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ cris_spec_reg_applicable (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
{
cris_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<cris_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
unsigned int version = tdep->cris_version;
-
+
switch (spec_reg.applicable_version)
{
case cris_ver_version_all:
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ cris_register_size (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
{
int i;
int spec_regno;
-
+
if (regno >= 0 && regno < NUM_GENREGS)
{
/* General registers (R0 - R15) are 32 bits. */
@@ -1440,13 +1440,13 @@ cris_register_size (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
}
else if (regno >= NUM_GENREGS && regno < (NUM_GENREGS + NUM_SPECREGS))
{
- /* Special register (R16 - R31). cris_spec_regs is zero-based.
+ /* Special register (R16 - R31). cris_spec_regs is zero-based.
Adjust regno accordingly. */
spec_regno = regno - NUM_GENREGS;
-
+
for (i = 0; cris_spec_regs[i].name != NULL; i++)
{
- if (cris_spec_regs[i].number == spec_regno
+ if (cris_spec_regs[i].number == spec_regno
&& cris_spec_reg_applicable (gdbarch, cris_spec_regs[i]))
/* Go with the first applicable register. */
return cris_spec_regs[i].reg_size;
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ cris_register_size (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
return 4;
}
-
+
return -1;
}
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ cris_cannot_fetch_register (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
|| (cris_register_size (gdbarch, regno) == 0));
}
-/* Nonzero if regno should not be written to the target, for various
+/* Nonzero if regno should not be written to the target, for various
reasons. */
static int
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ cris_cannot_store_register (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
/* IBR, BAR, BRP and IRP are read-only in user mode. Let the debug
agent decide whether they are writable. */
-
+
return 0;
}
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ crisv32_cannot_fetch_register (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
|| (cris_register_size (gdbarch, regno) == 0));
}
-/* Nonzero if regno should not be written to the target, for various
+/* Nonzero if regno should not be written to the target, for various
reasons. */
static int
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ crisv32_cannot_store_register (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
/* Many special registers are read-only in user mode. Let the debug
agent decide whether they are writable. */
-
+
return 0;
}
@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ crisv32_register_type (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
}
}
-/* Stores a function return value of type type, where valbuf is the address
+/* Stores a function return value of type type, where valbuf is the address
of the value to be stored. */
/* In the CRIS ABI, R10 and R11 are used to store return values. */
@@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ cris_store_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
ULONGEST val;
int len = type->length ();
-
+
if (len <= 4)
{
/* Put the return value in R10. */
@@ -1640,15 +1640,15 @@ cris_special_register_name (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
int spec_regno;
int i;
- /* Special register (R16 - R31). cris_spec_regs is zero-based.
+ /* Special register (R16 - R31). cris_spec_regs is zero-based.
Adjust regno accordingly. */
spec_regno = regno - NUM_GENREGS;
-
+
/* Assume nothing about the layout of the cris_spec_regs struct
when searching. */
for (i = 0; cris_spec_regs[i].name != NULL; i++)
{
- if (cris_spec_regs[i].number == spec_regno
+ if (cris_spec_regs[i].number == spec_regno
&& cris_spec_reg_applicable (gdbarch, cris_spec_regs[i]))
/* Go with the first applicable register. */
return cris_spec_regs[i].name;
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ cris_dwarf2_frame_init_reg (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
}
/* Extract from an array regbuf containing the raw register state a function
- return value of type type, and copy that, in virtual format, into
+ return value of type type, and copy that, in virtual format, into
valbuf. */
/* In the CRIS ABI, R10 and R11 are used to store return values. */
@@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ cris_extract_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
ULONGEST val;
int len = type->length ();
-
+
if (len <= 4)
{
/* Get the return value from R10. */
@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ cris_return_value (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
return RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION;
}
-/* Calculates a value that measures how good inst_args constraints an
+/* Calculates a value that measures how good inst_args constraints an
instruction. It stems from cris_constraint, found in cris-dis.c. */
static int
@@ -1835,13 +1835,13 @@ constraint (unsigned int insn, const char *inst_args,
const gdb_byte *s = (const gdb_byte *) inst_args;
for (; *s; s++)
- switch (*s)
+ switch (*s)
{
case 'm':
if ((insn & 0x30) == 0x30)
return -1;
break;
-
+
case 'S':
/* A prefix operand. */
if (inst_env->prefix_found)
@@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ constraint (unsigned int insn, const char *inst_args,
retval = (((insn >> 0xC) & 0xF) == (insn & 0xF));
if (!retval)
return -1;
- else
+ else
retval += 4;
break;
@@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ constraint (unsigned int insn, const char *inst_args,
break;
}
}
-
+
if (cris_spec_regs[i].name == NULL)
return -1;
break;
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ static int
number_of_bits (unsigned int value)
{
int number_of_bits = 0;
-
+
while (value != 0)
{
number_of_bits += 1;
@@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ number_of_bits (unsigned int value)
return number_of_bits;
}
-/* Finds the address that should contain the single step breakpoint(s).
+/* Finds the address that should contain the single step breakpoint(s).
It stems from code in cris-dis.c. */
static int
@@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ find_cris_op (unsigned short insn, inst_env_type *inst_env)
for (i = 0; cris_opcodes[i].name != NULL; i++)
{
- if (((cris_opcodes[i].match & insn) == cris_opcodes[i].match)
+ if (((cris_opcodes[i].match & insn) == cris_opcodes[i].match)
&& ((cris_opcodes[i].lose & insn) == 0)
/* Only CRISv10 instructions, please. */
&& (cris_opcodes[i].applicable_version != cris_ver_v32p))
@@ -1966,13 +1966,13 @@ find_step_target (struct regcache *regcache, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Create a local register image and set the initial state. */
for (i = 0; i < NUM_GENREGS; i++)
{
- inst_env->reg[i] =
+ inst_env->reg[i] =
(unsigned long) regcache_raw_get_unsigned (regcache, i);
}
offset = NUM_GENREGS;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_SPECREGS; i++)
{
- inst_env->preg[i] =
+ inst_env->preg[i] =
(unsigned long) regcache_raw_get_unsigned (regcache, offset + i);
}
inst_env->branch_found = 0;
@@ -1993,8 +1993,8 @@ find_step_target (struct regcache *regcache, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* If the instruction is not in a delay slot the new content of the
PC is [PC] + 2. If the instruction is in a delay slot it is not
- that simple. Since a instruction in a delay slot cannot change
- the content of the PC, it does not matter what value PC will have.
+ that simple. Since a instruction in a delay slot cannot change
+ the content of the PC, it does not matter what value PC will have.
Just make sure it is a valid instruction. */
if (!inst_env->delay_slot_pc_active)
{
@@ -2016,8 +2016,8 @@ find_step_target (struct regcache *regcache, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
cris_gdb_func (gdbarch, cris_opcodes[i].op, insn, inst_env);
}
- } while (!inst_env->invalid
- && (inst_env->prefix_found || inst_env->xflag_found
+ } while (!inst_env->invalid
+ && (inst_env->prefix_found || inst_env->xflag_found
|| inst_env->slot_needed));
return i;
}
@@ -2033,12 +2033,12 @@ cris_software_single_step (struct regcache *regcache)
inst_env_type inst_env;
std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
- /* Analyse the present instruction environment and insert
+ /* Analyse the present instruction environment and insert
breakpoints. */
int status = find_step_target (regcache, &inst_env);
if (status == -1)
{
- /* Could not find a target. Things are likely to go downhill
+ /* Could not find a target. Things are likely to go downhill
from here. */
warning (_("CRIS software single step could not find a step target."));
}
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ cris_software_single_step (struct regcache *regcache)
= (CORE_ADDR) inst_env.reg[gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch)];
next_pcs.push_back (next_pc);
- if (inst_env.branch_found
+ if (inst_env.branch_found
&& (CORE_ADDR) inst_env.branch_break_address != next_pc)
{
CORE_ADDR branch_target_address
@@ -2073,9 +2073,9 @@ quick_mode_bdap_prefix (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
if (inst_env->slot_needed || inst_env->prefix_found)
{
inst_env->invalid = 1;
- return;
+ return;
}
-
+
inst_env->prefix_value = inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand2 (inst)];
inst_env->prefix_value += cris_get_bdap_quick_offset (inst);
@@ -2085,11 +2085,11 @@ quick_mode_bdap_prefix (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
inst_env->prefix_found = 1;
}
-/* Updates the autoincrement register. The size of the increment is derived
+/* Updates the autoincrement register. The size of the increment is derived
from the size of the operation. The PC is always kept aligned on even
word addresses. */
-static void
+static void
process_autoincrement (int size, unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
if (size == INST_BYTE_SIZE)
@@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ static unsigned long get_data_from_address (unsigned short *inst,
CORE_ADDR address,
enum bfd_endian byte_order);
-/* Calculates the prefix value for the general case of offset addressing
+/* Calculates the prefix value for the general case of offset addressing
mode. */
static void
@@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ bdap_prefix (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
if (inst_env->slot_needed || inst_env->prefix_found)
{
inst_env->invalid = 1;
- return;
+ return;
}
/* The calculation of prefix_value used to be after process_autoincrement,
@@ -2144,15 +2144,15 @@ bdap_prefix (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
inst_env->prefix_value = inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand2 (inst)];
/* The offset is an indirection of the contents of the operand1 register. */
- inst_env->prefix_value +=
+ inst_env->prefix_value +=
get_data_from_address (&inst, inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand1 (inst)],
inst_env->byte_order);
-
+
if (cris_get_mode (inst) == AUTOINC_MODE)
{
- process_autoincrement (cris_get_size (inst), inst, inst_env);
+ process_autoincrement (cris_get_size (inst), inst, inst_env);
}
-
+
/* A prefix doesn't change the xflag_found. But the rest of the flags
need updating. */
inst_env->slot_needed = 0;
@@ -2171,15 +2171,15 @@ biap_prefix (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
inst_env->invalid = 1;
return;
}
-
+
inst_env->prefix_value = inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand1 (inst)];
- /* The offset is the operand2 value shifted the size of the instruction
+ /* The offset is the operand2 value shifted the size of the instruction
to the left. */
- inst_env->prefix_value +=
+ inst_env->prefix_value +=
inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand2 (inst)] << cris_get_size (inst);
-
- /* If the PC is operand1 (base) the address used is the address after
+
+ /* If the PC is operand1 (base) the address used is the address after
the main instruction, i.e. address + 2 (the PC is already compensated
for the prefix operation). */
if (cris_get_operand1 (inst) == REG_PC)
@@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ biap_prefix (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Calculates the prefix value for the double indirect addressing mode. */
-static void
+static void
dip_prefix (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
@@ -2208,13 +2208,13 @@ dip_prefix (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
inst_env->invalid = 1;
return;
}
-
+
/* The prefix value is one dereference of the contents of the operand1
register. */
address = (CORE_ADDR) inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand1 (inst)];
inst_env->prefix_value
= read_memory_unsigned_integer (address, 4, inst_env->byte_order);
-
+
/* Check if the mode is autoincrement. */
if (cris_get_mode (inst) == AUTOINC_MODE)
{
@@ -2242,7 +2242,7 @@ eight_bit_offset_branch_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
inst_env->invalid = 1;
return;
}
-
+
/* We have a branch, find out where the branch will land. */
offset = cris_get_branch_short_offset (inst);
@@ -2251,11 +2251,11 @@ eight_bit_offset_branch_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
offset |= 0xFF00;
}
-
+
/* The offset ends with the sign bit, set it to zero. The address
should always be word aligned. */
offset &= ~BRANCH_SIGNED_SHORT_OFFSET_MASK;
-
+
inst_env->branch_found = 1;
inst_env->branch_break_address = inst_env->reg[REG_PC] + offset;
@@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ eight_bit_offset_branch_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Finds the destination for a branch with 16-bits offset. */
-static void
+static void
sixteen_bit_offset_branch_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
short offset;
@@ -2299,12 +2299,12 @@ sixteen_bit_offset_branch_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the ABS instruction. */
-static void
+static void
abs_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
long value;
-
+
/* ABS can't have a prefix, so it's bad if it does. */
if (inst_env->prefix_found)
{
@@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ abs_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Check if the operation affects the PC. */
if (cris_get_operand2 (inst) == REG_PC)
{
-
+
/* It's invalid to change to the PC if we are in a delay slot. */
if (inst_env->slot_needed)
{
@@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ abs_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the ADDI instruction. */
-static void
+static void
addi_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* It's invalid to have the PC as base register. And ADDI can't have
@@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ addi_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the ASR instruction. */
-static void
+static void
asr_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
int shift_steps;
@@ -2438,14 +2438,14 @@ asr_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the ASRQ instruction. */
-static void
+static void
asrq_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
int shift_steps;
unsigned long value;
unsigned long signed_extend_mask = 0;
-
+
/* ASRQ can't have a prefix, so check that it doesn't. */
if (inst_env->prefix_found)
{
@@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ asrq_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the AX, EI and SETF instruction. */
-static void
+static void
ax_ei_setf_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
if (inst_env->prefix_found)
@@ -2507,11 +2507,11 @@ ax_ei_setf_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
inst_env->disable_interrupt = 1;
}
-/* Checks if the instruction is in assign mode. If so, it updates the assign
+/* Checks if the instruction is in assign mode. If so, it updates the assign
register. Note that check_assign assumes that the caller has checked that
there is a prefix to this instruction. The mode check depends on this. */
-static void
+static void
check_assign (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* Check if it's an assign addressing mode. */
@@ -2524,7 +2524,7 @@ check_assign (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the 2-operand BOUND instruction. */
-static void
+static void
two_operand_bound_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* It's invalid to have the PC as the index operand. */
@@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ two_operand_bound_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the 3-operand BOUND instruction. */
-static void
+static void
three_operand_bound_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* It's an error if we haven't got a prefix. And it's also an error
@@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ three_operand_bound_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Clears the status flags in inst_env. */
-static void
+static void
btst_nop_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* It's an error if we have got a prefix. */
@@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@ btst_nop_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Clears the status flags in inst_env. */
-static void
+static void
clearf_di_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* It's an error if we have got a prefix. */
@@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@ clearf_di_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the CLEAR instruction if it's in register mode. */
-static void
+static void
reg_mode_clear_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* Check if the target is the PC. */
@@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ reg_mode_clear_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
inst_env->delay_slot_pc = 0x0;
}
- /* The jump will be delayed with one delay slot. So we need a delay
+ /* The jump will be delayed with one delay slot. So we need a delay
slot. */
inst_env->slot_needed = 1;
inst_env->delay_slot_pc_active = 1;
@@ -2664,10 +2664,10 @@ reg_mode_test_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
}
-/* Handles the CLEAR and TEST instruction if the instruction isn't
+/* Handles the CLEAR and TEST instruction if the instruction isn't
in register mode. */
-static void
+static void
none_reg_mode_clear_test_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* Check if we are in a prefix mode. */
@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ none_reg_mode_clear_test_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Checks that the PC isn't the destination register or the instructions has
a prefix. */
-static void
+static void
dstep_logshift_mstep_neg_not_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* It's invalid to have the PC as the destination. The instruction can't
@@ -2749,17 +2749,17 @@ scc_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the register mode JUMP instruction. */
-static void
+static void
reg_mode_jump_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
- /* It's invalid to do a JUMP in a delay slot. The mode is register, so
+ /* It's invalid to do a JUMP in a delay slot. The mode is register, so
you can't have a prefix. */
if ((inst_env->slot_needed) || (inst_env->prefix_found))
{
inst_env->invalid = 1;
return;
}
-
+
/* Just change the PC. */
inst_env->reg[REG_PC] = inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand1 (inst)];
inst_env->slot_needed = 0;
@@ -2789,7 +2789,7 @@ none_reg_mode_jump_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
check_assign (inst, inst_env);
/* Get the new value for the PC. */
- newpc =
+ newpc =
read_memory_unsigned_integer ((CORE_ADDR) inst_env->prefix_value,
4, inst_env->byte_order);
}
@@ -2816,7 +2816,7 @@ none_reg_mode_jump_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles moves to special registers (aka P-register) for all modes. */
-static void
+static void
move_to_preg_op (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, unsigned short inst,
inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
@@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ move_to_preg_op (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, unsigned short inst,
are interested in is the autoincrement mode. */
if (cris_get_operand1 (inst) == REG_PC)
{
- /* If the PC is to be incremented it's invalid to be in a
+ /* If the PC is to be incremented it's invalid to be in a
delay slot. */
if (inst_env->slot_needed)
{
@@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ move_to_preg_op (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, unsigned short inst,
/* Handles moves from special registers (aka P-register) for all modes
except register. */
-static void
+static void
none_reg_mode_move_from_preg_op (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, unsigned short inst,
inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
@@ -2889,21 +2889,21 @@ none_reg_mode_move_from_preg_op (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, unsigned short inst,
check_assign (inst, inst_env);
}
}
- }
+ }
/* The instruction doesn't have a prefix, the only case left that we
are interested in is the autoincrement mode. */
else if (cris_get_mode (inst) == AUTOINC_MODE)
{
if (cris_get_operand1 (inst) == REG_PC)
{
- /* If the PC is to be incremented it's invalid to be in a
+ /* If the PC is to be incremented it's invalid to be in a
delay slot. */
if (inst_env->slot_needed)
{
inst_env->invalid = 1;
return;
}
-
+
/* The increment depends on the size of the special register. */
if (cris_register_size (gdbarch, cris_get_operand2 (inst)) == 1)
{
@@ -2928,7 +2928,7 @@ none_reg_mode_move_from_preg_op (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, unsigned short inst,
/* Handles moves from special registers (aka P-register) when the mode
is register. */
-static void
+static void
reg_mode_move_from_preg_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* Register mode move from special register can't have a prefix. */
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ reg_mode_move_from_preg_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the MOVEM from memory to general register instruction. */
-static void
+static void
move_mem_to_reg_movem_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
if (inst_env->prefix_found)
@@ -2972,13 +2972,13 @@ move_mem_to_reg_movem_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
MOVEM instruction going to change the PC? */
if (cris_get_operand2 (inst) >= REG_PC)
{
- inst_env->reg[REG_PC] =
+ inst_env->reg[REG_PC] =
read_memory_unsigned_integer (inst_env->prefix_value,
4, inst_env->byte_order);
}
- /* The assign value is the value after the increment. Normally, the
+ /* The assign value is the value after the increment. Normally, the
assign value is the value before the increment. */
- if ((cris_get_operand1 (inst) == REG_PC)
+ if ((cris_get_operand1 (inst) == REG_PC)
&& (cris_get_mode (inst) == PREFIX_ASSIGN_MODE))
{
inst_env->reg[REG_PC] = inst_env->prefix_value;
@@ -2997,7 +2997,7 @@ move_mem_to_reg_movem_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
return;
}
inst_env->reg[REG_PC] =
- read_memory_unsigned_integer (inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand1 (inst)],
+ read_memory_unsigned_integer (inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand1 (inst)],
4, inst_env->byte_order);
}
/* The increment is not depending on the size, instead it's depending
@@ -3011,7 +3011,7 @@ move_mem_to_reg_movem_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
inst_env->invalid = 1;
return;
}
- inst_env->reg[REG_PC] += 4 * (cris_get_operand2 (inst) + 1);
+ inst_env->reg[REG_PC] += 4 * (cris_get_operand2 (inst) + 1);
}
}
inst_env->slot_needed = 0;
@@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ move_mem_to_reg_movem_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the MOVEM to memory from general register instruction. */
-static void
+static void
move_reg_to_mem_movem_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
if (inst_env->prefix_found)
@@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ move_reg_to_mem_movem_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the instructions that's not yet implemented, by setting
inst_env->invalid to true. */
-static void
+static void
not_implemented_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
inst_env->invalid = 1;
@@ -3070,7 +3070,7 @@ not_implemented_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the XOR instruction. */
-static void
+static void
xor_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* XOR can't have a prefix. */
@@ -3099,7 +3099,7 @@ xor_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the MULS instruction. */
-static void
+static void
muls_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* MULS/U can't have a prefix. */
@@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@ muls_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the MULU instruction. */
-static void
+static void
mulu_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
/* MULS/U can't have a prefix. */
@@ -3148,17 +3148,17 @@ mulu_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Calculate the result of the instruction for ADD, SUB, CMP AND, OR and MOVE.
The MOVE instruction is the move from source to register. */
-static void
-add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_action (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env,
+static void
+add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_action (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env,
unsigned long source1, unsigned long source2)
{
unsigned long pc_mask;
unsigned long operation_mask;
-
+
/* Find out how many bits the operation should apply to. */
if (cris_get_size (inst) == INST_BYTE_SIZE)
{
- pc_mask = 0xFFFFFF00;
+ pc_mask = 0xFFFFFF00;
operation_mask = 0xFF;
}
else if (cris_get_size (inst) == INST_WORD_SIZE)
@@ -3230,10 +3230,10 @@ add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_action (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env,
is zero extend then the value is extended with zero. If instead the mode
is signed extend the sign bit of the value is taken into consideration. */
-static unsigned long
+static unsigned long
do_sign_or_zero_extend (unsigned long value, unsigned short *inst)
{
- /* The size can be either byte or word, check which one it is.
+ /* The size can be either byte or word, check which one it is.
Don't check the highest bit, it's indicating if it's a zero
or sign extend. */
if (cris_get_size (*inst) & INST_WORD_SIZE)
@@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ do_sign_or_zero_extend (unsigned long value, unsigned short *inst)
if (cris_is_signed_extend_bit_on (*inst) && (value & SIGNED_WORD_MASK))
{
value |= SIGNED_WORD_EXTEND_MASK;
- }
+ }
}
else
{
@@ -3268,14 +3268,14 @@ do_sign_or_zero_extend (unsigned long value, unsigned short *inst)
/* Handles the register mode for the ADD, SUB, CMP, AND, OR and MOVE
instruction. The MOVE instruction is the move from source to register. */
-static void
+static void
reg_mode_add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_op (unsigned short inst,
inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
unsigned long operand1;
unsigned long operand2;
- /* It's invalid to have a prefix to the instruction. This is a register
+ /* It's invalid to have a prefix to the instruction. This is a register
mode instruction and can't have a prefix. */
if (inst_env->prefix_found)
{
@@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@ reg_mode_add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_op (unsigned short inst,
return;
}
/* The instruction has the PC as its target register. */
- operand1 = inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand1 (inst)];
+ operand1 = inst_env->reg[cris_get_operand1 (inst)];
operand2 = inst_env->reg[REG_PC];
/* Check if it's a extend, signed or zero instruction. */
@@ -3301,7 +3301,7 @@ reg_mode_add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_op (unsigned short inst,
}
/* Calculate the PC value after the instruction, i.e. where the
breakpoint should be. The order of the udw_operands is vital. */
- add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_action (inst, inst_env, operand2, operand1);
+ add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_action (inst, inst_env, operand2, operand1);
}
inst_env->slot_needed = 0;
inst_env->prefix_found = 0;
@@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ reg_mode_add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_op (unsigned short inst,
the size of the operation. If the instruction is a zero or signed
extend instruction, the size field is changed in instruction. */
-static unsigned long
+static unsigned long
get_data_from_address (unsigned short *inst, CORE_ADDR address,
enum bfd_endian byte_order)
{
@@ -3339,11 +3339,11 @@ get_data_from_address (unsigned short *inst, CORE_ADDR address,
return value;
}
-/* Handles the assign addresing mode for the ADD, SUB, CMP, AND, OR and MOVE
+/* Handles the assign addresing mode for the ADD, SUB, CMP, AND, OR and MOVE
instructions. The MOVE instruction is the move from source to register. */
-static void
-handle_prefix_assign_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
+static void
+handle_prefix_assign_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
unsigned long operand2;
@@ -3372,8 +3372,8 @@ handle_prefix_assign_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
OR instructions. Note that for this to work as expected, the calling
function must have made sure that there is a prefix to this instruction. */
-static void
-three_operand_add_sub_cmp_and_or_op (unsigned short inst,
+static void
+three_operand_add_sub_cmp_and_or_op (unsigned short inst,
inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
unsigned long operand2;
@@ -3401,8 +3401,8 @@ three_operand_add_sub_cmp_and_or_op (unsigned short inst,
/* Handles the index addresing mode for the ADD, SUB, CMP, AND, OR and MOVE
instructions. The MOVE instruction is the move from source to register. */
-static void
-handle_prefix_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
+static void
+handle_prefix_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
if (cris_get_operand1 (inst) != cris_get_operand2 (inst))
@@ -3429,8 +3429,8 @@ handle_prefix_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
CMP, AND OR and MOVE instruction. The MOVE instruction is the move from
source to register. */
-static void
-handle_inc_and_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
+static void
+handle_inc_and_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
unsigned long operand1;
@@ -3442,7 +3442,7 @@ handle_inc_and_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
Check if the destination register is the PC. */
if (cris_get_operand2 (inst) == REG_PC)
{
- /* Must be done here, get_data_from_address may change the size
+ /* Must be done here, get_data_from_address may change the size
field. */
size = cris_get_size (inst);
operand2 = inst_env->reg[REG_PC];
@@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@ handle_inc_and_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
/* Calculate the PC value after the instruction, i.e. where the
breakpoint should be. The order of the udw_operands is vital. */
- add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_action (inst, inst_env, operand2, operand3);
+ add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_action (inst, inst_env, operand2, operand3);
}
/* If this is an autoincrement addressing mode, check if the increment
changes the PC. */
@@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ handle_inc_and_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
size &= ~SIGNED_EXTEND_BIT_MASK;
}
process_autoincrement (size, inst, inst_env);
- }
+ }
inst_env->slot_needed = 0;
inst_env->prefix_found = 0;
inst_env->xflag_found = 0;
@@ -3480,8 +3480,8 @@ handle_inc_and_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
/* Handles the two-operand addressing mode, all modes except register, for
the ADD, SUB CMP, AND and OR instruction. */
-static void
-none_reg_mode_add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_op (unsigned short inst,
+static void
+none_reg_mode_add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_op (unsigned short inst,
inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
if (inst_env->prefix_found)
@@ -3509,7 +3509,7 @@ none_reg_mode_add_sub_cmp_and_or_move_op (unsigned short inst,
/* Handles the quick addressing mode for the ADD and SUB instruction. */
-static void
+static void
quick_mode_add_sub_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
unsigned long operand1;
@@ -3549,7 +3549,7 @@ quick_mode_add_sub_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
/* Handles the quick addressing mode for the CMP, AND and OR instruction. */
-static void
+static void
quick_mode_and_cmp_move_or_op (unsigned short inst, inst_env_type *inst_env)
{
unsigned long operand1;
@@ -3763,7 +3763,7 @@ typedef cris_elf_greg_t crisv32_elf_gregset_t[CRISV32_ELF_NGREG];
/* Unpack a cris_elf_gregset_t into GDB's register cache. */
-static void
+static void
cris_supply_gregset (const struct regset *regset, struct regcache *regcache,
int regnum, const void *gregs, size_t len)
{
@@ -3821,7 +3821,7 @@ void
_initialize_cris_tdep ()
{
gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_cris, cris_gdbarch_init, cris_dump_tdep);
-
+
/* CRIS-specific user-commands. */
add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("cris-version", class_support,
&usr_cmd_cris_version,
@@ -3835,8 +3835,8 @@ Defaults to 10. "),
is %s. */
&setlist, &showlist);
- add_setshow_enum_cmd ("cris-mode", class_support,
- cris_modes, &usr_cmd_cris_mode,
+ add_setshow_enum_cmd ("cris-mode", class_support,
+ cris_modes, &usr_cmd_cris_mode,
_("Set the current CRIS mode."),
_("Show the current CRIS mode."),
_("\
@@ -3845,7 +3845,7 @@ Makes GDB use the NRP register instead of the ERP register in certain cases."),
set_cris_mode,
NULL, /* FIXME: i18n: Current CRIS version is %s. */
&setlist, &showlist);
-
+
add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("cris-dwarf2-cfi", class_support,
&usr_cmd_cris_dwarf2_cfi,
_("Set the usage of Dwarf-2 CFI for CRIS."),
@@ -3875,20 +3875,20 @@ cris_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct ui_file *file)
}
static void
-set_cris_version (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
+set_cris_version (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c)
{
struct gdbarch_info info;
usr_cmd_cris_version_valid = 1;
-
+
/* Update the current architecture, if needed. */
if (!gdbarch_update_p (info))
internal_error (_("cris_gdbarch_update: failed to update architecture."));
}
static void
-set_cris_mode (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
+set_cris_mode (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c)
{
struct gdbarch_info info;
@@ -3899,7 +3899,7 @@ set_cris_mode (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
}
static void
-set_cris_dwarf2_cfi (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
+set_cris_dwarf2_cfi (const char *ignore_args, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c)
{
struct gdbarch_info info;
@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ cris_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
if (usr_cmd_cris_version_valid)
{
- /* Trust the user's CRIS version setting. */
+ /* Trust the user's CRIS version setting. */
cris_version = usr_cmd_cris_version;
}
else if (info.abfd && bfd_get_mach (info.abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
@@ -3932,9 +3932,9 @@ cris_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
/* Make the current settings visible to the user. */
usr_cmd_cris_version = cris_version;
-
+
/* Find a candidate among the list of pre-declared architectures. */
- for (arches = gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info (arches, &info);
+ for (arches = gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info (arches, &info);
arches != NULL;
arches = gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info (arches->next, &info))
{
@@ -3958,7 +3958,7 @@ cris_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
set_gdbarch_return_value (gdbarch, cris_return_value);
set_gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch, 14);
-
+
/* Length of ordinary registers used in push_word and a few other
places. register_size() is the real way to know how big a
register is. */
@@ -3984,8 +3984,8 @@ cris_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
return 0;
case 10:
- case 11:
- /* CRIS v10 and v11, a.k.a. ETRAX 100LX. In addition to ETRAX 100,
+ case 11:
+ /* CRIS v10 and v11, a.k.a. ETRAX 100LX. In addition to ETRAX 100,
P7 (32 bits), and P15 (32 bits) have been implemented. */
set_gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch, 15);
set_gdbarch_register_type (gdbarch, cris_register_type);
@@ -3999,7 +3999,7 @@ cris_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
break;
case 32:
- /* CRIS v32. General registers R0 - R15 (32 bits), special registers
+ /* CRIS v32. General registers R0 - R15 (32 bits), special registers
P0 - P15 (32 bits) except P0, P1, P3 (8 bits) and P4 (16 bits)
and pseudo-register PC (32 bits). */
set_gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch, 32);
@@ -4008,14 +4008,14 @@ cris_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
set_gdbarch_num_regs (gdbarch, 32 + 1 + 16);
set_gdbarch_register_name (gdbarch, crisv32_register_name);
- set_gdbarch_cannot_store_register
+ set_gdbarch_cannot_store_register
(gdbarch, crisv32_cannot_store_register);
set_gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
(gdbarch, crisv32_cannot_fetch_register);
set_gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (gdbarch, 1);
- set_gdbarch_single_step_through_delay
+ set_gdbarch_single_step_through_delay
(gdbarch, crisv32_single_step_through_delay);
break;
@@ -4031,14 +4031,14 @@ cris_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
set_gdbarch_push_dummy_call (gdbarch, cris_push_dummy_call);
set_gdbarch_frame_align (gdbarch, cris_frame_align);
set_gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch, cris_skip_prologue);
-
+
/* The stack grows downward. */
set_gdbarch_inner_than (gdbarch, core_addr_lessthan);
set_gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (gdbarch, cris_breakpoint_kind_from_pc);
set_gdbarch_sw_breakpoint_from_kind (gdbarch, cris_sw_breakpoint_from_kind);
set_gdbarch_iterate_over_regset_sections (gdbarch, cris_iterate_over_regset_sections);
-
+
if (tdep->cris_dwarf2_cfi == 1)
{
/* Hook in the Dwarf-2 frame sniffer. */
diff --git a/gdb/darwin-nat-info.c b/gdb/darwin-nat-info.c
index 15a34a9bb50a..a3eecd2c7543 100644
--- a/gdb/darwin-nat-info.c
+++ b/gdb/darwin-nat-info.c
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ info_mach_ports_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
gdb_printf (_("%u"), ref);
gdb_printf (_(" refs)"));
}
-
+
if (task == task_self ())
{
if (port == task_self())
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ info_mach_regions_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
task = get_task_from_args (args);
if (task == TASK_NULL)
return;
-
+
darwin_debug_regions (task, 0, -1);
}
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ info_mach_regions_recurse_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
task = get_task_from_args (args);
if (task == TASK_NULL)
return;
-
+
darwin_debug_regions_recurse (task);
}
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ info_mach_exceptions_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
gdb_printf (_("No inferior running\n"));
inf = current_inferior ();
-
+
darwin_inferior *priv = get_darwin_inferior (inf);
kret = task_get_exception_ports
diff --git a/gdb/dbxread.c b/gdb/dbxread.c
index b0047cf0e794..b43c4d0bd730 100644
--- a/gdb/dbxread.c
+++ b/gdb/dbxread.c
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This module provides three functions: dbx_symfile_init,
- which initializes to read a symbol file; dbx_new_init, which
+ which initializes to read a symbol file; dbx_new_init, which
discards existing cached information when all symbols are being
discarded; and dbx_symfile_read, which reads a symbol table
from a file.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ record_minimal_symbol (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
case N_DATA:
ms_type = mst_file_data;
- /* Check for __DYNAMIC, which is used by Sun shared libraries.
+ /* Check for __DYNAMIC, which is used by Sun shared libraries.
Record it as global even if it's local, not global, so
lookup_minimal_symbol can find it. We don't check symbol_leading_char
because for SunOS4 it always is '_'. */
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ record_minimal_symbol (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
}
\f
/* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file.
- We have been initialized by a call to dbx_symfile_init, which
+ We have been initialized by a call to dbx_symfile_init, which
put all the relevant info into a "struct dbx_symfile_info",
hung off the objfile structure. */
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ find_corresponding_bincl_psymtab (const char *name, int instance)
return (legacy_psymtab *) 0;
}
-/* Set namestring based on nlist. If the string table index is invalid,
+/* Set namestring based on nlist. If the string table index is invalid,
give a fake name, and print a single error message per symbol file read,
rather than abort the symbol reading or flood the user with messages. */
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ set_namestring (struct objfile *objfile, const struct internal_nlist *nlist)
complaint (_("bad string table offset in symbol %d"),
symnum);
namestring = "<bad string table offset>";
- }
+ }
else
namestring = (nlist->n_strx + file_string_table_offset
+ DBX_STRINGTAB (objfile));
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ read_dbx_symtab (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
/* Save the directory name SOs locally, then save it into
the psymtab when it's created below. */
dirname_nso = namestring;
- continue;
+ continue;
}
/* Some other compilers (C++ ones in particular) emit useless
diff --git a/gdb/dcache.c b/gdb/dcache.c
index 751c24fca0b8..1293dab49885 100644
--- a/gdb/dcache.c
+++ b/gdb/dcache.c
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ dcache_alloc (DCACHE *dcache, CORE_ADDR addr)
}
/* Using the data cache DCACHE, store in *PTR the contents of the byte at
- address ADDR in the remote machine.
+ address ADDR in the remote machine.
Returns 1 for success, 0 for error. */
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ dcache_print_line (DCACHE *dcache, int index)
gdb_printf (_("No such cache line exists.\n"));
return;
}
-
+
db = (struct dcache_block *) n->value;
gdb_printf (_("Line %d: address %s [%d hits]\n"),
diff --git a/gdb/defs.h b/gdb/defs.h
index 0d9a39a59d0d..413901e1a5c5 100644
--- a/gdb/defs.h
+++ b/gdb/defs.h
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ using RequireLongest = gdb::Requires<gdb::Or<std::is_same<T, LONGEST>,
/* The O_BINARY flag is defined in fcntl.h on some non-Posix platforms.
It is used as an access modifier in calls to open(), where it acts
similarly to the "b" character in fopen()'s MODE argument. On Posix
- platforms it should be a no-op, so it is defined as 0 here. This
+ platforms it should be a no-op, so it is defined as 0 here. This
ensures that the symbol may be used freely elsewhere in gdb. */
#ifndef O_BINARY
@@ -576,9 +576,9 @@ extern void (*deprecated_post_add_symbol_hook) (void);
extern void (*selected_frame_level_changed_hook) (int);
extern int (*deprecated_ui_loop_hook) (int signo);
extern void (*deprecated_show_load_progress) (const char *section,
- unsigned long section_sent,
- unsigned long section_size,
- unsigned long total_sent,
+ unsigned long section_sent,
+ unsigned long section_size,
+ unsigned long total_sent,
unsigned long total_size);
extern void (*deprecated_print_frame_info_listing_hook) (struct symtab * s,
int line,
diff --git a/gdb/dictionary.c b/gdb/dictionary.c
index f87f183fe684..6e1f4b151ca5 100644
--- a/gdb/dictionary.c
+++ b/gdb/dictionary.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Routines for name->symbol lookups in GDB.
-
+
Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by David Carlton <carlton@bactrian.org> and by Kealia,
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
is:
* Add a new element DICT_<IMPL> to dict_type.
-
+
* Create a new structure dictionary_<impl>. If your new
implementation is a variant of an existing one, make sure that
their structs have the same initial data members. Define accessor
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ dict_size (const struct dictionary *dict)
{
return (DICT_VECTOR (dict))->size (dict);
}
-
+
/* Now come functions (well, one function, currently) that are
implemented generically by means of the vtable. Typically, they're
rarely used. */
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ iterator_next_hashed (struct dict_iterator *iterator)
struct symbol *next;
next = DICT_ITERATOR_CURRENT (iterator)->hash_next;
-
+
if (next == NULL)
return iterator_hashed_advance (iterator);
else
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ iterator_hashed_advance (struct dict_iterator *iterator)
for (i = DICT_ITERATOR_INDEX (iterator) + 1; i < nbuckets; ++i)
{
struct symbol *sym = DICT_HASHED_BUCKET (dict, i);
-
+
if (sym != NULL)
{
DICT_ITERATOR_INDEX (iterator) = i;
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ iter_match_first_hashed (const struct dictionary *dict,
/* Loop through the symbols in the given bucket, breaking when SYM
first matches. If SYM never matches, it will be set to NULL;
either way, we have the right return value. */
-
+
for (sym = DICT_HASHED_BUCKET (dict, hash_index);
sym != NULL;
sym = sym->hash_next)
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ expand_hashtable (struct dictionary *dict)
struct symbol *sym, *next_sym;
sym = old_buckets[i];
- if (sym != NULL)
+ if (sym != NULL)
{
for (next_sym = sym->hash_next;
next_sym != NULL;
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ language_defn::search_name_hash (const char *string0) const
are lower-cased identifiers). The <suffix> (which can be empty)
encodes additional information about the denoted entity. This
routine hashes such names to msymbol_hash_iw(Pn). It actually
- does this for a superset of both valid Pi and of <suffix>, but
+ does this for a superset of both valid Pi and of <suffix>, but
in other cases it simply returns msymbol_hash_iw(STRING0). */
const char *string;
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ iter_match_next_linear (const lookup_name_info &name,
}
DICT_ITERATOR_INDEX (iterator) = i;
-
+
return retval;
}
diff --git a/gdb/dictionary.h b/gdb/dictionary.h
index 3c465e523f47..7f72abeb8b44 100644
--- a/gdb/dictionary.h
+++ b/gdb/dictionary.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Routines for name->symbol lookups in GDB.
-
+
Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by David Carlton <carlton@bactrian.org> and by Kealia,
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ extern struct symbol *
/* Advance MITERATOR to point at the next symbol in MDICT whose
search_name () is NAME, as tested using COMPARE (see
dict_iter_match_first), or NULL if there are no more such symbols.
- Don't call this if you've previously received NULL from
+ Don't call this if you've previously received NULL from
mdict_iterator_match_first or mdict_iterator_match_next on this
iteration. And don't call it unless MITERATOR was created by a
previous call to mdict_iter_match_first with the same NAME and COMPARE. */
diff --git a/gdb/dtrace-probe.c b/gdb/dtrace-probe.c
index 14b35e8d41c5..9179a5766c43 100644
--- a/gdb/dtrace-probe.c
+++ b/gdb/dtrace-probe.c
@@ -241,21 +241,21 @@ struct dtrace_dof_hdr
/* Identification bytes (see above). */
uint8_t dofh_ident[16];
/* File attribute flags (if any). */
- uint32_t dofh_flags;
+ uint32_t dofh_flags;
/* Size of file header in bytes. */
- uint32_t dofh_hdrsize;
+ uint32_t dofh_hdrsize;
/* Size of section header in bytes. */
- uint32_t dofh_secsize;
+ uint32_t dofh_secsize;
/* Number of section headers. */
- uint32_t dofh_secnum;
+ uint32_t dofh_secnum;
/* File offset of section headers. */
- uint64_t dofh_secoff;
+ uint64_t dofh_secoff;
/* File size of loadable portion. */
- uint64_t dofh_loadsz;
+ uint64_t dofh_loadsz;
/* File size of entire DOF file. */
- uint64_t dofh_filesz;
+ uint64_t dofh_filesz;
/* Reserved for future use. */
- uint64_t dofh_pad;
+ uint64_t dofh_pad;
};
/* A DOF section, whose contents depend on its type. The several
@@ -267,15 +267,15 @@ struct dtrace_dof_sect
/* Section type (see the define above). */
uint32_t dofs_type;
/* Section data memory alignment. */
- uint32_t dofs_align;
+ uint32_t dofs_align;
/* Section flags (if any). */
- uint32_t dofs_flags;
+ uint32_t dofs_flags;
/* Size of section entry (if table). */
uint32_t dofs_entsize;
/* DOF + offset points to the section data. */
uint64_t dofs_offset;
/* Size of section data in bytes. */
- uint64_t dofs_size;
+ uint64_t dofs_size;
};
/* A DOF provider, which is the provider of a probe. */
@@ -283,19 +283,19 @@ struct dtrace_dof_sect
struct dtrace_dof_provider
{
/* Link to a DTRACE_DOF_SECT_TYPE_STRTAB section. */
- uint32_t dofpv_strtab;
+ uint32_t dofpv_strtab;
/* Link to a DTRACE_DOF_SECT_TYPE_PROBES section. */
- uint32_t dofpv_probes;
+ uint32_t dofpv_probes;
/* Link to a DTRACE_DOF_SECT_TYPE_PRARGS section. */
- uint32_t dofpv_prargs;
+ uint32_t dofpv_prargs;
/* Link to a DTRACE_DOF_SECT_TYPE_PROFFS section. */
- uint32_t dofpv_proffs;
+ uint32_t dofpv_proffs;
/* Provider name string. */
- uint32_t dofpv_name;
+ uint32_t dofpv_name;
/* Provider attributes. */
uint32_t dofpv_provattr;
/* Module attributes. */
- uint32_t dofpv_modattr;
+ uint32_t dofpv_modattr;
/* Function attributes. */
uint32_t dofpv_funcattr;
/* Name attributes. */
@@ -315,33 +315,33 @@ struct dtrace_dof_provider
struct dtrace_dof_probe
{
/* Probe base address or offset. */
- uint64_t dofpr_addr;
+ uint64_t dofpr_addr;
/* Probe function string. */
- uint32_t dofpr_func;
+ uint32_t dofpr_func;
/* Probe name string. */
- uint32_t dofpr_name;
+ uint32_t dofpr_name;
/* Native argument type strings. */
- uint32_t dofpr_nargv;
+ uint32_t dofpr_nargv;
/* Translated argument type strings. */
- uint32_t dofpr_xargv;
+ uint32_t dofpr_xargv;
/* Index of first argument mapping. */
- uint32_t dofpr_argidx;
+ uint32_t dofpr_argidx;
/* Index of first offset entry. */
- uint32_t dofpr_offidx;
+ uint32_t dofpr_offidx;
/* Native argument count. */
- uint8_t dofpr_nargc;
+ uint8_t dofpr_nargc;
/* Translated argument count. */
- uint8_t dofpr_xargc;
+ uint8_t dofpr_xargc;
/* Number of offset entries for probe. */
- uint16_t dofpr_noffs;
+ uint16_t dofpr_noffs;
/* Index of first is-enabled offset. */
uint32_t dofpr_enoffidx;
/* Number of is-enabled offsets. */
uint16_t dofpr_nenoffs;
/* Reserved for future use. */
- uint16_t dofpr_pad1;
+ uint16_t dofpr_pad1;
/* Reserved for future use. */
- uint32_t dofpr_pad2;
+ uint32_t dofpr_pad2;
};
/* DOF supports two different encodings: MSB (big-endian) and LSB
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ dtrace_process_dof (asection *sect, struct objfile *objfile,
}
return;
-
+
invalid_dof_data:
complaint (_("skipping section '%s' which does not contain valid DOF data."),
sect->name);
diff --git a/gdb/dummy-frame.c b/gdb/dummy-frame.c
index 42c4bf23431b..9587a9db4a07 100644
--- a/gdb/dummy-frame.c
+++ b/gdb/dummy-frame.c
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ dummy_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
entry point, or some random address on the stack. Trying to use
that PC to apply standard frame ID unwind techniques is just
asking for trouble. */
-
+
/* Don't bother unless there is at least one dummy frame. */
if (dummy_frame_stack != NULL)
{
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.c b/gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.c
index adb0046609ef..e416225ea8b5 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* DIE indexing
+/* DIE indexing
Copyright (C) 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.h b/gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.h
index 2ea32781be5c..2384bc5524b3 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.h
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2/cooked-index.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* DIE indexing
+/* DIE indexing
Copyright (C) 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2/expr.c b/gdb/dwarf2/expr.c
index 73dfd4b4ffb6..5fcc3d1dfd8d 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2/expr.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2/expr.c
@@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ dwarf_expr_context::execute_stack_op (const gdb_byte *op_ptr,
result_val = fetch (offset);
in_stack_memory = fetch_in_stack_memory (offset);
break;
-
+
case DW_OP_swap:
{
if (this->m_stack.size () < 2)
@@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ dwarf_expr_context::execute_stack_op (const gdb_byte *op_ptr,
result_val = value_cast (address_type, result_val);
}
break;
-
+
case DW_OP_entry_value:
case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
{
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2/frame-tailcall.c b/gdb/dwarf2/frame-tailcall.c
index a1e43cc18eda..27c910d80b04 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2/frame-tailcall.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2/frame-tailcall.c
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ tailcall_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
chain to create. Keep TAILCALL_CACHEP NULL if it did not find any chain,
initialize it otherwise. No tail call chain is created if there are no
unambiguous virtual tail call frames to report.
-
+
ENTRY_CFA_SP_OFFSETP is NULL if no special SP handling is possible,
otherwise *ENTRY_CFA_SP_OFFSETP is the number of bytes to subtract from tail
call frames frame base to get the SP value there - to simulate return
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2/frame.c b/gdb/dwarf2/frame.c
index 3f884abe1d58..5c65b435a211 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2/frame.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2/frame.c
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ dwarf2_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache,
if (cache->tailcall_cache)
{
struct value *val;
-
+
val = dwarf2_tailcall_prev_register_first (this_frame,
&cache->tailcall_cache,
regnum);
@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ static const registry<objfile>::key<comp_unit> dwarf2_frame_objfile_data;
way. Several "pointer encodings" are supported. The encoding
that's used for a particular FDE is determined by the 'R'
augmentation in the associated CIE. The argument of this
- augmentation is a single byte.
+ augmentation is a single byte.
The address can be encoded as 2 bytes, 4 bytes, 8 bytes, or as a
LEB128. This is encoded in bits 0, 1 and 2. Bit 3 encodes whether
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ decode_frame_entry (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
This becomes a problem when you have some other producer that
creates frame sections that are not as strictly aligned. That
- produces a hole in the frame info that gets filled by the
+ produces a hole in the frame info that gets filled by the
linker with zeros.
The GCC behaviour is arguably a bug, but it's effectively now
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2/loc.c b/gdb/dwarf2/loc.c
index c42359ab96ea..6a1ce28dcd8d 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2/loc.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2/loc.c
@@ -654,19 +654,19 @@ call_site_target::iterate_over_addresses
if (dwarf_block == NULL)
{
struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
-
+
msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (call_site->pc () - 1);
throw_error (NO_ENTRY_VALUE_ERROR,
_("DW_AT_call_target is not specified at %s in %s"),
paddress (call_site_gdbarch, call_site->pc ()),
(msym.minsym == NULL ? "???"
: msym.minsym->print_name ()));
-
+
}
if (caller_frame == NULL)
{
struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
-
+
msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (call_site->pc () - 1);
throw_error (NO_ENTRY_VALUE_ERROR,
_("DW_AT_call_target DWARF block resolving "
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ call_site_target::iterate_over_addresses
paddress (call_site_gdbarch, call_site->pc ()),
(msym.minsym == NULL ? "???"
: msym.minsym->print_name ()));
-
+
}
caller_arch = get_frame_arch (caller_frame);
caller_core_addr_type = builtin_type (caller_arch)->builtin_func_ptr;
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ call_site_target::iterate_over_addresses
physname, paddress (call_site_gdbarch, call_site->pc ()),
(msym.minsym == NULL ? "???"
: msym.minsym->print_name ()));
-
+
}
callback (msym.value_address ());
}
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ call_site_find_chain_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR caller_pc,
if (retval == NULL)
{
struct bound_minimal_symbol msym_caller, msym_callee;
-
+
msym_caller = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (caller_pc);
msym_callee = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (callee_pc);
throw_error (NO_ENTRY_VALUE_ERROR,
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ dwarf_expr_reg_to_entry_parameter (frame_info_ptr frame,
throw_error (NO_ENTRY_VALUE_ERROR, _("Cannot find matching parameter "
"at DW_TAG_call_site %s at %s"),
paddress (gdbarch, caller_pc),
- msym == NULL ? "???" : msym->print_name ());
+ msym == NULL ? "???" : msym->print_name ());
}
*per_cu_return = call_site->per_cu;
@@ -2352,14 +2352,14 @@ access_memory (struct gdbarch *arch, struct agent_expr *expr, ULONGEST nbits)
}
/* Compile a DWARF location expression to an agent expression.
-
+
EXPR is the agent expression we are building.
LOC is the agent value we modify.
ARCH is the architecture.
ADDR_SIZE is the size of addresses, in bytes.
OP_PTR is the start of the location expression.
OP_END is one past the last byte of the location expression.
-
+
This will throw an exception for various kinds of errors -- for
example, if the expression cannot be compiled, or if the expression
is invalid. */
@@ -3185,7 +3185,7 @@ locexpr_describe_location_piece (struct symbol *symbol, struct ui_file *stream,
if (base_data[0] >= DW_OP_breg0 && base_data[0] <= DW_OP_breg31)
{
const gdb_byte *buf_end;
-
+
frame_reg = base_data[0] - DW_OP_breg0;
buf_end = safe_read_sleb128 (base_data + 1, base_data + base_size,
&base_offset);
@@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ locexpr_describe_location_piece (struct symbol *symbol, struct ui_file *stream,
offset = extract_unsigned_integer (data + 1, addr_size,
gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch));
- gdb_printf (stream,
+ gdb_printf (stream,
_("a thread-local variable at offset 0x%s "
"in the thread-local storage for `%s'"),
phex_nz (offset, addr_size), objfile_name (objfile));
@@ -3275,7 +3275,7 @@ locexpr_describe_location_piece (struct symbol *symbol, struct ui_file *stream,
data = safe_read_uleb128 (data + 1, end, &offset);
offset = dwarf2_read_addr_index (per_cu, per_objfile, offset);
- gdb_printf (stream,
+ gdb_printf (stream,
_("a thread-local variable at offset 0x%s "
"in the thread-local storage for `%s'"),
phex_nz (offset, addr_size), objfile_name (objfile));
@@ -3755,7 +3755,7 @@ locexpr_describe_location_1 (struct symbol *symbol, CORE_ADDR addr,
if (data < end)
{
int empty = data == here;
-
+
if (disassemble)
gdb_printf (stream, " ");
if (data[0] == DW_OP_piece)
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2/read.c b/gdb/dwarf2/read.c
index 60e120a9d76a..3bcb997ec9d9 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2/read.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2/read.c
@@ -7375,7 +7375,7 @@ skip_children (const struct die_reader_specs *reader, const gdb_byte *info_ptr)
INFO_PTR should point just after the initial uleb128 of a DIE, and the
abbrev corresponding to that skipped uleb128 should be passed in
ABBREV.
-
+
If DO_SKIP_CHILDREN is true, or if the DIE has no children, this
returns a pointer to this DIE's sibling, skipping any children.
Otherwise, returns a pointer to the DIE's first child. */
diff --git a/gdb/exceptions.c b/gdb/exceptions.c
index 2a0dfb292171..c53e5f6a6d54 100644
--- a/gdb/exceptions.c
+++ b/gdb/exceptions.c
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ print_exception (struct ui_file *file, const struct gdb_exception &e)
end++;
file->write (start, end - start);
}
- }
+ }
gdb_printf (file, "\n");
/* Now append the annotation. */
diff --git a/gdb/exec.c b/gdb/exec.c
index 0890193faa33..af3fa0ad8bc2 100644
--- a/gdb/exec.c
+++ b/gdb/exec.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Work with executable files, for GDB.
+/* Work with executable files, for GDB.
Copyright (C) 1988-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ exec_file_attach (const char *filename, int from_tty)
Note that we have to explicitly ignore additional args, since we can
be called from file_command(), which also calls symbol_file_command()
which can take multiple args.
-
+
If ARGS is NULL, we just want to close the exec file. */
static void
@@ -941,8 +941,8 @@ print_section_info (const target_section_table *t, bfd *abfd)
styled_string (file_name_style.style (),
bfd_get_filename (abfd)));
- entry_point = gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch,
- bfd_get_start_address (abfd)
+ entry_point = gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch,
+ bfd_get_start_address (abfd)
+ displacement);
gdb_printf (_("\tEntry point: %s\n"),
paddress (gdbarch, entry_point));
diff --git a/gdb/f-valprint.c b/gdb/f-valprint.c
index 1742bbb5df21..a35889e9ef11 100644
--- a/gdb/f-valprint.c
+++ b/gdb/f-valprint.c
@@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ f77_get_dynamic_length_of_aggregate (struct type *type)
/* Recursively go all the way down into a possibly multi-dimensional
F77 array and get the bounds. For simple arrays, this is pretty
- easy but when the bounds are dynamic, we must be very careful
- to add up all the lengths correctly. Not doing this right
+ easy but when the bounds are dynamic, we must be very careful
+ to add up all the lengths correctly. Not doing this right
will lead to horrendous-looking arrays in parameter lists.
- This function also works for strings which behave very
+ This function also works for strings which behave very
similarly to arrays. */
if (type->target_type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ f_language::value_print_inner (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream,
}
}
gdb_printf (stream, " )");
- break;
+ break;
case TYPE_CODE_BOOL:
if (options->format || options->output_format)
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ info_common_command_for_block (const struct block *block, const char *comname,
sym->print_name ());
else
gdb_printf (_("Contents of blank COMMON block:\n"));
-
+
for (index = 0; index < common->n_entries; index++)
{
struct value *val = NULL;
@@ -653,8 +653,8 @@ info_common_command_for_block (const struct block *block, const char *comname,
}
}
-/* This function is used to print out the values in a given COMMON
- block. It will always use the most local common block of the
+/* This function is used to print out the values in a given COMMON
+ block. It will always use the most local common block of the
given name. */
static void
@@ -664,14 +664,14 @@ info_common_command (const char *comname, int from_tty)
const struct block *block;
int values_printed = 0;
- /* We have been told to display the contents of F77 COMMON
- block supposedly visible in this function. Let us
- first make sure that it is visible and if so, let
+ /* We have been told to display the contents of F77 COMMON
+ block supposedly visible in this function. Let us
+ first make sure that it is visible and if so, let
us display its contents. */
fi = get_selected_frame (_("No frame selected"));
- /* The following is generally ripped off from stack.c's routine
+ /* The following is generally ripped off from stack.c's routine
print_frame_info(). */
block = get_frame_block (fi, 0);
diff --git a/gdb/frv-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/frv-linux-tdep.c
index 41344c82370a..6037eb71c238 100644
--- a/gdb/frv-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/frv-linux-tdep.c
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ frv_linux_sigcontext_reg_addr (frame_info_ptr this_frame, int regno,
/* For a realtime sigtramp frame, SP + 12 contains a pointer
to a ucontext struct. The ucontext struct contains a
sigcontext struct starting 24 bytes in. (The offset of
- uc_mcontext within struct ucontext is derived as follows:
+ uc_mcontext within struct ucontext is derived as follows:
stack_t is a 12-byte struct and struct sigcontext is
8-byte aligned. This gives an offset of 8 + 12 + 4 (for
padding) = 24.) */
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ frv_linux_sigcontext_reg_addr (frame_info_ptr this_frame, int regno,
return sc_addr + 48;
case iacc0l_regnum :
return sc_addr + 52;
- default :
+ default :
if (first_gpr_regnum <= regno && regno <= last_gpr_regnum)
return sc_addr + 56 + 4 * (regno - first_gpr_regnum);
else if (first_fpr_regnum <= regno && regno <= last_fpr_regnum)
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ static const struct regcache_map_entry frv_linux_fpregmap[] =
/* Unpack an frv_elf_gregset_t into GDB's register cache. */
-static void
+static void
frv_linux_supply_gregset (const struct regset *regset,
struct regcache *regcache,
int regnum, const void *gregs, size_t len)
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ frv_linux_init_abi (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
linux_init_abi (info, gdbarch, 0);
/* Set the sigtramp frame sniffer. */
- frame_unwind_append_unwinder (gdbarch, &frv_linux_sigtramp_frame_unwind);
+ frame_unwind_append_unwinder (gdbarch, &frv_linux_sigtramp_frame_unwind);
set_gdbarch_iterate_over_regset_sections
(gdbarch, frv_linux_iterate_over_regset_sections);
diff --git a/gdb/frv-tdep.c b/gdb/frv-tdep.c
index 056aad3f17e7..1b5c252864d6 100644
--- a/gdb/frv-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/frv-tdep.c
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ new_variant (void)
/* By default, don't supply any general-purpose or floating-point
register names. */
- var->register_names
+ var->register_names
= (const char **) xmalloc ((frv_num_regs + frv_num_pseudo_regs)
* sizeof (const char *));
for (r = 0; r < frv_num_regs + frv_num_pseudo_regs; r++)
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ new_variant (void)
var->register_names[pc_regnum] = "pc";
var->register_names[lr_regnum] = "lr";
var->register_names[lcr_regnum] = "lcr";
-
+
var->register_names[psr_regnum] = "psr";
var->register_names[ccr_regnum] = "ccr";
var->register_names[cccr_regnum] = "cccr";
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ frv_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
sthi GRk, @(fp, s)
P KKKKKK 1010001 000010 SSSSSSSSSSSS = 0x01442000
0 000000 1111111 111111 000000000000 = 0x01fff000
- . . . . . . . .
+ . . . . . . . .
And for 8-bit values, we use STB instructions.
stbi GRk, @(fp, s)
P KKKKKK 1010000 000010 SSSSSSSSSSSS = 0x01402000
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ frv_skip_main_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
/* In PIC code, GR15 may be loaded from some offset off of FP prior
to the call instruction.
-
+
Skip over this instruction if present. It won't be present in
non-PIC code, and even in PIC code, it might not be present.
(This is due to the fact that GR15, the FDPIC register, already
diff --git a/gdb/ft32-tdep.c b/gdb/ft32-tdep.c
index 8da3dbae5928..aaf77bbfe2fe 100644
--- a/gdb/ft32-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/ft32-tdep.c
@@ -180,9 +180,9 @@ ft32_analyze_prologue (CORE_ADDR start_addr, CORE_ADDR end_addr,
is the address of __prolog_$rN.
__prolog_$rN pushes registers from 13 through n inclusive.
So for example CALL __prolog_$r15 is equivalent to:
- PUSH $r13
- PUSH $r14
- PUSH $r15
+ PUSH $r13
+ PUSH $r14
+ PUSH $r15
Note that PROLOGS[0] through PROLOGS[12] are unused. */
CORE_ADDR prologs[32];
diff --git a/gdb/gcore.c b/gdb/gcore.c
index ede78534bd87..8837c3e64f92 100644
--- a/gdb/gcore.c
+++ b/gdb/gcore.c
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ call_target_sbrk (int sbrk_arg)
return (bfd_vma) 0;
gdbarch = sbrk_objf->arch ();
- target_sbrk_arg = value_from_longest (builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_int,
+ target_sbrk_arg = value_from_longest (builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_int,
sbrk_arg);
gdb_assert (target_sbrk_arg);
ret = call_function_by_hand (sbrk_fn, NULL, target_sbrk_arg);
diff --git a/gdb/gdb-demangle.c b/gdb/gdb-demangle.c
index 3db979cf6177..072bab3dbc20 100644
--- a/gdb/gdb-demangle.c
+++ b/gdb/gdb-demangle.c
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ set_demangling_command (const char *ignore,
If we match, update the current demangling style enum. */
for (dem = libiberty_demanglers, i = 0;
- dem->demangling_style != unknown_demangling;
+ dem->demangling_style != unknown_demangling;
dem++)
{
if (strcmp (current_demangling_style_string,
@@ -218,12 +218,12 @@ _initialize_gdb_demangle ()
/* Fill the demangling_style_names[] array, and set the default
demangling style chosen at compilation time. */
for (ndems = 0;
- libiberty_demanglers[ndems].demangling_style != unknown_demangling;
+ libiberty_demanglers[ndems].demangling_style != unknown_demangling;
ndems++)
;
demangling_style_names = XCNEWVEC (const char *, ndems + 1);
for (i = 0;
- libiberty_demanglers[i].demangling_style != unknown_demangling;
+ libiberty_demanglers[i].demangling_style != unknown_demangling;
i++)
{
demangling_style_names[i]
diff --git a/gdb/gdb.c b/gdb/gdb.c
index c540f558af6d..1ba3e71ac6f9 100644
--- a/gdb/gdb.c
+++ b/gdb/gdb.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Main function for CLI gdb.
+/* Main function for CLI gdb.
Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GDB.
diff --git a/gdb/gdb_wchar.h b/gdb/gdb_wchar.h
index 8c6e4fc9fd6c..c8873a434d80 100644
--- a/gdb/gdb_wchar.h
+++ b/gdb/gdb_wchar.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
#define GDB_WCHAR_H
/* We handle three different modes here.
-
+
Capable systems have the full suite: wchar_t support and iconv
(perhaps via GNU libiconv). On these machines, full functionality
is available. Note that full functionality is dependent on us
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
practice this means we look for __STDC_ISO_10646__ (where we know
the name of the wchar_t encoding) or GNU libiconv, where we can use
"wchar_t".
-
+
DJGPP is known to have libiconv but not wchar_t support. On
systems like this, we use the narrow character functions. The full
functionality is available to the user, but many characters (those
outside the narrow range) will be displayed as escapes.
-
+
Finally, some systems do not have iconv, or are really broken
(e.g., Solaris, which almost has all of this working, but where
just enough is broken to make it too hard to use). Here we provide
diff --git a/gdb/gdbthread.h b/gdb/gdbthread.h
index 1a33eb612213..d99a0955b44f 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbthread.h
+++ b/gdb/gdbthread.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/* Multi-process/thread control defs for GDB, the GNU debugger.
Copyright (C) 1987-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Lynx Real-Time Systems, Inc. Los Gatos, CA.
-
+
This file is part of GDB.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ class thread_info : public refcounted_object,
void set_running (bool running);
ptid_t ptid; /* "Actual process id";
- In fact, this may be overloaded with
+ In fact, this may be overloaded with
kernel thread id, etc. */
/* Each thread has two GDB IDs.
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ extern void init_thread_list (void);
/* Add a thread to the thread list, print a message
that a new thread is found, and return the pointer to
- the new thread. Caller my use this pointer to
+ the new thread. Caller my use this pointer to
initialize the private thread data. */
extern struct thread_info *add_thread (process_stratum_target *targ,
ptid_t ptid);
diff --git a/gdb/gdbtypes.c b/gdb/gdbtypes.c
index a43d9265ad23..5b9268672147 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbtypes.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbtypes.c
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ static bool strict_type_checking = true;
static void
show_opaque_type_resolution (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
- struct cmd_list_element *c,
+ struct cmd_list_element *c,
const char *value)
{
gdb_printf (file, _("Resolution of opaque struct/class/union types "
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ static void
show_overload_debug (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
{
- gdb_printf (file, _("Debugging of C++ overloading is %s.\n"),
+ gdb_printf (file, _("Debugging of C++ overloading is %s.\n"),
value);
}
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ make_pointer_type (struct type *type, struct type **typeptr)
if (ntype)
{
if (typeptr == 0)
- return ntype; /* Don't care about alloc,
+ return ntype; /* Don't care about alloc,
and have new type. */
else if (*typeptr == 0)
{
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ make_reference_type (struct type *type, struct type **typeptr,
if (ntype)
{
if (typeptr == 0)
- return ntype; /* Don't care about alloc,
+ return ntype; /* Don't care about alloc,
and have new type. */
else if (*typeptr == 0)
{
@@ -711,8 +711,8 @@ make_type_with_address_space (struct type *type,
new type we construct. */
struct type *
-make_cv_type (int cnst, int voltl,
- struct type *type,
+make_cv_type (int cnst, int voltl,
+ struct type *type,
struct type **typeptr)
{
struct type *ntype; /* New type */
@@ -743,8 +743,8 @@ make_cv_type (int cnst, int voltl,
name each time you encounter them. */
gdb_assert ((*typeptr)->objfile_owner () == type->objfile_owner ());
}
-
- ntype = make_qualified_type (type, new_flags,
+
+ ntype = make_qualified_type (type, new_flags,
typeptr ? *typeptr : NULL);
if (typeptr != NULL)
@@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ lookup_union (const char *name, const struct block *block)
return t;
/* If we get here, it's not a union. */
- error (_("This context has class, struct or enum %s, not a union."),
+ error (_("This context has class, struct or enum %s, not a union."),
name);
}
@@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ lookup_enum (const char *name, const struct block *block)
}
if (sym->type ()->code () != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
{
- error (_("This context has class, struct or union %s, not an enum."),
+ error (_("This context has class, struct or union %s, not an enum."),
name);
}
return (sym->type ());
@@ -1804,11 +1804,11 @@ lookup_enum (const char *name, const struct block *block)
visible in lexical block BLOCK. */
struct type *
-lookup_template_type (const char *name, struct type *type,
+lookup_template_type (const char *name, struct type *type,
const struct block *block)
{
struct symbol *sym;
- char *nam = (char *)
+ char *nam = (char *)
alloca (strlen (name) + strlen (type->name ()) + 4);
strcpy (nam, name);
@@ -2629,7 +2629,7 @@ compute_variant_fields_inner (struct type *type,
for (const auto &variant : part.variants)
compute_variant_fields_recurse (type, addr_stack, variant,
flags, applied_variant == &variant);
-}
+}
/* Determine which variant fields are available in TYPE. The enabled
fields are stored in RESOLVED_TYPE. ADDR_STACK holds information
@@ -3079,8 +3079,8 @@ check_typedef (struct type *type)
types, instead of identifying them as stub types in the first
place. */
- if (TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (type)
- && opaque_type_resolution
+ if (TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (type)
+ && opaque_type_resolution
&& !currently_reading_symtab)
{
const char *name = type->name ();
@@ -3220,7 +3220,7 @@ check_stub_method (struct type *type, int method_id, int signature_id)
p = NULL;
if (demangled_name == NULL || p == NULL)
- error (_("Internal: Cannot demangle mangled name `%s'."),
+ error (_("Internal: Cannot demangle mangled name `%s'."),
mangled_name);
/* Now, read in the parameters that define this type. */
@@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ types_equal (struct type *a, struct type *b)
if (a->num_fields () != b->num_fields ())
return false;
-
+
if (!types_equal (a->target_type (), b->target_type ()))
return false;
@@ -5243,7 +5243,7 @@ recursive_dump_type (struct type *type, int spaces)
struct type **first_dont_print
= (struct type **) obstack_base (&dont_print_type_obstack);
- int i = (struct type **)
+ int i = (struct type **)
obstack_next_free (&dont_print_type_obstack) - first_dont_print;
while (--i >= 0)
@@ -5368,7 +5368,7 @@ recursive_dump_type (struct type *type, int spaces)
host_address_to_string (TYPE_REFERENCE_TYPE (type)));
gdb_printf ("%*stype_chain %s\n", spaces, "",
host_address_to_string (TYPE_CHAIN (type)));
- gdb_printf ("%*sinstance_flags 0x%x", spaces, "",
+ gdb_printf ("%*sinstance_flags 0x%x", spaces, "",
(unsigned) type->instance_flags ());
if (TYPE_CONST (type))
{
@@ -5675,7 +5675,7 @@ copy_type_recursive (struct type *type, htab_t copied_types)
for (i = 0; i < nfields; i++)
{
- TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (new_type, i) =
+ TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (new_type, i) =
TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, i);
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, i) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, i);
if (type->field (i).type ())
diff --git a/gdb/gdbtypes.h b/gdb/gdbtypes.h
index d7189ff9813f..267790729e1a 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbtypes.h
+++ b/gdb/gdbtypes.h
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ struct main_type
because we can allocate the space for a type before
we know what to put in it. */
- union
+ union
{
struct field *fields;
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ struct main_type
struct type
{
- /* Get the type code of this type.
+ /* Get the type code of this type.
Note that the code can be TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF, so if you want the real
type, you need to do `check_typedef (type)->code ()`. */
@@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ struct fn_field
const char *physname;
/* * The function type for the method.
-
+
(This comment used to say "The return value of the method", but
that's wrong. The function type is expected here, i.e. something
with TYPE_CODE_METHOD, and *not* the return-value type). */
@@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ struct objfile_type
/* * Return the type table for the specified objfile. */
extern const struct objfile_type *objfile_type (struct objfile *objfile);
-
+
/* Explicit floating-point formats. See "floatformat.h". */
extern const struct floatformat *floatformats_ieee_half[BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN];
extern const struct floatformat *floatformats_ieee_single[BFD_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN];
diff --git a/gdb/glibc-tdep.c b/gdb/glibc-tdep.c
index 7f6c12bc402f..1ad8342521de 100644
--- a/gdb/glibc-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/glibc-tdep.c
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
/* See the comments for SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER at the top of infrun.c.
This function:
1) decides whether a PLT has sent us into the linker to resolve
- a function reference, and
+ a function reference, and
2) if so, tells us where to set a temporary breakpoint that will
trigger when the dynamic linker is done. */
@@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ glibc_skip_solib_resolver (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
the same objfile. If we are at the entry point of `fixup', then
we set a breakpoint at the return address (at the top of the
stack), and continue.
-
+
It's kind of gross to do all these checks every time we're
called, since they don't change once the executable has gotten
started. But this is only a temporary hack --- upcoming versions
of GNU/Linux will provide a portable, efficient interface for
debugging programs that use shared libraries. */
- struct bound_minimal_symbol resolver
+ struct bound_minimal_symbol resolver
= lookup_bound_minimal_symbol ("_dl_runtime_resolve");
if (resolver.minsym)
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ glibc_skip_solib_resolver (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
/* The dynamic linker began using this name in early 2005. */
struct bound_minimal_symbol fixup
= lookup_minimal_symbol ("_dl_fixup", NULL, resolver.objfile);
-
+
/* This is the name used in older versions. */
if (! fixup.minsym)
fixup = lookup_minimal_symbol ("fixup", NULL, resolver.objfile);
@@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ glibc_skip_solib_resolver (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
}
return 0;
-}
+}
diff --git a/gdb/gmp-utils.h b/gdb/gmp-utils.h
index 6586f50eb46d..c0fe7f7d6edd 100644
--- a/gdb/gmp-utils.h
+++ b/gdb/gmp-utils.h
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ struct gdb_mpz
mpz_swap (val, from.val);
}
-
+
gdb_mpz &operator= (const gdb_mpz &from)
{
mpz_set (val, from.val);
diff --git a/gdb/gnu-nat.c b/gdb/gnu-nat.c
index ae049cab3de9..be609d726568 100644
--- a/gdb/gnu-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/gnu-nat.c
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ gnu_nat_target::make_proc (struct inf *inf, mach_port_t port, int tid)
return proc;
}
-/* Frees PROC and any resources it uses, and returns the value of PROC's
+/* Frees PROC and any resources it uses, and returns the value of PROC's
next field. */
struct proc *
gnu_nat_target::_proc_free (struct proc *proc)
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ gnu_nat_target::inf_set_traced (struct inf *inf, int on)
{
if (on == inf->traced)
return;
-
+
if (inf->task && !inf->task->dead)
/* Make it take effect immediately. */
{
@@ -3133,14 +3133,14 @@ The default value is \"off\"."),
add_cmd ("pause", no_class, show_thread_default_pause_cmd, _("\
Show whether new threads are suspended while gdb has control."),
&show_thread_default_cmd_list);
-
+
add_cmd ("run", class_run, set_thread_default_run_cmd, _("\
Set whether new threads are allowed to run (once gdb has noticed them)."),
&set_thread_default_cmd_list);
add_cmd ("run", no_class, show_thread_default_run_cmd, _("\
Show whether new threads are allowed to run (once gdb has noticed them)."),
&show_thread_default_cmd_list);
-
+
add_cmd ("detach-suspend-count", class_run, set_thread_default_detach_sc_cmd,
_("Set the default detach-suspend-count value for new threads."),
&set_thread_default_cmd_list);
diff --git a/gdb/gnu-v3-abi.c b/gdb/gnu-v3-abi.c
index 2f000e634a4f..f05838c80784 100644
--- a/gdb/gnu-v3-abi.c
+++ b/gdb/gnu-v3-abi.c
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ gnuv3_rtti_type (struct value *value,
+ value_embedded_offset (vtable)).minsym;
if (! vtable_symbol)
return NULL;
-
+
/* The symbol's demangled name should be something like "vtable for
CLASS", where CLASS is the name of the run-time type of VALUE.
If we didn't like this approach, we could instead look in the
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ gnuv3_get_type_from_type_info (struct value *type_info_ptr)
/* Determine if we are currently in a C++ thunk. If so, get the address
of the routine we are thunking to and continue to there instead. */
-static CORE_ADDR
+static CORE_ADDR
gnuv3_skip_trampoline (frame_info_ptr frame, CORE_ADDR stop_pc)
{
CORE_ADDR real_stop_pc, method_stop_pc, func_addr;
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ gnuv3_skip_trampoline (frame_info_ptr frame, CORE_ADDR stop_pc)
struct bound_minimal_symbol thunk_sym, fn_sym;
struct obj_section *section;
const char *thunk_name, *fn_name;
-
+
real_stop_pc = gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (gdbarch, frame, stop_pc);
if (real_stop_pc == 0)
real_stop_pc = stop_pc;
diff --git a/gdb/gregset.h b/gdb/gregset.h
index 0243317f0c74..5d6f52389805 100644
--- a/gdb/gregset.h
+++ b/gdb/gregset.h
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ extern void supply_fpregset (struct regcache *regcache,
const gdb_fpregset_t *fpregs);
/* Copy register values from GDB's register cache into
- the native target gregset/fpregset. If regno is -1,
+ the native target gregset/fpregset. If regno is -1,
copy all the registers. */
extern void fill_gregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
diff --git a/gdb/guile/scm-block.c b/gdb/guile/scm-block.c
index 07c6a2bd5e52..adb1ac33e1dc 100644
--- a/gdb/guile/scm-block.c
+++ b/gdb/guile/scm-block.c
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ bkscm_print_block_syms_progress_smob (SCM self, SCM port,
{
struct compunit_symtab *cust;
- gdbscm_printf (port, " %s",
+ gdbscm_printf (port, " %s",
i_smob->iter.which == GLOBAL_BLOCK
? "global" : "static");
if (i_smob->iter.idx != -1)
diff --git a/gdb/guile/scm-math.c b/gdb/guile/scm-math.c
index 022863ddd94a..f5a0863a05c2 100644
--- a/gdb/guile/scm-math.c
+++ b/gdb/guile/scm-math.c
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ vlscm_convert_typed_value_from_scheme (const char *func_name,
obj_arg_pos, func_name,
&except_scm, gdbarch);
}
- else if (gdbscm_is_bool (obj))
+ else if (gdbscm_is_bool (obj))
{
if (type != NULL
&& !is_integral_type (type))
diff --git a/gdb/guile/scm-pretty-print.c b/gdb/guile/scm-pretty-print.c
index 5e6bb12a3a50..eaa95571a200 100644
--- a/gdb/guile/scm-pretty-print.c
+++ b/gdb/guile/scm-pretty-print.c
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ struct pretty_printer_smob
/* A procedure called to look up the printer for the given value.
The procedure is called as (lookup gdb:pretty-printer value).
The result should either be a gdb:pretty-printer object that will print
- the value, or #f if the value is not recognized. */
+ the value, or #f if the value is not recognized. */
SCM lookup;
/* Note: Attaching subprinters to this smob is left to Scheme. */
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ ppscm_pretty_print_one_value (SCM printer, struct value **out_value,
/* Return the display hint for PRINTER as a Scheme object.
The caller is responsible for ensuring PRINTER is a
<gdb:pretty-printer-worker> object. */
-
+
static SCM
ppscm_get_display_hint_scm (SCM printer)
{
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ ppscm_print_string_repr (SCM printer, enum display_hint hint,
if (hint == HINT_STRING)
{
struct type *type = builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_char;
-
+
language->printstr (stream, type, (gdb_byte *) string.get (),
length, NULL, 0, options);
}
diff --git a/gdb/guile/scm-symbol.c b/gdb/guile/scm-symbol.c
index b5704cdcb186..6aa3e69a1ded 100644
--- a/gdb/guile/scm-symbol.c
+++ b/gdb/guile/scm-symbol.c
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ gdbscm_symbol_value (SCM self, SCM rest)
if (frame_info == NULL)
error (_("Invalid frame"));
}
-
+
if (symbol_read_needs_frame (symbol) && frame_info == NULL)
error (_("Symbol requires a frame to compute its value"));
diff --git a/gdb/guile/scm-symtab.c b/gdb/guile/scm-symtab.c
index 2ff66c49d513..9849748441e3 100644
--- a/gdb/guile/scm-symtab.c
+++ b/gdb/guile/scm-symtab.c
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ stscm_scm_from_symtab (struct symtab *symtab)
st_smob = (symtab_smob *) SCM_SMOB_DATA (st_scm);
st_smob->symtab = symtab;
gdbscm_fill_eqable_gsmob_ptr_slot (slot, &st_smob->base);
-
+
return st_scm;
}
diff --git a/gdb/h8300-tdep.c b/gdb/h8300-tdep.c
index 38e7135601ec..b21006080c73 100644
--- a/gdb/h8300-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/h8300-tdep.c
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ h8300_init_frame_cache (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
from the register in which it was passed to the stack slot in which
it really lives. It is a byte, word, or longword move from an
argument register to a negative offset from the frame pointer.
-
+
CV, 2003-06-16: Or, in optimized code or when the `register' qualifier
is used, it could be a byte, word or long move to registers r3-r5. */
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ h8300_skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
So, for example, on the h8/300s, if a function expects a three-byte
structure and an int, the structure will go on the stack, and the
int will go in r2, not r0.
-
+
If the function returns an aggregate type (struct, union, or class)
by value, the caller must allocate space to hold the return value,
and pass the callee a pointer to this space as an invisible first
@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ h8300_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
/* Frame unwinder. */
frame_base_set_default (gdbarch, &h8300_frame_base);
- /*
+ /*
* Miscellany
*/
/* Stack grows up. */
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-linux-nat.c b/gdb/hppa-linux-nat.c
index ea4d3d07da78..def4b7a5777b 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-linux-nat.c
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ fetch_register (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
errno = 0;
val = ptrace (PTRACE_PEEKUSER, tid, hppa_linux_register_addr (regno, 0), 0);
if (errno != 0)
- error (_("Couldn't read register %s (#%d): %s."),
+ error (_("Couldn't read register %s (#%d): %s."),
gdbarch_register_name (gdbarch, regno),
regno, safe_strerror (errno));
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ hppa_linux_nat_target::fetch_registers (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
regno++)
fetch_register (regcache, regno);
}
- else
+ else
{
fetch_register (regcache, regno);
}
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/hppa-linux-tdep.c
index 2a1aa6c24b34..8a7a46a43d52 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-linux-tdep.c
@@ -112,15 +112,15 @@ insns_match_pattern (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
/* Signal frames. */
/* (This is derived from MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR in gcc.)
-
+
Unfortunately, because of various bugs and changes to the kernel,
we have several cases to deal with.
- In 2.4, the signal trampoline is 4 bytes, and pc should point directly at
+ In 2.4, the signal trampoline is 4 bytes, and pc should point directly at
the beginning of the trampoline and struct rt_sigframe.
In <= 2.6.5-rc2-pa3, the signal trampoline is 9 bytes, and pc points at
- the 4th word in the trampoline structure. This is wrong, it should point
+ the 4th word in the trampoline structure. This is wrong, it should point
at the 5th word. This is fixed in 2.6.5-rc2-pa4.
To detect these cases, we first take pc, align it to 64-bytes
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ hppa_linux_sigtramp_find_sigcontext (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
/* rt_sigreturn trampoline:
3419000x ldi 0, %r25 or ldi 1, %r25 (x = 0 or 2)
- 3414015a ldi __NR_rt_sigreturn, %r20
+ 3414015a ldi __NR_rt_sigreturn, %r20
e4008200 be,l 0x100(%sr2, %r0), %sr0, %r31
08000240 nop */
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ hppa_linux_sigtramp_find_sigcontext (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
{
if (insns_match_pattern (gdbarch, pc, hppa_sigtramp, dummy))
{
- /* sigaltstack case: we have no way of knowing which offset to
+ /* sigaltstack case: we have no way of knowing which offset to
use in this case; default to new kernel handling. If this is
wrong the unwinding will fail. */
attempt = 2;
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ hppa_linux_sigtramp_find_sigcontext (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
/* sp + sfoffs[try] points to a struct rt_sigframe, which contains
a struct siginfo and a struct ucontext. struct ucontext contains
- a struct sigcontext. Return an offset to this sigcontext here. Too
+ a struct sigcontext. Return an offset to this sigcontext here. Too
bad we cannot include system specific headers :-(.
sizeof(struct siginfo) == 128
offsetof(struct ucontext, uc_mcontext) == 24. */
@@ -212,10 +212,10 @@ hppa_linux_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
scptr = hppa_linux_sigtramp_find_sigcontext (gdbarch, pc);
/* structure of struct sigcontext:
-
+
struct sigcontext {
unsigned long sc_flags;
- unsigned long sc_gr[32];
+ unsigned long sc_gr[32];
unsigned long long sc_fr[32];
unsigned long sc_iasq[2];
unsigned long sc_iaoq[2];
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ hppa_linux_find_global_pointer (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
struct obj_section *faddr_sect;
CORE_ADDR faddr;
-
+
faddr = value_as_address (function);
/* Is this a plabel? If so, dereference it to get the gp value. */
@@ -351,8 +351,8 @@ hppa_linux_find_global_pointer (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
return extract_unsigned_integer (buf, sizeof (buf), byte_order);
}
- /* If the address is in the plt section, then the real function hasn't
- yet been fixed up by the linker so we cannot determine the gp of
+ /* If the address is in the plt section, then the real function hasn't
+ yet been fixed up by the linker so we cannot determine the gp of
that function. */
if (in_plt_section (faddr))
return 0;
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-netbsd-tdep.c b/gdb/hppa-netbsd-tdep.c
index 7be06a4d1a62..6a2a59b292ef 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-netbsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-netbsd-tdep.c
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ static int hppanbsd_mc_reg_offset[] =
/* r0 ... r31 */
-1, 1 * 4, 2 * 4, 3 * 4,
4 * 4, 5 * 4, 6 * 4, 7 * 4,
- 8 * 4, 9 * 4, 10 * 4, 11 * 4,
+ 8 * 4, 9 * 4, 10 * 4, 11 * 4,
12 * 4, 13 * 4, 14 * 4, 15 * 4,
16 * 4, 17 * 4, 18 * 4, 19 * 4,
20 * 4, 21 * 4, 22 * 4, 23 * 4,
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ static int hppanbsd_reg_offset[] =
/* r0 ... r31 */
-1, 1 * 4, 2 * 4, 3 * 4,
4 * 4, 5 * 4, 6 * 4, 7 * 4,
- 8 * 4, 9 * 4, 10 * 4, 11 * 4,
+ 8 * 4, 9 * 4, 10 * 4, 11 * 4,
12 * 4, 13 * 4, 14 * 4, 15 * 4,
16 * 4, 17 * 4, 18 * 4, 19 * 4,
20 * 4, 21 * 4, 22 * 4, 23 * 4,
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-obsd-nat.c b/gdb/hppa-obsd-nat.c
index d1b41764f7fe..af12ea30ae28 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-obsd-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-obsd-nat.c
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ hppaobsd_supply_gregset (struct regcache *regcache, const void *gregs)
regcache->raw_supply (HPPA_SR7_REGNUM, regs + 44 * 4);
regcache->raw_supply (HPPA_CR26_REGNUM, regs + 45 * 4);
regcache->raw_supply (HPPA_CR27_REGNUM, regs + 46 * 4);
- }
+ }
else
{
regcache->raw_supply (HPPA_SAR_REGNUM, regs);
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-tdep.c b/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
index fb4c4b42eab2..cd2df7ff3663 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ struct hppa_objfile_private
};
/* hppa-specific object data -- unwind and solib info.
- TODO/maybe: think about splitting this into two parts; the unwind data is
- common to all hppa targets, but is only used in this file; we can register
+ TODO/maybe: think about splitting this into two parts; the unwind data is
+ common to all hppa targets, but is only used in this file; we can register
that separately and make this static. The solib data is probably hpux-
specific, so we can create a separate extern objfile_data that is registered
by hppa-hpux-tdep.c and shared with pa64solib.c and somsolib.c. */
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ static const registry<objfile>::key<hppa_objfile_private>
#define UNWIND_ENTRY_SIZE 16
#define STUB_UNWIND_ENTRY_SIZE 8
-/* Routines to extract various sized constants out of hppa
+/* Routines to extract various sized constants out of hppa
instructions. */
-/* This assumes that no garbage lies outside of the lower bits of
+/* This assumes that no garbage lies outside of the lower bits of
value. */
static int
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ hppa_extract_17 (unsigned word)
(word & 0x1) << 16, 17) << 2;
}
-CORE_ADDR
+CORE_ADDR
hppa_symbol_address(const char *sym)
{
struct bound_minimal_symbol minsym;
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ hppa_symbol_address(const char *sym)
\f
-/* Compare the start address for two unwind entries returning 1 if
+/* Compare the start address for two unwind entries returning 1 if
the first address is larger than the second, -1 if the second is
larger than the first, and zero if they are equal. */
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ internalize_unwinds (struct objfile *objfile, struct unwind_table_entry *table,
low_text_segment_address = -1;
bfd_map_over_sections (objfile->obfd.get (),
- record_text_segment_lowaddr,
+ record_text_segment_lowaddr,
&low_text_segment_address);
text_offset = low_text_segment_address;
@@ -550,9 +550,9 @@ find_unwind_entry (CORE_ADDR pc)
/* Implement the stack_frame_destroyed_p gdbarch method.
- The epilogue is defined here as the area either on the `bv' instruction
+ The epilogue is defined here as the area either on the `bv' instruction
itself or an instruction which destroys the function's stack frame.
-
+
We do not assume that the epilogue is at the end of a function as we can
also have return sequences in the middle of a function. */
@@ -570,14 +570,14 @@ hppa_stack_frame_destroyed_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
inst = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, 4, byte_order);
- /* The most common way to perform a stack adjustment ldo X(sp),sp
+ /* The most common way to perform a stack adjustment ldo X(sp),sp
We are destroying a stack frame if the offset is negative. */
if ((inst & 0xffffc000) == 0x37de0000
&& hppa_extract_14 (inst) < 0)
return 1;
/* ldw,mb D(sp),X or ldd,mb D(sp),X */
- if (((inst & 0x0fc010e0) == 0x0fc010e0
+ if (((inst & 0x0fc010e0) == 0x0fc010e0
|| (inst & 0x0fc010e0) == 0x0fc010e0)
&& hppa_extract_14 (inst) < 0)
return 1;
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ hppa64_dwarf_reg_to_regnum (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int reg)
We simply allocate the appropriate amount of stack space and put
arguments into their proper slots. */
-
+
static CORE_ADDR
hppa32_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
struct regcache *regcache, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ hppa32_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
write_memory (param_end - param_ptr, param_val, param_len);
/* There are some cases when we don't know the type
- expected by the callee (e.g. for variadic functions), so
+ expected by the callee (e.g. for variadic functions), so
pass the parameters in both general and fp regs. */
if (param_ptr <= 48)
{
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ skip_prologue_hard_way (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
/* Bump the PC. */
pc += 4;
- /* !stop_before_branch, so also look at the insn in the delay slot
+ /* !stop_before_branch, so also look at the insn in the delay slot
of the branch. */
if (final_iteration)
break;
@@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ after_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc)
/* To skip prologues, I use this predicate. Returns either PC itself
if the code at PC does not look like a function prologue; otherwise
returns an address that (if we're lucky) follows the prologue.
-
+
hppa_skip_prologue is called by gdb to place a breakpoint in a function.
It doesn't necessarily skips all the insns in the prologue. In fact
we might not want to skip all the insns because a prologue insn may
@@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
/* Frame pointer gets saved into a special location. */
if (u->Save_SP && i == HPPA_FP_REGNUM)
continue;
-
+
saved_gr_mask |= (1 << i);
}
@@ -1926,12 +1926,12 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
int looking_for_rp = u->Save_RP;
int fp_loc = -1;
- /* We have to use skip_prologue_hard_way instead of just
+ /* We have to use skip_prologue_hard_way instead of just
skip_prologue_using_sal, in case we stepped into a function without
symbol information. hppa_skip_prologue also bounds the returned
pc by the passed in pc, so it will not return a pc in the next
function.
-
+
We used to call hppa_skip_prologue to find the end of the prologue,
but if some non-prologue instructions get scheduled into the prologue,
and the program is compiled with debug information, the "easy" way
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
/* Note the interesting effects of this instruction. */
frame_size += prologue_inst_adjust_sp (inst);
-
+
/* There are limited ways to store the return pointer into the
stack. */
if (inst == 0x6bc23fd9) /* stw rp,-0x14(sr0,sp) */
@@ -1996,13 +1996,13 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
looking_for_rp = 0;
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].set_addr (-24);
}
- else if (inst == 0x0fc212c1
+ else if (inst == 0x0fc212c1
|| inst == 0x73c23fe1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
{
looking_for_rp = 0;
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].set_addr (-16);
}
-
+
/* Check to see if we saved SP into the stack. This also
happens to indicate the location of the saved frame
pointer. */
@@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
{
fp_in_r1 = 1;
}
-
+
/* Account for general and floating-point register saves. */
reg = inst_saves_gr (inst);
if (reg >= 3 && reg <= 18
@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
else
{
CORE_ADDR offset;
-
+
if ((inst >> 26) == 0x1c)
offset = (inst & 0x1 ? -(1 << 13) : 0)
| (((inst >> 4) & 0x3ff) << 3);
@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
offset = hppa_low_hppa_sign_extend (inst & 0x1f, 5);
else
offset = hppa_extract_14 (inst);
-
+
/* Handle code with and without frame pointers. */
if (u->Save_SP)
cache->saved_regs[reg].set_addr (offset);
@@ -2051,20 +2051,20 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
}
}
- /* GCC handles callee saved FP regs a little differently.
-
+ /* GCC handles callee saved FP regs a little differently.
+
It emits an instruction to put the value of the start of
the FP store area into %r1. It then uses fstds,ma with a
basereg of %r1 for the stores.
HP CC emits them at the current stack pointer modifying the
stack pointer as it stores each register. */
-
+
/* ldo X(%r3),%r1 or ldo X(%r30),%r1. */
if ((inst & 0xffffc000) == 0x34610000
|| (inst & 0xffffc000) == 0x37c10000)
fp_loc = hppa_extract_14 (inst);
-
+
reg = inst_saves_fr (inst);
if (reg >= 12 && reg <= 21)
{
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
fp_loc += 8;
}
}
-
+
/* Quit if we hit any kind of branch the previous iteration. */
if (final_iteration)
break;
@@ -2114,37 +2114,37 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
/* Check to see if a frame pointer is available, and use it for
frame unwinding if it is.
-
+
There are some situations where we need to rely on the frame
pointer to do stack unwinding. For example, if a function calls
alloca (), the stack pointer can get adjusted inside the body of
the function. In this case, the ABI requires that the compiler
maintain a frame pointer for the function.
-
+
The unwind record has a flag (alloca_frame) that indicates that
- a function has a variable frame; unfortunately, gcc/binutils
+ a function has a variable frame; unfortunately, gcc/binutils
does not set this flag. Instead, whenever a frame pointer is used
and saved on the stack, the Save_SP flag is set. We use this to
decide whether to use the frame pointer for unwinding.
-
- TODO: For the HP compiler, maybe we should use the alloca_frame flag
+
+ TODO: For the HP compiler, maybe we should use the alloca_frame flag
instead of Save_SP. */
-
+
fp = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame, HPPA_FP_REGNUM);
if (u->alloca_frame)
fp -= u->Total_frame_size << 3;
-
+
if (get_frame_pc (this_frame) >= prologue_end
&& (u->Save_SP || u->alloca_frame) && fp != 0)
{
cache->base = fp;
-
+
if (hppa_debug)
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, " (base=%s) [frame pointer]",
paddress (gdbarch, cache->base));
}
- else if (u->Save_SP
+ else if (u->Save_SP
&& cache->saved_regs[HPPA_SP_REGNUM].is_addr ())
{
/* Both we're expecting the SP to be saved and the SP has been
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
{
if (cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].is_addr ())
{
- cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] =
+ cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] =
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM];
if (hppa_debug)
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=rp) [stack] } ");
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
So if we are at offset c, the r3 value that we want is not yet saved
on the stack, but it's been overwritten. The prologue analyzer will
- set fp_in_r1 when it sees the copy insn so we know to get the value
+ set fp_in_r1 when it sees the copy insn so we know to get the value
from r1 instead. */
if (u->Save_SP && !cache->saved_regs[HPPA_FP_REGNUM].is_addr ()
&& fp_in_r1)
@@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ hppa_fallback_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
{
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].set_addr (cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr ()
+ cache->base);
- cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] =
+ cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] =
cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM];
}
else
@@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ static void
hppa_fallback_frame_this_id (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache,
struct frame_id *this_id)
{
- struct hppa_frame_cache *info =
+ struct hppa_frame_cache *info =
hppa_fallback_frame_cache (this_frame, this_cache);
(*this_id) = frame_id_build (info->base, get_frame_func (this_frame));
@@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@ hppa_addr_bits_remove (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr)
/* Get the ARGIth function argument for the current function. */
static CORE_ADDR
-hppa_fetch_pointer_argument (frame_info_ptr frame, int argi,
+hppa_fetch_pointer_argument (frame_info_ptr frame, int argi,
struct type *type)
{
return get_frame_register_unsigned (frame, HPPA_R0_REGNUM + 26 - argi);
@@ -2743,7 +2743,7 @@ static struct insn_pattern hppa_long_branch_stub[] = {
/* ldil LR'xxx,%r1 */
{ 0x20200000, 0xffe00000 },
/* be,n RR'xxx(%sr4,%r1) */
- { 0xe0202002, 0xffe02002 },
+ { 0xe0202002, 0xffe02002 },
{ 0, 0 }
};
@@ -2753,7 +2753,7 @@ static struct insn_pattern hppa_long_branch_pic_stub[] = {
/* addil LR'xxx - ($PIC_pcrel$0 - 4), %r1 */
{ 0x28200000, 0xffe00000 },
/* be,n RR'xxxx - ($PIC_pcrel$0 - 8)(%sr4, %r1) */
- { 0xe0202002, 0xffe02002 },
+ { 0xe0202002, 0xffe02002 },
{ 0, 0 }
};
@@ -3079,7 +3079,7 @@ hppa_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
default:
internal_error (_("bad switch"));
}
-
+
/* Struct return methods. */
switch (tdep->bytes_per_address)
{
@@ -3092,7 +3092,7 @@ hppa_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
default:
internal_error (_("bad switch"));
}
-
+
set_gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (gdbarch, hppa_breakpoint::kind_from_pc);
set_gdbarch_sw_breakpoint_from_kind (gdbarch, hppa_breakpoint::bp_from_kind);
set_gdbarch_pseudo_register_read (gdbarch, hppa_pseudo_register_read);
@@ -3116,7 +3116,7 @@ hppa_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct ui_file *file)
{
hppa_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<hppa_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
- gdb_printf (file, "bytes_per_address = %d\n",
+ gdb_printf (file, "bytes_per_address = %d\n",
tdep->bytes_per_address);
gdb_printf (file, "elf = %s\n", tdep->is_elf ? "yes" : "no");
}
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-tdep.h b/gdb/hppa-tdep.h
index 516d2ef8a8cd..775736f85c86 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/hppa-tdep.h
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ struct hppa_gdbarch_tdep : gdbarch_tdep_base
system. */
int is_elf = 0;
- /* Given a function address, try to find the global pointer for the
+ /* Given a function address, try to find the global pointer for the
corresponding shared object. */
CORE_ADDR (*find_global_pointer) (struct gdbarch *, struct value *) = nullptr;
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ struct unwind_table_entry
};
/* HP linkers also generate unwinds for various linker-generated stubs.
- GDB reads in the stubs from the $UNWIND_END$ subspace, then
+ GDB reads in the stubs from the $UNWIND_END$ subspace, then
"converts" them into normal unwind entries using some of the reserved
fields to store the stub type. */
diff --git a/gdb/i386-bsd-nat.c b/gdb/i386-bsd-nat.c
index 97a9738c52bd..8c17545c92e7 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-bsd-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-bsd-nat.c
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ _initialize_i386bsd_nat ()
{
warning (_("\
offsetof (struct sigcontext, sc_pc) yields %d instead of %d.\n\
-Please report this to <bug-gdb@gnu.org>."),
+Please report this to <bug-gdb@gnu.org>."),
offset, SC_PC_OFFSET);
}
diff --git a/gdb/i386-darwin-tdep.c b/gdb/i386-darwin-tdep.c
index db2f47afc250..44ca55934615 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-darwin-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-darwin-tdep.c
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ int i386_darwin_thread_state_reg_offset[] =
15 * 4 /* GS */
};
-const int i386_darwin_thread_state_num_regs =
+const int i386_darwin_thread_state_num_regs =
ARRAY_SIZE (i386_darwin_thread_state_reg_offset);
/* Assuming THIS_FRAME is a Darwin sigtramp routine, return the
@@ -204,11 +204,11 @@ i386_darwin_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
arg_type->length ());
/* The System V ABI says that:
-
+
"An argument's size is increased, if necessary, to make it a
multiple of [32-bit] words. This may require tail padding,
depending on the size of the argument."
-
+
This makes sure the stack stays word-aligned. */
args_space += align_up (arg_type->length (), 4);
}
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ i386_mach_o_osabi_sniffer (bfd *abfd)
{
if (!bfd_check_format (abfd, bfd_object))
return GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN;
-
+
if (bfd_get_arch (abfd) == bfd_arch_i386)
return GDB_OSABI_DARWIN;
diff --git a/gdb/i386-linux-nat.c b/gdb/i386-linux-nat.c
index 294fb2ff17e9..6d733f158ad9 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-linux-nat.c
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ fetch_register (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
val = ptrace (PTRACE_PEEKUSER, tid,
i386_linux_gregset_reg_offset[regno], 0);
if (errno != 0)
- error (_("Couldn't read register %s (#%d): %s."),
+ error (_("Couldn't read register %s (#%d): %s."),
gdbarch_register_name (regcache->arch (), regno),
regno, safe_strerror (errno));
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ store_regs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
perror_with_name (_("Couldn't get registers"));
fill_gregset (regcache, ®s, regno);
-
+
if (ptrace (PTRACE_SETREGS, tid, 0, (int) ®s) < 0)
perror_with_name (_("Couldn't write registers"));
}
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ static void store_regs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno) {}
/* Fill GDB's register array with the floating-point register values in
*FPREGSETP. */
-void
+void
supply_fpregset (struct regcache *regcache, const elf_fpregset_t *fpregsetp)
{
i387_supply_fsave (regcache, -1, fpregsetp);
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ store_xstateregs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
if (have_ptrace_getregset != TRIBOOL_TRUE)
return 0;
-
+
iov.iov_base = xstateregs;
iov.iov_len = sizeof(xstateregs);
if (ptrace (PTRACE_GETREGSET, tid, (unsigned int) NT_X86_XSTATE,
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ store_fpxregs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
if (! have_ptrace_getfpxregs)
return 0;
-
+
if (ptrace (PTRACE_GETFPXREGS, tid, 0, &fpxregs) == -1)
{
if (errno == EIO)
diff --git a/gdb/i386-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/i386-linux-tdep.c
index 5c2fed39868c..e31ef17fe83a 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-linux-tdep.c
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ i386_linux_intx80_sysenter_syscall_record (struct regcache *regcache)
{
gdb_printf (gdb_stderr,
_("Process record and replay target doesn't "
- "support syscall number %s\n"),
+ "support syscall number %s\n"),
plongest (syscall_native));
return -1;
}
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ i386_linux_iterate_over_regset_sections (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* Linux kernel shows PC value after the 'int $0x80' instruction even if
inferior is still inside the syscall. On next PTRACE_SINGLESTEP it will
finish the syscall but PC will not change.
-
+
Some vDSOs contain 'int $0x80; ret' and during stepping out of the syscall
i386_displaced_step_fixup would keep PC at the displaced pad location.
As PC is pointing to the 'ret' instruction before the step
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ i386_linux_iterate_over_regset_sections (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
and PC should not be adjusted. In reality it finished syscall instead and
PC should get relocated back to its vDSO address. Hide the 'ret'
instruction by 'nop' so that i386_displaced_step_fixup is not confused.
-
+
It is not fully correct as the bytes in struct
displaced_step_copy_insn_closure will not match the inferior code. But we
would need some new flag in displaced_step_copy_insn_closure otherwise to
diff --git a/gdb/i386-linux-tdep.h b/gdb/i386-linux-tdep.h
index 6b3555aa3ea5..dddc472487df 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-linux-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/i386-linux-tdep.h
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ extern const struct target_desc *i386_linux_read_description (uint64_t xcr0);
0 (the XFEATURE_ENABLED_MASK register), XCR0. We can use this mask
together with the mask saved in the xstate_hdr_bytes to determine what
states the processor/OS supports and what state, used or initialized,
- the process/thread is in. */
+ the process/thread is in. */
#define I386_LINUX_XSAVE_XCR0_OFFSET 464
extern int i386_linux_gregset_reg_offset[];
diff --git a/gdb/i386-netbsd-tdep.c b/gdb/i386-netbsd-tdep.c
index daeddb7a8f4e..b0642d26cccc 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-netbsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-netbsd-tdep.c
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ i386nbsd_sigtramp_cache_init (const struct tramp_frame *self,
}
\f
-static void
+static void
i386nbsd_init_abi (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
{
i386_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<i386_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
diff --git a/gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c b/gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c
index b1b0a83ed213..16ea5b4affd0 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ i386obsd_trapframe_this_id (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
{
struct trad_frame_cache *cache =
i386obsd_trapframe_cache (this_frame, this_cache);
-
+
trad_frame_get_id (cache, this_id);
}
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ static const struct frame_unwind i386obsd_trapframe_unwind = {
};
\f
-static void
+static void
i386obsd_init_abi (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
{
i386_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<i386_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
diff --git a/gdb/i386-tdep.c b/gdb/i386-tdep.c
index e027df2b9c5f..a242cefd176d 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-tdep.c
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ static const char * const i386_mmx_names[] =
static const char * const i386_byte_names[] =
{
- "al", "cl", "dl", "bl",
+ "al", "cl", "dl", "bl",
"ah", "ch", "dh", "bh"
};
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ i386_fpc_regnum_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum)
if (I387_ST0_REGNUM (tdep) < 0)
return 0;
- return (I387_FCTRL_REGNUM (tdep) <= regnum
+ return (I387_FCTRL_REGNUM (tdep) <= regnum
&& regnum < I387_XMM0_REGNUM (tdep));
}
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ i386_analyze_struct_return (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
cache->pc_in_eax = 1;
return current_pc;
}
-
+
if (buf[1] == proto1[1])
return pc + 4;
else
@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ i386_skip_probe (CORE_ADDR pc)
pushl constant
call _probe
addl $4, %esp
-
+
followed by
pushl %ebp
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ i386_analyze_stack_align (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
pushl -4(%reg)
"andl $-XXX, %esp" can be either 3 bytes or 6 bytes:
-
+
0x83 0xe4 0xf0 andl $-16, %esp
0x81 0xe4 0x00 0xff 0xff 0xff andl $-256, %esp
*/
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ i386_analyze_stack_align (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
/* MOD must be binary 10 and R/M must be binary 100. */
if ((buf[2] & 0xc7) != 0x44)
return pc;
-
+
/* REG has register number. Registers in pushl and leal have to
be the same. */
if (reg != ((buf[2] >> 3) & 7))
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ i386_match_insn_block (CORE_ADDR pc, struct i386_insn *insn_patterns)
static i386_insn i386_frame_setup_skip_insns[] =
{
/* Check for `movb imm8, r' and `movl imm32, r'.
-
+
??? Should we handle 16-bit operand-sizes here? */
/* `movb imm8, %al' and `movb imm8, %ah' */
@@ -1548,11 +1548,11 @@ i386_skip_noop (CORE_ADDR pc)
if (target_read_code (pc, &op, 1))
return pc;
- while (check)
+ while (check)
{
check = 0;
/* Ignore `nop' instruction. */
- if (op == 0x90)
+ if (op == 0x90)
{
pc += 1;
if (target_read_code (pc, &op, 1))
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ i386_skip_noop (CORE_ADDR pc)
}
}
}
- return pc;
+ return pc;
}
/* Check whether PC points at a code that sets up a new stack frame.
@@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ i386_analyze_frame_setup (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
if (limit <= pc)
return limit;
- /* Check for stack adjustment
+ /* Check for stack adjustment
subl $XXX, %esp
or
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ i386_analyze_register_saves (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR current_pc,
%ebx (and sometimes a harmless bug causes it to also save but not
restore %eax); however, the code below is willing to see the pushes
in any order, and will handle up to 8 of them.
-
+
If the setup sequence is at the end of the function, then the next
instruction will be a branch back to the start. */
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ i386_skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR start_pc)
|| producer_is_icc_ge_19 (cust->producer ()))))
return std::max (start_pc, post_prologue_pc);
}
-
+
cache.locals = -1;
pc = i386_analyze_prologue (gdbarch, start_pc, 0xffffffff, &cache);
if (cache.locals < 0)
@@ -2325,7 +2325,7 @@ static const struct frame_unwind i386_epilogue_frame_unwind =
i386_epilogue_frame_unwind_stop_reason,
i386_epilogue_frame_this_id,
i386_epilogue_frame_prev_register,
- NULL,
+ NULL,
i386_epilogue_frame_sniffer
};
\f
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ static const struct frame_unwind i386_stack_tramp_frame_unwind =
i386_epilogue_frame_unwind_stop_reason,
i386_epilogue_frame_this_id,
i386_epilogue_frame_prev_register,
- NULL,
+ NULL,
i386_stack_tramp_frame_sniffer
};
\f
@@ -4655,7 +4655,7 @@ i386_register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
/* Get the ARGIth function argument for the current function. */
static CORE_ADDR
-i386_fetch_pointer_argument (frame_info_ptr frame, int argi,
+i386_fetch_pointer_argument (frame_info_ptr frame, int argi,
struct type *type)
{
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
@@ -5635,7 +5635,7 @@ i386_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
ir.addr -= 1;
goto no_support;
}
- for (regnum = X86_RECORD_REAX_REGNUM;
+ for (regnum = X86_RECORD_REAX_REGNUM;
regnum <= X86_RECORD_REDI_REGNUM;
regnum++)
I386_RECORD_FULL_ARCH_LIST_ADD_REG (regnum);
diff --git a/gdb/i386-tdep.h b/gdb/i386-tdep.h
index 0ae1ef62da7b..f9e42781502b 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/i386-tdep.h
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ enum i386_regnum
I386_FS_REGNUM, /* %fs */
I386_GS_REGNUM, /* %gs */
I386_ST0_REGNUM, /* %st(0) */
- I386_MXCSR_REGNUM = 40, /* %mxcsr */
+ I386_MXCSR_REGNUM = 40, /* %mxcsr */
I386_YMM0H_REGNUM, /* %ymm0h */
I386_YMM7H_REGNUM = I386_YMM0H_REGNUM + 7,
I386_BND0R_REGNUM,
diff --git a/gdb/i387-tdep.c b/gdb/i387-tdep.c
index 6b9baf5a10ec..00041e933bd8 100644
--- a/gdb/i387-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/i387-tdep.c
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ print_i387_ext (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
{
/* Denormal or zero. */
print_i387_value (gdbarch, raw, file);
-
+
if (integer)
/* Pseudo-denormal. */
gdb_puts (" Pseudo-denormal", file);
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ print_i387_control_word (int control_p,
gdb_puts ("Extended Precision (64-bits)\n", file);
break;
}
-
+
gdb_puts (" RC: ", file);
switch ((control >> 10) & 3)
{
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ i387_supply_fxsave (struct regcache *regcache, int regnum, const void *fxsave)
if (val[0] & (1 << fpreg))
{
- int thisreg = (fpreg + 8 - top) % 8
+ int thisreg = (fpreg + 8 - top) % 8
+ I387_ST0_REGNUM (tdep);
tag = i387_tag (FXSAVE_ADDR (tdep, regs, thisreg));
}
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ i387_supply_xsave (struct regcache *regcache, int regnum,
if (val[0] & (1 << fpreg))
{
- int thisreg = (fpreg + 8 - top) % 8
+ int thisreg = (fpreg + 8 - top) % 8
+ I387_ST0_REGNUM (tdep);
tag = i387_tag (FXSAVE_ADDR (tdep, regs, thisreg));
}
diff --git a/gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.c b/gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.c
index 6fc75629631d..aadd9b9e47b2 100644
--- a/gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.c
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ libunwind_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
cache->func_addr = get_frame_pc (this_frame);
/* Get a libunwind cursor to the previous frame.
-
+
We do this by initializing a cursor. Libunwind treats a new cursor
as the top of stack and will get the current register set via the
libunwind register accessor. Now, we provide the platform-specific
@@ -278,8 +278,8 @@ libunwind_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
return 0;
}
-
- /* Check to see if we have libunwind info by checking if we are in a
+
+ /* Check to see if we have libunwind info by checking if we are in a
signal frame. If it doesn't return an error, we have libunwind info
and can use libunwind. */
ret = unw_is_signal_frame_p (&cursor);
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ libunwind_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
if (cache == NULL)
return frame_unwind_got_constant (this_frame, regnum, 0);
-
+
/* Convert from gdb register number to libunwind register number. */
descr = libunwind_descr (get_frame_arch (this_frame));
uw_regnum = descr->gdb2uw (regnum);
@@ -370,10 +370,10 @@ libunwind_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
}
return val;
-}
+}
/* The following is a glue routine to call the libunwind unwind table
- search function to get unwind information for a specified ip address. */
+ search function to get unwind information for a specified ip address. */
int
libunwind_search_unwind_table (void *as, long ip, void *di,
void *pi, int need_unwind_info, void *args)
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ libunwind_get_reg_special (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, readable_regcache *regcache,
return 0;
}
-
+
static int
libunwind_load (void)
{
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ libunwind_load (void)
= (unw_find_dyn_list_p_ftype *) dlsym (handle, find_dyn_list_name);
if (unw_find_dyn_list_p == NULL)
return 0;
-
+
return 1;
}
diff --git a/gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.h b/gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.h
index a4e20f6eb3d8..c2f552357a08 100644
--- a/gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/ia64-libunwind-tdep.h
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ struct libunwind_descr
int libunwind_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
frame_info_ptr this_frame,
void **this_cache);
-
+
int libunwind_sigtramp_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
frame_info_ptr this_frame,
void **this_cache);
diff --git a/gdb/ia64-linux-nat.c b/gdb/ia64-linux-nat.c
index 316e08fb6161..af8aa1cd65c8 100644
--- a/gdb/ia64-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/ia64-linux-nat.c
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ static int
ia64_cannot_store_register (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
{
/* Rationale behind not permitting stores to bspstore...
-
+
The IA-64 architecture provides bspstore and bsp which refer
memory locations in the RSE's backing store. bspstore is the
next location which will be written when the RSE needs to write
diff --git a/gdb/ia64-tdep.c b/gdb/ia64-tdep.c
index 519c956e1697..e22c82df552c 100644
--- a/gdb/ia64-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/ia64-tdep.c
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
/* Note: KERNEL_START is supposed to be an address which is not going
to ever contain any valid unwind info. For ia64 linux, the choice
of 0xc000000000000000 is fairly safe since that's uncached space.
-
+
We use KERNEL_START as follows: after obtaining the kernel's
unwind table via getunwind(), we project its unwind data into
address-range KERNEL_START-(KERNEL_START+ktab_size) and then
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ enum ia64_instruction_type
multiplies its slot numbers (for exceptions) by one while the
disassembler multiplies its slot numbers by 6. In addition, I've
heard it said that the simulator uses 1 as the multiplier.
-
+
I've fixed the disassembler so that the bytes_per_line field will
be the slot multiplier. If bytes_per_line comes in as zero, it
is set to six (which is how it was set up initially). -- objdump
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ static int sp_regnum = IA64_GR12_REGNUM;
register get/set interfaces. */
enum pseudo_regs { FIRST_PSEUDO_REGNUM = NUM_IA64_RAW_REGS,
- VBOF_REGNUM = IA64_NAT127_REGNUM + 1, V32_REGNUM,
- V127_REGNUM = V32_REGNUM + 95,
+ VBOF_REGNUM = IA64_NAT127_REGNUM + 1, V32_REGNUM,
+ V127_REGNUM = V32_REGNUM + 95,
VP0_REGNUM, VP16_REGNUM = VP0_REGNUM + 16,
VP63_REGNUM = VP0_REGNUM + 63, LAST_PSEUDO_REGNUM };
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ static const char * const ia64_register_names[] =
"nat120","nat121","nat122","nat123","nat124","nat125","nat126","nat127",
"bof",
-
- "r32", "r33", "r34", "r35", "r36", "r37", "r38", "r39",
+
+ "r32", "r33", "r34", "r35", "r36", "r37", "r38", "r39",
"r40", "r41", "r42", "r43", "r44", "r45", "r46", "r47",
"r48", "r49", "r50", "r51", "r52", "r53", "r54", "r55",
"r56", "r57", "r58", "r59", "r60", "r61", "r62", "r63",
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ struct ia64_frame_cache
int fp_reg; /* Register number (if any) used a frame pointer
for this frame. 0 if no register is being used
as the frame pointer. */
-
+
/* Saved registers. */
CORE_ADDR saved_regs[NUM_IA64_RAW_REGS];
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ ia64_register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
if (group == general_reggroup)
return (!vector_p && !float_p);
if (group == save_reggroup || group == restore_reggroup)
- return raw_p;
+ return raw_p;
return 0;
}
@@ -560,14 +560,14 @@ fetch_instruction (CORE_ADDR addr, ia64_instruction_type *it, long long *instr)
break.m, break.f, and break.x), but they all have the same
encoding. (The five bit template in the low five bits of the
instruction bundle distinguishes one from another.)
-
+
The runtime architecture manual specifies that break instructions
used for debugging purposes must have the upper two bits of the 21
bit immediate set to a 0 and a 1 respectively. A breakpoint
instruction encodes the most significant bit of its 21 bit
immediate at bit 36 of the 41 bit instruction. The penultimate msb
- is at bit 25 which leads to the pattern below.
-
+ is at bit 25 which leads to the pattern below.
+
Originally, I had this set up to do, e.g, a "break.i 0x80000" But
it turns out that 0x80000 was used as the syscall break in the early
simulators. So I changed the pattern slightly to do "break.i 0x080001"
@@ -612,10 +612,10 @@ fetch_instruction (CORE_ADDR addr, ia64_instruction_type *it, long long *instr)
does save byte 15 of our instruction bundle (this is the tail
end of slot 2, which wouldn't be saved if we were to insert
the breakpoint in slot 1).
-
+
ia64 16-byte bundle layout:
| 5 bits | slot 0 with 41 bits | slot 1 with 41 bits | slot 2 with 41 bits |
-
+
The current addressing used by the code below:
original PC placed_address placed_size required covered
== bp_tgt->shadow_len reqd \subset covered
@@ -962,8 +962,8 @@ ia64_pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, readable_regcache *regcache,
subtract the size of frame from it to get start of
register frame. */
bsp = rse_address_add (bsp, -(cfm & 0x7f));
-
- if ((cfm & 0x7f) > regnum - V32_REGNUM)
+
+ if ((cfm & 0x7f) > regnum - V32_REGNUM)
{
ULONGEST reg_addr = rse_address_add (bsp, (regnum - V32_REGNUM));
reg = read_memory_integer ((CORE_ADDR)reg_addr, 8, byte_order);
@@ -1005,10 +1005,10 @@ ia64_pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, readable_regcache *regcache,
/* The bsp points at the end of the register frame so we
subtract the size of frame from it to get start of register frame. */
bsp = rse_address_add (bsp, -(cfm & 0x7f));
-
- if ((cfm & 0x7f) > regnum - V32_REGNUM)
+
+ if ((cfm & 0x7f) > regnum - V32_REGNUM)
gr_addr = rse_address_add (bsp, (regnum - V32_REGNUM));
-
+
if (gr_addr != 0)
{
/* Compute address of nat collection bits. */
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ ia64_pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, readable_regcache *regcache,
nat_bit = (gr_addr >> 3) & 0x3f;
natN_val = (nat_collection >> nat_bit) & 1;
}
-
+
store_unsigned_integer (buf, register_size (gdbarch, regnum),
byte_order, natN_val);
}
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ ia64_pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, readable_regcache *regcache,
int rrb_pr = (cfm >> 32) & 0x3f;
/* Adjust the register number to account for register rotation. */
- regnum = VP16_REGNUM
+ regnum = VP16_REGNUM
+ ((regnum - VP16_REGNUM) + rrb_pr) % 48;
}
prN_val = (pr & (1LL << (regnum - VP0_REGNUM))) != 0;
@@ -1096,8 +1096,8 @@ ia64_pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
regcache_cooked_read_unsigned (regcache, IA64_CFM_REGNUM, &cfm);
bsp = rse_address_add (bsp, -(cfm & 0x7f));
-
- if ((cfm & 0x7f) > regnum - V32_REGNUM)
+
+ if ((cfm & 0x7f) > regnum - V32_REGNUM)
{
ULONGEST reg_addr = rse_address_add (bsp, (regnum - V32_REGNUM));
write_memory (reg_addr, buf, 8);
@@ -1129,10 +1129,10 @@ ia64_pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
/* The bsp points at the end of the register frame so we
subtract the size of frame from it to get start of register frame. */
bsp = rse_address_add (bsp, -(cfm & 0x7f));
-
- if ((cfm & 0x7f) > regnum - V32_REGNUM)
+
+ if ((cfm & 0x7f) > regnum - V32_REGNUM)
gr_addr = rse_address_add (bsp, (regnum - V32_REGNUM));
-
+
natN_val = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, register_size (gdbarch,
regnum),
byte_order);
@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ ia64_pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
int rrb_pr = (cfm >> 32) & 0x3f;
/* Adjust the register number to account for register rotation. */
- regnum = VP16_REGNUM
+ regnum = VP16_REGNUM
+ ((regnum - VP16_REGNUM) + rrb_pr) % 48;
}
prN_val = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, register_size (gdbarch, regnum),
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ refine_prologue_limit (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc, int *trust_limit)
found for the function. (It can be less than when the
scheduler puts a body instruction before the first prologue
instruction.) */
- for (i = 2 * max_skip_non_prologue_insns;
+ for (i = 2 * max_skip_non_prologue_insns;
i > 0 && (lim_pc == 0 || addr < lim_pc);
i--)
{
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ refine_prologue_limit (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc, int *trust_limit)
sal = find_pc_line (addr, 0);
if (sal.line == 0)
break;
- if (sal.line <= prologue_sal.line
+ if (sal.line <= prologue_sal.line
&& sal.symtab == prologue_sal.symtab)
{
prologue_sal = sal;
@@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
/* We want to check if we have a recognizable function start before we
look ahead for a prologue. */
- if (pc < lim_pc && next_pc
+ if (pc < lim_pc && next_pc
&& it == M && ((instr & 0x1ee0000003fLL) == 0x02c00000000LL))
{
/* alloc - start of a regular function. */
@@ -1421,11 +1421,11 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
{
/* Look for a leaf routine. */
if (pc < lim_pc && next_pc
- && (it == I || it == M)
+ && (it == I || it == M)
&& ((instr & 0x1ee00000000LL) == 0x10800000000LL))
{
/* adds rN = imm14, rM (or mov rN, rM when imm14 is 0) */
- int imm = (int) ((((instr & 0x01000000000LL) ? -1 : 0) << 13)
+ int imm = (int) ((((instr & 0x01000000000LL) ? -1 : 0) << 13)
| ((instr & 0x001f8000000LL) >> 20)
| ((instr & 0x000000fe000LL) >> 13));
int rM = (int) ((instr & 0x00007f00000LL) >> 20);
@@ -1437,13 +1437,13 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
fp_reg = rN;
last_prologue_pc = next_pc;
}
- }
+ }
/* If we don't recognize a regular function or leaf routine, we are
done. */
if (!fp_reg)
{
- pc = lim_pc;
+ pc = lim_pc;
if (trust_limit)
last_prologue_pc = lim_pc;
}
@@ -1459,16 +1459,16 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
if (it == B && ((instr & 0x1e1f800003fLL) != 0x04000000000LL))
{
- /* Exit loop upon hitting a non-nop branch instruction. */
+ /* Exit loop upon hitting a non-nop branch instruction. */
if (trust_limit)
lim_pc = pc;
break;
}
- else if (((instr & 0x3fLL) != 0LL) &&
+ else if (((instr & 0x3fLL) != 0LL) &&
(frameless || ret_reg != 0))
{
/* Exit loop upon hitting a predicated instruction if
- we already have the return register or if we are frameless. */
+ we already have the return register or if we are frameless. */
if (trust_limit)
lim_pc = pc;
break;
@@ -1486,11 +1486,11 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
last_prologue_pc = next_pc;
}
}
- else if ((it == I || it == M)
+ else if ((it == I || it == M)
&& ((instr & 0x1ee00000000LL) == 0x10800000000LL))
{
/* adds rN = imm14, rM (or mov rN, rM when imm14 is 0) */
- int imm = (int) ((((instr & 0x01000000000LL) ? -1 : 0) << 13)
+ int imm = (int) ((((instr & 0x01000000000LL) ? -1 : 0) << 13)
| ((instr & 0x001f8000000LL) >> 20)
| ((instr & 0x000000fe000LL) >> 13));
int rM = (int) ((instr & 0x00007f00000LL) >> 20);
@@ -1509,11 +1509,11 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
mem_stack_frame_size -= imm;
last_prologue_pc = next_pc;
}
- else if (qp == 0 && rN == 2
+ else if (qp == 0 && rN == 2
&& ((rM == fp_reg && fp_reg != 0) || rM == 12))
{
CORE_ADDR saved_sp = 0;
- /* adds r2, spilloffset, rFramePointer
+ /* adds r2, spilloffset, rFramePointer
or
adds r2, spilloffset, r12
@@ -1529,19 +1529,19 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
saved_sp = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame,
sp_regnum);
spill_addr = saved_sp
- + (rM == 12 ? 0 : mem_stack_frame_size)
+ + (rM == 12 ? 0 : mem_stack_frame_size)
+ imm;
spill_reg = rN;
last_prologue_pc = next_pc;
}
- else if (qp == 0 && rM >= 32 && rM < 40 && !instores[rM-32] &&
+ else if (qp == 0 && rM >= 32 && rM < 40 && !instores[rM-32] &&
rN < 256 && imm == 0)
{
/* mov rN, rM where rM is an input register. */
reg_contents[rN] = rM;
last_prologue_pc = next_pc;
}
- else if (frameless && qp == 0 && rN == fp_reg && imm == 0 &&
+ else if (frameless && qp == 0 && rN == fp_reg && imm == 0 &&
rM == 2)
{
/* mov r12, r2 */
@@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
break;
}
}
- else if (it == M
+ else if (it == M
&& ( ((instr & 0x1efc0000000LL) == 0x0eec0000000LL)
|| ((instr & 0x1ffc8000000LL) == 0x0cec0000000LL) ))
{
@@ -1576,8 +1576,8 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
else if ((it == M && ((instr & 0x1eff8000000LL) == 0x02110000000LL))
|| (it == I && ((instr & 0x1eff8000000LL) == 0x00050000000LL)) )
{
- /* mov.m rN = arM
- or
+ /* mov.m rN = arM
+ or
mov.i rN = arM */
int arM = (int) ((instr & 0x00007f00000LL) >> 20);
@@ -1602,11 +1602,11 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
last_prologue_pc = next_pc;
}
}
- else if (it == M
+ else if (it == M
&& ( ((instr & 0x1ffc8000000LL) == 0x08cc0000000LL)
|| ((instr & 0x1efc0000000LL) == 0x0acc0000000LL)))
{
- /* st8 [rN] = rM
+ /* st8 [rN] = rM
or
st8 [rN] = rM, imm9 */
int rN = (int) ((instr & 0x00007f00000LL) >> 20);
@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
instores[rM-32] = 1;
last_prologue_pc = next_pc;
}
- else if (qp == 0 && 32 <= indirect && indirect < 40 &&
+ else if (qp == 0 && 32 <= indirect && indirect < 40 &&
!instores[indirect-32])
{
/* Allow an indirect store of an input register. */
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
st4 [rN] = rM
st8 [rN] = rM
Note that the st8 case is handled in the clause above.
-
+
Advance over stores of input registers. One store per input
register is permitted. */
int rM = (int) ((instr & 0x000000fe000LL) >> 13);
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
instores[rM-32] = 1;
last_prologue_pc = next_pc;
}
- else if (qp == 0 && 32 <= indirect && indirect < 40 &&
+ else if (qp == 0 && 32 <= indirect && indirect < 40 &&
!instores[indirect-32])
{
/* Allow an indirect store of an input register. */
@@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
/* Find the bof (beginning of frame). */
bof = rse_address_add (cache->bsp, -sof);
-
+
for (i = 0, addr = bof;
i < sof;
i++, addr += 8)
@@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
cfm = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, 8, byte_order);
}
cache->prev_cfm = cfm;
-
+
if (cfm != 0)
{
sor = ((cfm >> 14) & 0xf) * 8;
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
locals) due to the overlap between output and input of
subsequent frames. */
bof = rse_address_add (bof, -sol);
-
+
for (i = 0, addr = bof;
i < sof;
i++, addr += 8)
@@ -1799,15 +1799,15 @@ examine_prologue (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
}
if (i < sor)
cache->saved_regs[IA64_GR32_REGNUM
- + ((i + (sor - rrb_gr)) % sor)]
+ + ((i + (sor - rrb_gr)) % sor)]
= addr;
else
cache->saved_regs[IA64_GR32_REGNUM + i] = addr;
}
-
+
}
}
-
+
/* Try and trust the lim_pc value whenever possible. */
if (trust_limit && lim_pc >= last_prologue_pc)
last_prologue_pc = lim_pc;
@@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ ia64_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
by subtracting frame size. */
get_frame_register (this_frame, IA64_BSP_REGNUM, buf);
cache->bsp = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, 8, byte_order);
-
+
get_frame_register (this_frame, IA64_PSR_REGNUM, buf);
get_frame_register (this_frame, IA64_CFM_REGNUM, buf);
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ ia64_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
if (cache->pc != 0)
examine_prologue (cache->pc, get_frame_pc (this_frame), this_frame, cache);
-
+
cache->base = cache->saved_sp + cache->mem_stack_frame_size;
return cache;
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ ia64_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache,
else if (regnum == IA64_CFM_REGNUM)
{
CORE_ADDR addr = cache->saved_regs[IA64_CFM_REGNUM];
-
+
if (addr != 0)
return frame_unwind_got_memory (this_frame, regnum, addr);
@@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ ia64_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache,
{
struct value *pr_val;
ULONGEST prN;
-
+
pr_val = ia64_frame_prev_register (this_frame, this_cache,
IA64_PR_REGNUM);
if (VP16_REGNUM <= regnum && regnum <= VP63_REGNUM)
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ ia64_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache,
addr = rse_address_add (prev_bof, (regnum - IA64_GR32_REGNUM));
return frame_unwind_got_memory (this_frame, regnum, addr);
}
-
+
return frame_unwind_got_constant (this_frame, regnum, 0);
}
@@ -2153,11 +2153,11 @@ ia64_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache,
if (addr != 0)
return frame_unwind_got_memory (this_frame, regnum, addr);
/* Otherwise, punt and get the current value of the register. */
- else
+ else
return frame_unwind_got_register (this_frame, regnum, regnum);
}
}
-
+
static const struct frame_unwind ia64_frame_unwind =
{
"ia64 prologue",
@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ ia64_rse_skip_regs (uint64_t addr, long num_regs)
delta -= 0x3e;
return addr + ((num_regs + delta/0x3f) << 3);
}
-
+
/* Gdb ia64-libunwind-tdep callback function to convert from an ia64 gdb
register number to a libunwind register number. */
static int
@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ ia64_gdb2uw_regnum (int regnum)
else
return -1;
}
-
+
/* Gdb ia64-libunwind-tdep callback function to convert from a libunwind
register number to a ia64 gdb register number. */
static int
@@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@ ia64_is_fpreg (int uw_regnum)
/* Libunwind callback accessor function for general registers. */
static int
-ia64_access_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum, unw_word_t *val,
+ia64_access_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum, unw_word_t *val,
int write, void *arg)
{
int regnum = ia64_uw2gdb_regnum (uw_regnum);
@@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ ia64_access_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum, unw_word_t *val,
struct frame_info *this_frame = (frame_info *) arg;
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_frame_arch (this_frame);
ia64_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<ia64_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
-
+
/* We never call any libunwind routines that need to write registers. */
gdb_assert (!write);
@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ ia64_access_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum, unw_word_t *val,
psr = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame, IA64_PSR_REGNUM);
*val = ip | ((psr >> 41) & 0x3);
break;
-
+
case UNW_IA64_AR_BSP:
/* Libunwind expects to see the beginning of the current
register frame so we must account for the fact that
@@ -2521,12 +2521,12 @@ ia64_access_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum, unw_word_t *val,
*val = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame, regnum);
break;
}
-
+
if (gdbarch_debug >= 1)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
" access_reg: from cache: %4s=%s\n",
(((unsigned) regnum <= IA64_NAT127_REGNUM)
- ? ia64_register_names[regnum] : "r??"),
+ ? ia64_register_names[regnum] : "r??"),
paddress (gdbarch, *val));
return 0;
}
@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ ia64_access_fpreg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum,
{
int regnum = ia64_uw2gdb_regnum (uw_regnum);
frame_info_ptr this_frame = (frame_info_ptr) arg;
-
+
/* We never call any libunwind routines that need to write registers. */
gdb_assert (!write);
@@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ ia64_access_rse_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum,
unw_word_t bsp, sof, cfm, psr, ip;
struct regcache *regcache = (struct regcache *) arg;
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = regcache->arch ();
-
+
/* We never call any libunwind routines that need to write registers. */
gdb_assert (!write);
@@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ ia64_access_rse_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum,
regcache_cooked_read_unsigned (regcache, IA64_PSR_REGNUM, &psr);
*val = ip | ((psr >> 41) & 0x3);
break;
-
+
case UNW_IA64_AR_BSP:
/* Libunwind expects to see the beginning of the current
register frame so we must account for the fact that
@@ -2580,7 +2580,7 @@ ia64_access_rse_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum,
sof = (cfm & 0x7f);
*val = ia64_rse_skip_regs (bsp, -sof);
break;
-
+
case UNW_IA64_AR_BSPSTORE:
/* Libunwind wants bspstore to be after the current register frame.
This is what ptrace() and gdb treats as the regular bsp value. */
@@ -2592,12 +2592,12 @@ ia64_access_rse_reg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum,
regcache_cooked_read_unsigned (regcache, regnum, val);
break;
}
-
+
if (gdbarch_debug >= 1)
- gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
+ gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
" access_rse_reg: from cache: %4s=%s\n",
(((unsigned) regnum <= IA64_NAT127_REGNUM)
- ? ia64_register_names[regnum] : "r??"),
+ ? ia64_register_names[regnum] : "r??"),
paddress (gdbarch, *val));
return 0;
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ ia64_access_rse_fpreg (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_regnum_t uw_regnum,
{
int regnum = ia64_uw2gdb_regnum (uw_regnum);
struct regcache *regcache = (struct regcache *) arg;
-
+
/* We never call any libunwind routines that need to write registers. */
gdb_assert (!write);
@@ -2629,10 +2629,10 @@ ia64_access_mem (unw_addr_space_t as,
{
unw_word_t *laddr = (unw_word_t*) ((char *) ktab
+ (addr - KERNEL_START));
-
+
if (write)
- *laddr = *val;
- else
+ *laddr = *val;
+ else
*val = *laddr;
return 0;
}
@@ -2660,13 +2660,13 @@ getunwind_table ()
TARGET_OBJECT_UNWIND_TABLE, NULL);
}
-/* Get the kernel unwind table. */
+/* Get the kernel unwind table. */
static int
get_kernel_table (unw_word_t ip, unw_dyn_info_t *di)
{
static struct ia64_table_entry *etab;
- if (!ktab)
+ if (!ktab)
{
ktab_buf = getunwind_table ();
if (!ktab_buf)
@@ -2678,10 +2678,10 @@ get_kernel_table (unw_word_t ip, unw_dyn_info_t *di)
for (etab = ktab; etab->start_offset; ++etab)
etab->info_offset += KERNEL_START;
}
-
+
if (ip < ktab[0].start_offset || ip >= etab[-1].end_offset)
return -UNW_ENOINFO;
-
+
di->format = UNW_INFO_FORMAT_TABLE;
di->gp = 0;
di->start_ip = ktab[0].start_offset;
@@ -2690,13 +2690,13 @@ get_kernel_table (unw_word_t ip, unw_dyn_info_t *di)
di->u.ti.segbase = 0;
di->u.ti.table_len = ((char *) etab - (char *) ktab) / sizeof (unw_word_t);
di->u.ti.table_data = (unw_word_t *) ktab;
-
+
if (gdbarch_debug >= 1)
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, "get_kernel_table: found table `%s': "
"segbase=%s, length=%s, gp=%s\n",
- (char *) di->u.ti.name_ptr,
+ (char *) di->u.ti.name_ptr,
hex_string (di->u.ti.segbase),
- pulongest (di->u.ti.table_len),
+ pulongest (di->u.ti.table_len),
hex_string (di->gp));
return 0;
}
@@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ ia64_find_unwind_table (struct objfile *objfile, unw_word_t ip,
int i;
bfd = objfile->obfd;
-
+
ehdr = elf_tdata (bfd)->elf_header;
phdr = elf_tdata (bfd)->phdr;
@@ -2745,7 +2745,7 @@ ia64_find_unwind_table (struct objfile *objfile, unw_word_t ip,
/* Verify that the segment that contains the IP also contains
the static unwind table. If not, we may be in the Linux kernel's
DSO gate page in which case the unwind table is another segment.
- Otherwise, we are dealing with runtime-generated code, for which we
+ Otherwise, we are dealing with runtime-generated code, for which we
have no info here. */
segbase = p_text->p_vaddr + load_base;
@@ -2805,7 +2805,7 @@ ia64_find_proc_info_x (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_word_t ip, unw_proc_info_t *pi,
hex_string (di.u.ti.segbase),
hex_string (di.start_ip), hex_string (di.end_ip),
hex_string (di.gp),
- pulongest (di.u.ti.table_len),
+ pulongest (di.u.ti.table_len),
hex_string ((CORE_ADDR)di.u.ti.table_data));
}
else
@@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ ia64_find_proc_info_x (unw_addr_space_t as, unw_word_t ip, unw_proc_info_t *pi,
hex_string (di.u.rti.segbase),
hex_string (di.start_ip), hex_string (di.end_ip),
hex_string (di.gp),
- pulongest (di.u.rti.table_len),
+ pulongest (di.u.rti.table_len),
hex_string (di.u.rti.table_data));
}
@@ -2843,8 +2843,8 @@ ia64_put_unwind_info (unw_addr_space_t as,
/* Nothing required for now. */
}
-/* Libunwind callback accessor function to get head of the dynamic
- unwind-info registration list. */
+/* Libunwind callback accessor function to get head of the dynamic
+ unwind-info registration list. */
static int
ia64_get_dyn_info_list (unw_addr_space_t as,
unw_word_t *dilap, void *arg)
@@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ ia64_libunwind_frame_this_id (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache,
return;
}
- /* We must add the bsp as the special address for frame comparison
+ /* We must add the bsp as the special address for frame comparison
purposes. */
get_frame_register (this_frame, IA64_BSP_REGNUM, buf);
bsp = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, 8, byte_order);
@@ -2953,7 +2953,7 @@ ia64_libunwind_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
marker for this frame. */
cfm = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame, IA64_CFM_REGNUM);
rrb_pr = (cfm >> 32) & 0x3f;
-
+
/* Adjust the register number to account for register rotation. */
regnum = VP16_REGNUM + ((regnum - VP16_REGNUM) + rrb_pr) % 48;
}
@@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ ia64_libunwind_sigtramp_frame_this_id (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
return;
}
- /* We must add the bsp as the special address for frame comparison
+ /* We must add the bsp as the special address for frame comparison
purposes. */
get_frame_register (this_frame, IA64_BSP_REGNUM, buf);
bsp = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, 8, byte_order);
@@ -3140,9 +3140,9 @@ unw_accessors_t ia64_unw_rse_accessors =
ia64-libunwind-tdep code to use. */
struct libunwind_descr ia64_libunwind_descr =
{
- ia64_gdb2uw_regnum,
- ia64_uw2gdb_regnum,
- ia64_is_fpreg,
+ ia64_gdb2uw_regnum,
+ ia64_uw2gdb_regnum,
+ ia64_is_fpreg,
&ia64_unw_accessors,
&ia64_unw_rse_accessors,
};
@@ -3250,7 +3250,7 @@ ia64_extract_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
}
static void
-ia64_store_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
+ia64_store_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
const gdb_byte *valbuf)
{
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = regcache->arch ();
@@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ ia64_store_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
}
}
}
-
+
static enum return_value_convention
ia64_return_value (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
struct type *valtype, struct regcache *regcache,
@@ -3424,7 +3424,7 @@ ia64_find_global_pointer_from_dynamic_section (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
{
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
struct obj_section *faddr_sect;
-
+
faddr_sect = find_pc_section (faddr);
if (faddr_sect != NULL)
{
@@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ find_func_descr (struct regcache *regcache, CORE_ADDR faddr, CORE_ADDR *fdaptr)
write_memory (fdesc, buf, 16);
}
- return fdesc;
+ return fdesc;
}
/* Use the following routine when printing out function pointers
@@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@ ia64_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
/* Allocate a new RSE frame. */
regcache_cooked_read_unsigned (regcache, IA64_BSP_REGNUM, &bsp);
tdep->infcall_ops.allocate_new_rse_frame (regcache, bsp, rseslots);
-
+
/* We will attempt to find function descriptors in the .opd segment,
but if we can't we'll construct them ourselves. That being the
case, we'll need to reserve space on the stack for them. */
@@ -3884,7 +3884,7 @@ ia64_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, frame_info_ptr this_frame)
return frame_id_build_special (sp, get_frame_pc (this_frame), bsp);
}
-static CORE_ADDR
+static CORE_ADDR
ia64_unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, frame_info_ptr next_frame)
{
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
@@ -3895,7 +3895,7 @@ ia64_unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, frame_info_ptr next_frame)
ip = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, 8, byte_order);
frame_unwind_register (next_frame, IA64_PSR_REGNUM, buf);
psr = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, 8, byte_order);
-
+
pc = (ip & ~0xf) | ((psr >> 41) & 3);
return pc;
}
diff --git a/gdb/infcall.c b/gdb/infcall.c
index c1db3e22189d..73c6078fea09 100644
--- a/gdb/infcall.c
+++ b/gdb/infcall.c
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ call_function_by_hand_dummy (struct value *function,
/* Still aligned? */
gdb_assert (sp == gdbarch_frame_align (gdbarch, sp));
/* NOTE: cagney/2002-09-18:
-
+
On a RISC architecture, a void parameterless generic dummy
frame (i.e., no parameters, no result) typically does not
need to push anything the stack and hence can leave SP and
diff --git a/gdb/infcall.h b/gdb/infcall.h
index b468ade72f80..b58dddc38e20 100644
--- a/gdb/infcall.h
+++ b/gdb/infcall.h
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ struct type;
type, and *RETVAL_TYPE to the target function's return type.
Calls error() if the function is not valid for calling. */
-extern CORE_ADDR find_function_addr (struct value *function,
+extern CORE_ADDR find_function_addr (struct value *function,
struct type **retval_type,
struct type **function_type = NULL);
diff --git a/gdb/infcmd.c b/gdb/infcmd.c
index c03ca103c914..4c397c975496 100644
--- a/gdb/infcmd.c
+++ b/gdb/infcmd.c
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ void
post_create_inferior (int from_tty)
{
- /* Be sure we own the terminal in case write operations are performed. */
+ /* Be sure we own the terminal in case write operations are performed. */
target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
infrun_debug_show_threads ("threads in the newly created inferior",
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ static void
starti_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
{
run_command_1 (args, from_tty, RUN_STOP_AT_FIRST_INSN);
-}
+}
static int
proceed_thread_callback (struct thread_info *thread, void *arg)
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ set_environment_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
if (p != 0 && val != 0)
{
/* We have both a space and an equals. If the space is before the
- equals, walk forward over the spaces til we see a nonspace
+ equals, walk forward over the spaces til we see a nonspace
(possibly the equals). */
if (p > val)
while (*val == ' ')
diff --git a/gdb/inferior.c b/gdb/inferior.c
index 7eb2bd979078..66cee50f4d4b 100644
--- a/gdb/inferior.c
+++ b/gdb/inferior.c
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ remove_inferior_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
warning (_("Can not remove current inferior %d."), num);
continue;
}
-
+
if (inf->pid != 0)
{
warning (_("Can not remove active inferior %d."), num);
diff --git a/gdb/infrun.c b/gdb/infrun.c
index 5ff0dc44d032..4656d2879bd0 100644
--- a/gdb/infrun.c
+++ b/gdb/infrun.c
@@ -4437,7 +4437,7 @@ adjust_pc_after_break (struct thread_info *thread,
generates these signals at breakpoints (the code has been in GDB since at
least 1992) so I can not guess how to handle them here.
- In earlier versions of GDB, a target with
+ In earlier versions of GDB, a target with
gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint would have the PC after hitting a
watchpoint affected by gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break. I haven't found any
target with both of these set in GDB history, and it seems unlikely to be
@@ -4536,7 +4536,7 @@ adjust_pc_after_break (struct thread_info *thread,
differentiate between the two, as the latter needs adjusting
but the former does not.
- The SIGTRAP can be due to a completed hardware single-step only if
+ The SIGTRAP can be due to a completed hardware single-step only if
- we didn't insert software single-step breakpoints
- this thread is currently being stepped
@@ -6373,8 +6373,8 @@ handle_signal_stop (struct execution_control_state *ecs)
/* The user issued a step when stopped at a breakpoint.
Maybe we should stop, maybe we should not - the delay
slot *might* correspond to a line of source. In any
- case, don't decide that here, just set
- ecs->stepping_over_breakpoint, making sure we
+ case, don't decide that here, just set
+ ecs->stepping_over_breakpoint, making sure we
single-step again before breakpoints are re-inserted. */
ecs->event_thread->stepping_over_breakpoint = 1;
}
@@ -7096,7 +7096,7 @@ process_event_stop_test (struct execution_control_state *ecs)
{
/* Any solib trampoline code can be handled in reverse
by simply continuing to single-step. We have already
- executed the solib function (backwards), and a few
+ executed the solib function (backwards), and a few
steps will take us back through the trampoline to the
caller. */
keep_going (ecs);
@@ -7237,7 +7237,7 @@ process_event_stop_test (struct execution_control_state *ecs)
{
/* Any solib trampoline code can be handled in reverse
by simply continuing to single-step. We have already
- executed the solib function (backwards), and a few
+ executed the solib function (backwards), and a few
steps will take us back through the trampoline to the
caller. */
keep_going (ecs);
@@ -7251,7 +7251,7 @@ process_event_stop_test (struct execution_control_state *ecs)
symtab_and_line sr_sal;
sr_sal.pc = ecs->stop_func_start;
sr_sal.pspace = get_frame_program_space (frame);
- insert_step_resume_breakpoint_at_sal (gdbarch,
+ insert_step_resume_breakpoint_at_sal (gdbarch,
sr_sal, null_frame_id);
keep_going (ecs);
return;
@@ -7265,7 +7265,7 @@ process_event_stop_test (struct execution_control_state *ecs)
stop_pc_sal = find_pc_line (ecs->event_thread->stop_pc (), 0);
/* NOTE: tausq/2004-05-24: This if block used to be done before all
- the trampoline processing logic, however, there are some trampolines
+ the trampoline processing logic, however, there are some trampolines
that have no names, so we should do trampoline handling first. */
if (ecs->event_thread->control.step_over_calls == STEP_OVER_UNDEBUGGABLE
&& ecs->stop_func_name == NULL
@@ -8109,12 +8109,12 @@ check_exception_resume (struct execution_control_state *ecs,
/* The exception breakpoint is a thread-specific breakpoint on
the unwinder's debug hook, declared as:
-
+
void _Unwind_DebugHook (void *cfa, void *handler);
-
+
The CFA argument indicates the frame to which control is
about to be transferred. HANDLER is the destination PC.
-
+
We ignore the CFA and set a temporary breakpoint at HANDLER.
This is not extremely efficient but it avoids issues in gdb
with computing the DWARF CFA, and it also works even in weird
@@ -9813,7 +9813,7 @@ By default, the debugger will use the same inferior."),
show_follow_exec_mode_string,
&setlist, &showlist);
- add_setshow_enum_cmd ("scheduler-locking", class_run,
+ add_setshow_enum_cmd ("scheduler-locking", class_run,
scheduler_enums, &scheduler_mode, _("\
Set mode for locking scheduler during execution."), _("\
Show mode for locking scheduler during execution."), _("\
diff --git a/gdb/interps.c b/gdb/interps.c
index 56d47906770f..70004bdad79e 100644
--- a/gdb/interps.c
+++ b/gdb/interps.c
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ interp_supports_command_editing (struct interp *interp)
return interp->supports_command_editing ();
}
-/* interp_exec - This executes COMMAND_STR in the current
+/* interp_exec - This executes COMMAND_STR in the current
interpreter. */
struct gdb_exception
diff --git a/gdb/iq2000-tdep.c b/gdb/iq2000-tdep.c
index 5861160243f7..89da27974e9b 100644
--- a/gdb/iq2000-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/iq2000-tdep.c
@@ -35,15 +35,15 @@
enum gdb_regnum
{
- E_R0_REGNUM, E_R1_REGNUM, E_R2_REGNUM, E_R3_REGNUM,
- E_R4_REGNUM, E_R5_REGNUM, E_R6_REGNUM, E_R7_REGNUM,
- E_R8_REGNUM, E_R9_REGNUM, E_R10_REGNUM, E_R11_REGNUM,
- E_R12_REGNUM, E_R13_REGNUM, E_R14_REGNUM, E_R15_REGNUM,
- E_R16_REGNUM, E_R17_REGNUM, E_R18_REGNUM, E_R19_REGNUM,
- E_R20_REGNUM, E_R21_REGNUM, E_R22_REGNUM, E_R23_REGNUM,
- E_R24_REGNUM, E_R25_REGNUM, E_R26_REGNUM, E_R27_REGNUM,
- E_R28_REGNUM, E_R29_REGNUM, E_R30_REGNUM, E_R31_REGNUM,
- E_PC_REGNUM,
+ E_R0_REGNUM, E_R1_REGNUM, E_R2_REGNUM, E_R3_REGNUM,
+ E_R4_REGNUM, E_R5_REGNUM, E_R6_REGNUM, E_R7_REGNUM,
+ E_R8_REGNUM, E_R9_REGNUM, E_R10_REGNUM, E_R11_REGNUM,
+ E_R12_REGNUM, E_R13_REGNUM, E_R14_REGNUM, E_R15_REGNUM,
+ E_R16_REGNUM, E_R17_REGNUM, E_R18_REGNUM, E_R19_REGNUM,
+ E_R20_REGNUM, E_R21_REGNUM, E_R22_REGNUM, E_R23_REGNUM,
+ E_R24_REGNUM, E_R25_REGNUM, E_R26_REGNUM, E_R27_REGNUM,
+ E_R28_REGNUM, E_R29_REGNUM, E_R30_REGNUM, E_R31_REGNUM,
+ E_PC_REGNUM,
E_LR_REGNUM = E_R31_REGNUM, /* Link register. */
E_SP_REGNUM = E_R29_REGNUM, /* Stack pointer. */
E_FP_REGNUM = E_R27_REGNUM, /* Frame pointer. */
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ iq2000_register_name (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum)
/* Prologue analysis methods: */
/* ADDIU insn (001001 rs(5) rt(5) imm(16)). */
-#define INSN_IS_ADDIU(X) (((X) & 0xfc000000) == 0x24000000)
+#define INSN_IS_ADDIU(X) (((X) & 0xfc000000) == 0x24000000)
#define ADDIU_REG_SRC(X) (((X) & 0x03e00000) >> 21)
#define ADDIU_REG_TGT(X) (((X) & 0x001f0000) >> 16)
#define ADDIU_IMMEDIATE(X) ((signed short) ((X) & 0x0000ffff))
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ iq2000_register_name (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum)
/* Function: find_last_line_symbol
Given an address range, first find a line symbol corresponding to
- the starting address. Then find the last line symbol within the
+ the starting address. Then find the last line symbol within the
range that has a line number less than or equal to the first line.
For optimized code with code motion, this finds the last address
@@ -224,10 +224,10 @@ iq2000_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
}
/* Saved registers:
- We first have to save the saved register's offset, and
+ We first have to save the saved register's offset, and
only later do we compute its actual address. Since the
- offset can be zero, we must first initialize all the
- saved regs to minus one (so we can later distinguish
+ offset can be zero, we must first initialize all the
+ saved regs to minus one (so we can later distinguish
between one that's not saved, and one that's saved at zero). */
for (srcreg = 0; srcreg < E_NUM_REGS; srcreg ++)
cache->saved_regs[srcreg] = -1;
@@ -323,11 +323,11 @@ iq2000_init_frame_cache (struct iq2000_frame_cache *cache)
}
/* Function: iq2000_skip_prologue
- If the input address is in a function prologue,
+ If the input address is in a function prologue,
returns the address of the end of the prologue;
else returns the input address.
- Note: the input address is likely to be the function start,
+ Note: the input address is likely to be the function start,
since this function is mainly used for advancing a breakpoint
to the first line, or stepping to the first line when we have
stepped into a function call. */
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ iq2000_frame_this_id (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache,
this_cache);
/* This marks the outermost frame. */
- if (cache->base == 0)
+ if (cache->base == 0)
return;
*this_id = frame_id_build (cache->saved_sp, cache->pc);
@@ -442,11 +442,11 @@ iq2000_frame_base_address (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
return cache->base;
}
-
+
static const struct frame_base iq2000_frame_base = {
&iq2000_frame_unwind,
iq2000_frame_base_address,
- iq2000_frame_base_address,
+ iq2000_frame_base_address,
iq2000_frame_base_address
};
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ iq2000_sw_breakpoint_from_kind (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int kind, int *size)
/* Target function return value methods: */
/* Function: store_return_value
- Copy the function return value from VALBUF into the
+ Copy the function return value from VALBUF into the
proper location for a function return. */
static void
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ iq2000_store_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
}
}
-/* Function: use_struct_convention
+/* Function: use_struct_convention
Returns non-zero if the given struct type will be returned using
a special convention, rather than the normal function return method. */
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ iq2000_use_struct_convention (struct type *type)
}
/* Function: extract_return_value
- Copy the function's return value into VALBUF.
+ Copy the function's return value into VALBUF.
This function is called only in the context of "target function calls",
ie. when the debugger forces a function to be called in the child, and
when the debugger forces a function to return prematurely via the
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ iq2000_extract_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
/* If the function's return value is 8 bytes or less, it is
- returned in a register, and if larger than 8 bytes, it is
+ returned in a register, and if larger than 8 bytes, it is
returned in a stack location which is pointed to by the same
register. */
int len = type->length ();
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ iq2000_extract_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
{
int regno = E_FN_RETURN_REGNUM;
- /* Return values of <= 8 bytes are returned in
+ /* Return values of <= 8 bytes are returned in
FN_RETURN_REGNUM. */
while (len > 0)
{
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ iq2000_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
typelen = type->length ();
if (typelen <= 4)
{
- /* Scalars of up to 4 bytes,
+ /* Scalars of up to 4 bytes,
structs of up to 4 bytes, and
pointers. */
if (argreg <= E_LAST_ARGREG)
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ iq2000_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
else if (typelen == 8 && !iq2000_pass_8bytetype_by_address (type))
{
- /* long long,
+ /* long long,
double, and possibly
structs with a single field of long long or double. */
if (argreg <= E_LAST_ARGREG - 1)
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ iq2000_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
else if (typelen == 8 && !iq2000_pass_8bytetype_by_address (type))
{
- /* (long long), (double), or struct consisting of
+ /* (long long), (double), or struct consisting of
a single (long long) or (double). */
if (argreg <= E_LAST_ARGREG - 1)
{
diff --git a/gdb/language.c b/gdb/language.c
index 3962ee8fa246..28578200bb8d 100644
--- a/gdb/language.c
+++ b/gdb/language.c
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ add_set_language_command ()
any non-NULL struct language_defn.skip_trampoline() functions.
Return the result from the first that returns non-zero, or 0 if all
`fail'. */
-CORE_ADDR
+CORE_ADDR
skip_language_trampoline (frame_info_ptr frame, CORE_ADDR pc)
{
for (const auto &lang : language_defn::languages)
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ skip_language_trampoline (frame_info_ptr frame, CORE_ADDR pc)
FIXME: Sometimes the demangler is invoked when we don't know the
language, so we can't use this everywhere. */
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>
-language_demangle (const struct language_defn *current_language,
+language_demangle (const struct language_defn *current_language,
const char *mangled, int options)
{
if (current_language != NULL)
diff --git a/gdb/language.h b/gdb/language.h
index 871b00b3c949..fd8d45c1fa63 100644
--- a/gdb/language.h
+++ b/gdb/language.h
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ range_check;
extern enum array_ordering
{
array_row_major, array_column_major
- }
+ }
array_ordering;
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ extern const struct language_defn *expected_language;
extern const char lang_frame_mismatch_warn[];
-/* language_mode ==
+/* language_mode ==
language_mode_auto: current_language automatically set upon selection
of scope (e.g. stack frame)
language_mode_manual: current_language set only by user. */
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ struct symbol *
const char *name);
\f
-/* These macros define the behaviour of the expression
+/* These macros define the behaviour of the expression
evaluator. */
/* Should we range check values against the domain of their type? */
diff --git a/gdb/linespec.c b/gdb/linespec.c
index 3db35998f7e1..66df9def3a6b 100644
--- a/gdb/linespec.c
+++ b/gdb/linespec.c
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ decode_line_2 (struct linespec_state *self,
if (select_mode == multiple_symbols_cancel && items.size () > 1)
error (_("canceled because the command is ambiguous\n"
"See set/show multiple-symbol."));
-
+
if (select_mode == multiple_symbols_all || items.size () == 1)
{
convert_results_to_lsals (self, result);
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ symbol_not_found_error (const char *symbol, const char *filename)
}
}
-/* Throw an appropriate error when an unexpected token is encountered
+/* Throw an appropriate error when an unexpected token is encountered
in the input. */
static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
@@ -3262,9 +3262,9 @@ initialize_defaults (struct symtab **default_symtab, int *default_line)
/* Use whatever we have for the default source line. We don't use
get_current_or_default_symtab_and_line as it can recurse and call
us back! */
- struct symtab_and_line cursal =
+ struct symtab_and_line cursal =
get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
-
+
*default_symtab = cursal.symtab;
*default_line = cursal.line;
}
diff --git a/gdb/linux-fork.c b/gdb/linux-fork.c
index ca876a5cf942..b4c3004a7377 100644
--- a/gdb/linux-fork.c
+++ b/gdb/linux-fork.c
@@ -644,14 +644,14 @@ checkpoint_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
struct fork_info *fp;
pid_t retpid;
- if (!target_has_execution ())
+ if (!target_has_execution ())
error (_("The program is not being run."));
/* Ensure that the inferior is not multithreaded. */
update_thread_list ();
if (inf_has_multiple_threads ())
error (_("checkpoint: can't checkpoint multiple threads."));
-
+
/* Make the inferior fork, record its (and gdb's) state. */
if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("fork", NULL, NULL).minsym != NULL)
diff --git a/gdb/linux-nat.c b/gdb/linux-nat.c
index f4f7aa818452..c6b77e8cbb79 100644
--- a/gdb/linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/linux-nat.c
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ not when it is delivered. SIGCONT resumes the entire thread group and SIGKILL
kills the entire thread group.
A delivered SIGSTOP would stop the entire thread group, not just the thread we
-tkill'd. But we never let the SIGSTOP be delivered; we always intercept and
+tkill'd. But we never let the SIGSTOP be delivered; we always intercept and
cancel it (by PTRACE_CONT without passing SIGSTOP).
We could use a real-time signal instead. This would solve those problems; we
@@ -4151,7 +4151,7 @@ linux_nat_target::can_async_p ()
{
/* This flag should be checked in the common target.c code. */
gdb_assert (target_async_permitted);
-
+
/* Otherwise, this targets is always able to support async mode. */
return true;
}
diff --git a/gdb/linux-record.h b/gdb/linux-record.h
index 56c111cf6b66..6777799f3141 100644
--- a/gdb/linux-record.h
+++ b/gdb/linux-record.h
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ enum gdb_syscall {
/* Record a linux syscall. */
-extern int record_linux_system_call (enum gdb_syscall num,
+extern int record_linux_system_call (enum gdb_syscall num,
struct regcache *regcache,
struct linux_record_tdep *tdep);
diff --git a/gdb/linux-tdep.c b/gdb/linux-tdep.c
index 0a2fced7804b..ce027b680a77 100644
--- a/gdb/linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/linux-tdep.c
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ mapping_is_anonymous_p (const char *filename)
be anonymous. Otherwise, GDB considers this mapping to be a
file-backed mapping (because there will be a file associated with
it).
-
+
It is worth mentioning that, from all those checks described
above, the most fragile is the one to see if the file name ends
with " (deleted)". This does not necessarily mean that the
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ mapping_is_anonymous_p (const char *filename)
that if the file name ends with " (deleted)", then the mapping is
indeed anonymous. FWIW, this is something the Linux kernel could
do better: expose this information in a more direct way.
-
+
- If we see the flag "sh" in the "VmFlags:" field (in
/proc/PID/smaps), then certainly the memory mapping is shared
(VM_SHARED). If we have access to the VmFlags, and we don't see
@@ -1085,12 +1085,12 @@ linux_info_proc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *args,
/* Implementation of `gdbarch_read_core_file_mappings', as defined in
gdbarch.h.
-
+
This function reads the NT_FILE note (which BFD turns into the
section ".note.linuxcore.file"). The format of this note / section
is described as follows in the Linux kernel sources in
fs/binfmt_elf.c:
-
+
long count -- how many files are mapped
long page_size -- units for file_ofs
array of [COUNT] elements of
@@ -1098,14 +1098,14 @@ linux_info_proc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *args,
long end
long file_ofs
followed by COUNT filenames in ASCII: "FILE1" NUL "FILE2" NUL...
-
+
CBFD is the BFD of the core file.
PRE_LOOP_CB is the callback function to invoke prior to starting
the loop which processes individual entries. This callback will
only be executed after the note has been examined in enough
detail to verify that it's not malformed in some way.
-
+
LOOP_CB is the callback function that will be executed once
for each mapping. */
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ linux_make_mappings_corefile_notes (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, bfd *obfd,
pack_long (buf, long_type, 1);
obstack_grow (&data_obstack, buf, long_type->length ());
- linux_find_memory_regions_full (gdbarch,
+ linux_find_memory_regions_full (gdbarch,
dump_note_entry_p,
linux_make_mappings_callback,
&mapping_data);
diff --git a/gdb/linux-thread-db.c b/gdb/linux-thread-db.c
index 839271c01c55..701db7eb3fd7 100644
--- a/gdb/linux-thread-db.c
+++ b/gdb/linux-thread-db.c
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ thread_db_find_new_threads_silently (thread_info *stopped)
where calls to td_thr_get_info fail with TD_ERR for statically linked
executables if td_thr_get_info is called before glibc has initialized
itself.
-
+
If the nptl bug is NOT present in the inferior and still thread_db
reports an error return 1. It means the inferior has corrupted thread
list and GDB should fall back only to LWPs.
diff --git a/gdb/lm32-tdep.c b/gdb/lm32-tdep.c
index dd601320c3a3..83e8d9298c15 100644
--- a/gdb/lm32-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/lm32-tdep.c
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ lm32_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
unsigned long instruction;
- /* Keep reading though instructions, until we come across an instruction
+ /* Keep reading though instructions, until we come across an instruction
that isn't likely to be part of the prologue. */
info->size = 0;
for (; pc < limit; pc += 4)
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ lm32_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
&& (LM32_REG0 (instruction) == SIM_LM32_SP_REGNUM))
{
/* Any stack displaced store is likely part of the prologue.
- Record that the register is being saved, and the offset
+ Record that the register is being saved, and the offset
into the stack. */
info->saved_regs[LM32_REG1 (instruction)].set_addr (LM32_IMM16 (instruction));
}
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ lm32_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
&& (LM32_REG1 (instruction) == SIM_LM32_FP_REGNUM)
&& (LM32_REG0 (instruction) == SIM_LM32_R0_REGNUM)))
{
- /* Likely to be in the prologue for functions that require
+ /* Likely to be in the prologue for functions that require
a frame pointer. */
}
else
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ lm32_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
return pc;
}
-/* Return PC of first non prologue instruction, for the function at the
+/* Return PC of first non prologue instruction, for the function at the
specified address. */
static CORE_ADDR
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ constexpr gdb_byte lm32_break_insn[4] = { OP_RAISE << 2, 0, 0, 2 };
typedef BP_MANIPULATION (lm32_break_insn) lm32_breakpoint;
-/* Setup registers and stack for faking a call to a function in the
+/* Setup registers and stack for faking a call to a function in the
inferior. */
static CORE_ADDR
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ lm32_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
val = extract_unsigned_integer (contents, arg_type->length (),
byte_order);
- /* First num_arg_regs parameters are passed by registers,
+ /* First num_arg_regs parameters are passed by registers,
and the rest are passed on the stack. */
if (i < num_arg_regs)
regcache_cooked_write_unsigned (regcache, first_arg_reg + i, val);
diff --git a/gdb/m2-lang.c b/gdb/m2-lang.c
index bc986d5dd0e5..6e72e4244e2d 100644
--- a/gdb/m2-lang.c
+++ b/gdb/m2-lang.c
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ eval_op_m2_subscript (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp,
arg1 = value_struct_elt (&temp, {}, "_m2_contents", NULL,
_("unbounded structure "
"missing _m2_contents field"));
-
+
if (value_type (arg1) != type)
arg1 = value_cast (type, arg1);
diff --git a/gdb/m2-typeprint.c b/gdb/m2-typeprint.c
index 67afddd5c391..d1fe6b3c3438 100644
--- a/gdb/m2-typeprint.c
+++ b/gdb/m2-typeprint.c
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ m2_record_fields (struct type *type, struct ui_file *stream, int show,
}
gdb_printf (stream, ";\n");
}
-
+
gdb_printf (stream, "%*sEND ", level, "");
}
}
diff --git a/gdb/m2-valprint.c b/gdb/m2-valprint.c
index b58e43f81b87..6cff06c3f6c5 100644
--- a/gdb/m2-valprint.c
+++ b/gdb/m2-valprint.c
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ m2_print_unbounded_array (struct value *value,
addr);
len = unpack_field_as_long (type, valaddr, 1);
- gdb_printf (stream, "{");
+ gdb_printf (stream, "{");
m2_print_array_contents (val, stream, recurse, options, len);
gdb_printf (stream, ", HIGH = %d}", (int) len);
}
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ print_unpacked_pointer (struct type *type,
return val_print_string (type->target_type (), NULL, addr, -1,
stream, options);
}
-
+
return 0;
}
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ print_variable_at_address (struct type *type,
gdb_printf (stream, "[");
gdb_puts (paddress (gdbarch, addr), stream);
gdb_printf (stream, "] : ");
-
+
if (elttype->code () != TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
{
struct value *deref_val =
diff --git a/gdb/m32c-tdep.c b/gdb/m32c-tdep.c
index f5101635aedd..02083a27bcef 100644
--- a/gdb/m32c-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/m32c-tdep.c
@@ -1435,8 +1435,8 @@ m32c_is_arg_reg (struct m32c_pv_state *state, pv_t value)
relative to the original value of the SP). */
static int
-m32c_is_arg_spill (struct m32c_pv_state *st,
- struct srcdest loc,
+m32c_is_arg_spill (struct m32c_pv_state *st,
+ struct srcdest loc,
pv_t value)
{
gdbarch *arch = st->arch;
@@ -1448,10 +1448,10 @@ m32c_is_arg_spill (struct m32c_pv_state *st,
&& ! st->stack->find_reg (st->arch, value.reg, 0));
}
-/* Return non-zero if a store of VALUE to LOC is probably
+/* Return non-zero if a store of VALUE to LOC is probably
copying the struct return address into an address register
for immediate use. This is basically a "spill" into the
- address register, instead of onto the stack.
+ address register, instead of onto the stack.
The prerequisites are:
- value being stored is original value of the FIRST arg register;
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ m32c_is_arg_spill (struct m32c_pv_state *st,
static int
m32c_is_struct_return (struct m32c_pv_state *st,
- struct srcdest loc,
+ struct srcdest loc,
pv_t value)
{
gdbarch *arch = st->arch;
@@ -2450,11 +2450,11 @@ m32c_m16c_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
below, this value might be useful if converted back into
an address by GDB, but will otherwise, almost certainly,
be garbage.
-
+
Using this masked result does seem to be useful
in gdb.cp/cplusfuncs.exp in which ~40 FAILs turn into
PASSes. These results appear to be correct as well.
-
+
We print a warning here so that the user can make a
determination about whether the result is useful or not. */
ptrval = addr & 0xffff;
@@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ m32c_m16c_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
for (aspace = 1; aspace <= 15; aspace++)
{
ptr_msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc ((aspace << 16) | ptr);
-
+
if (ptr_msym.minsym)
ptr |= aspace << 16;
}
@@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ m32c_virtual_frame_pointer (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
m32c_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<m32c_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
-
+
if (!find_pc_partial_function (pc, &name, &func_addr, &func_end))
internal_error (_("No virtual frame pointer available"));
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ m32c_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
#if 0
/* I'm dropping the dwarf2 sniffer because it has a few problems.
They may be in the dwarf2 cfi code in GDB, or they may be in
- the debug info emitted by the upstream toolchain. I don't
+ the debug info emitted by the upstream toolchain. I don't
know which, but I do know that the prologue analyzer works better.
MVS 04/13/06 */
dwarf2_append_sniffers (gdbarch);
diff --git a/gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c b/gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c
index 47e879f0b618..82a071ae6b24 100644
--- a/gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ store_regs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
\f
-/* Transfering floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores.
+/* Transfering floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores.
Since M32R has no floating-point registers, these functions do nothing. */
void
diff --git a/gdb/m32r-tdep.c b/gdb/m32r-tdep.c
index fc304757a606..8de73acb3626 100644
--- a/gdb/m32r-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/m32r-tdep.c
@@ -53,26 +53,26 @@ m32r_frame_align (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR sp)
/* Breakpoints
-
+
The little endian mode of M32R is unique. In most of architectures,
two 16-bit instructions, A and B, are placed as the following:
-
+
Big endian:
A0 A1 B0 B1
-
+
Little endian:
A1 A0 B1 B0
-
+
In M32R, they are placed like this:
-
+
Big endian:
A0 A1 B0 B1
-
+
Little endian:
B1 B0 A1 A0
-
+
This is because M32R always fetches instructions in 32-bit.
-
+
The following functions take care of this behavior. */
static int
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ m32r_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
-/* Given a return value in `regbuf' with a type `valtype',
+/* Given a return value in `regbuf' with a type `valtype',
extract and copy its value into `valbuf'. */
static void
diff --git a/gdb/m32r-tdep.h b/gdb/m32r-tdep.h
index 09d5b2457706..e0586782fb35 100644
--- a/gdb/m32r-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/m32r-tdep.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Target-dependent code for Renesas M32R, for GDB.
-
+
Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GDB.
diff --git a/gdb/m68hc11-tdep.c b/gdb/m68hc11-tdep.c
index c48fe4424b64..1a3277cfbc50 100644
--- a/gdb/m68hc11-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/m68hc11-tdep.c
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
#include "gdbcore.h"
#include "value.h"
#include "inferior.h"
-#include "dis-asm.h"
+#include "dis-asm.h"
#include "symfile.h"
#include "objfiles.h"
#include "arch-utils.h"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
For 68HC11/68HC12 we have two flags that tell which return
type the function is using. This is used for prologue and frame
analysis to compute correct stack frame layout.
-
+
The MSB of the minimal symbol's "info" field is used for this purpose.
MSYMBOL_SET_RTC Actually sets the "RTC" bit.
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ enum insn_return_kind {
RETURN_RTI
};
-
+
/* Register numbers of various important registers. */
#define HARD_X_REGNUM 0
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ m68hc11_register_names[] =
"d29", "d30", "d31", "d32"
};
-struct m68hc11_soft_reg
+struct m68hc11_soft_reg
{
const char *name;
CORE_ADDR addr;
@@ -240,14 +240,14 @@ m68hc11_initialize_register_info (void)
if (soft_reg_initialized)
return;
-
+
soft_min_addr = INT_MAX;
soft_max_addr = 0;
for (i = 0; i < M68HC11_ALL_REGS; i++)
{
soft_regs[i].name = 0;
}
-
+
m68hc11_get_register_info (&soft_regs[SOFT_FP_REGNUM], "_.frame");
m68hc11_get_register_info (&soft_regs[SOFT_TMP_REGNUM], "_.tmp");
m68hc11_get_register_info (&soft_regs[SOFT_ZS_REGNUM], "_.z");
@@ -274,10 +274,10 @@ static int
m68hc11_which_soft_register (CORE_ADDR addr)
{
int i;
-
+
if (addr < soft_min_addr || addr > soft_max_addr)
return -1;
-
+
for (i = SOFT_FP_REGNUM; i < M68HC11_ALL_REGS; i++)
{
if (soft_regs[i].name && soft_regs[i].addr == addr)
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ m68hc11_pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
}
m68hc11_initialize_register_info ();
-
+
/* Fetch a soft register: translate into a memory read. */
if (soft_regs[regno].name)
{
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ m68hc11_pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
regcache_cooked_write_unsigned (regcache, HARD_PC_REGNUM, pc);
return;
}
-
+
m68hc11_initialize_register_info ();
/* Store a soft register: translate into a memory write. */
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ static struct insn_sequence m6811_prologue[] = {
/* Sequence of instructions in the 68HC12 function prologue. */
-static struct insn_sequence m6812_prologue[] = {
+static struct insn_sequence m6812_prologue[] = {
{ P_SAVE_REG, 5, { M6812_OP_PAGE2, M6812_OP_MOVW, M6812_PB_PSHW,
OP_IMM_HIGH, OP_IMM_LOW } },
{ P_SET_FRAME, 2, { M6812_OP_STS, OP_DIRECT } },
@@ -534,10 +534,10 @@ m68hc11_analyze_instruction (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* Continue while we match the opcode. */
if (seq->code[j] == buffer[j])
continue;
-
+
if ((seq->code[j] & 0xf00) == 0)
break;
-
+
/* Extract a sequence parameter (address or constant). */
switch (seq->code[j])
{
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ m68hc11_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
m68gc11_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<m68gc11_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
seq_table = tdep->prologue;
-
+
/* The 68hc11 stack is as follows:
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ m68hc11_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
of locals in this function. An alternative to this is to use
DWARF2 info. This would be better but I don't know how to
access dwarf2 debug from this function.
-
+
Walk from the function entry point to the point where we save
the frame. While walking instructions, compute the size of bytes
which are pushed. This gives us the index to access the previous
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ m68hc11_print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct ui_file *file,
gdb_printf (file, "\nCCR=");
m68hc11_print_register (gdbarch, file, frame, HARD_CCR_REGNUM);
-
+
gdb_printf (file, "\nD=");
m68hc11_print_register (gdbarch, file, frame, HARD_D_REGNUM);
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ m68hc11_print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct ui_file *file,
gdb_printf (file, " Y=");
m68hc11_print_register (gdbarch, file, frame, HARD_Y_REGNUM);
-
+
m68gc11_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<m68gc11_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
if (tdep->use_page_register)
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ m68hc11_print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct ui_file *file,
/* Skip registers which are not defined in the symbol table. */
if (soft_regs[i].name == 0)
continue;
-
+
gdb_printf (file, "D%d=", i - SOFT_D1_REGNUM + 1);
m68hc11_print_register (gdbarch, file, frame, i);
nr++;
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ m68hc11_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
struct type *type;
const gdb_byte *val;
gdb_byte buf[2];
-
+
first_stack_argnum = 0;
if (return_method == return_method_struct)
regcache_cooked_write_unsigned (regcache, HARD_D_REGNUM, struct_addr);
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ m68hc11_store_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
}
-/* Given a return value in `regcache' with a type `type',
+/* Given a return value in `regcache' with a type `type',
extract and copy its value into `valbuf'. */
static void
@@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ m68hc11_return_value (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
/* Test whether the ELF symbol corresponds to a function using rtc or
rti to return. */
-
+
static void
m68hc11_elf_make_msymbol_special (asymbol *sym, struct minimal_symbol *msym)
{
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ m68hc11_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info,
frame_unwind_append_unwinder (gdbarch, &m68hc11_frame_unwind);
frame_base_set_default (gdbarch, &m68hc11_frame_base);
-
+
/* Methods for saving / extracting a dummy frame's ID. The ID's
stack address must match the SP value returned by
PUSH_DUMMY_CALL, and saved by generic_save_dummy_frame_tos. */
@@ -1533,5 +1533,5 @@ _initialize_m68hc11_tdep ()
gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_m68hc11, m68hc11_gdbarch_init);
gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_m68hc12, m68hc11_gdbarch_init);
m68hc11_init_reggroups ();
-}
+}
diff --git a/gdb/m68k-bsd-tdep.c b/gdb/m68k-bsd-tdep.c
index b4d991cd5532..db327b3de049 100644
--- a/gdb/m68k-bsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/m68k-bsd-tdep.c
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ int
m68kbsd_fpreg_offset (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum)
{
int fp_len = gdbarch_register_type (gdbarch, regnum)->length ();
-
+
if (regnum >= M68K_FPC_REGNUM)
return 8 * fp_len + (regnum - M68K_FPC_REGNUM) * 4;
diff --git a/gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c b/gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c
index c449b8efe91e..bbb635ce42f5 100644
--- a/gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ fetch_register (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
memcpy (&buf[i], &val, sizeof (long));
regaddr += sizeof (long);
if (errno != 0)
- error (_("Couldn't read register %s (#%d): %s."),
+ error (_("Couldn't read register %s (#%d): %s."),
gdbarch_register_name (gdbarch, regno),
regno, safe_strerror (errno));
}
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ m68k_linux_nat_target::store_registers (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
/* Fetch the thread-local storage pointer for libthread_db. */
ps_err_e
-ps_get_thread_area (struct ps_prochandle *ph,
+ps_get_thread_area (struct ps_prochandle *ph,
lwpid_t lwpid, int idx, void **base)
{
if (ptrace (PTRACE_GET_THREAD_AREA, lwpid, NULL, base) < 0)
diff --git a/gdb/m68k-tdep.c b/gdb/m68k-tdep.c
index c0a331188147..9109f72f73c6 100644
--- a/gdb/m68k-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/m68k-tdep.c
@@ -1198,15 +1198,15 @@ m68k_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
if (info.bfd_arch_info && info.bfd_arch_info->mach != 0)
{
- const bfd_arch_info_type *coldfire_arch =
+ const bfd_arch_info_type *coldfire_arch =
bfd_lookup_arch (bfd_arch_m68k, bfd_mach_mcf_isa_a_nodiv);
if (coldfire_arch
- && ((*info.bfd_arch_info->compatible)
+ && ((*info.bfd_arch_info->compatible)
(info.bfd_arch_info, coldfire_arch)))
flavour = m68k_coldfire_flavour;
}
-
+
/* Try to figure out if the arch uses floating registers to return
floating point values from functions. On ColdFire, floating
point values are returned in D0. */
diff --git a/gdb/macrocmd.c b/gdb/macrocmd.c
index 5626c7102f8a..833229a3e411 100644
--- a/gdb/macrocmd.c
+++ b/gdb/macrocmd.c
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ extract_identifier (const char **expp, int is_parameter)
;
}
- if (is_parameter && startswith (p, "..."))
+ if (is_parameter && startswith (p, "..."))
p += 3;
len = p - *expp;
diff --git a/gdb/macroexp.c b/gdb/macroexp.c
index 6bd5ef513fd2..46a5de852b65 100644
--- a/gdb/macroexp.c
+++ b/gdb/macroexp.c
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ struct shared_macro_buffer
/* The number of characters in the string. */
int len;
- /* For detecting token splicing.
+ /* For detecting token splicing.
This is the index in TEXT of the first character of the token
that abuts the end of TEXT. If TEXT contains no tokens, then we
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ struct shared_macro_buffer
know the nature of TEXT. */
int last_token = -1;
- /* If this buffer is holding the result from get_token, then this
+ /* If this buffer is holding the result from get_token, then this
is non-zero if it is an identifier token, zero otherwise. */
int is_identifier = 0;
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ static int
get_character_constant (shared_macro_buffer *tok,
const char *p, const char *end)
{
- /* ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (E) Section 6.4.4.4 paragraph 1
+ /* ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (E) Section 6.4.4.4 paragraph 1
But of course, what really matters is that we handle it the same
way GDB's C/C++ lexer does. So we call parse_escape in utils.c
to handle escape sequences. */
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ get_token (shared_macro_buffer *tok, shared_macro_buffer *src)
/* From the ISO C standard, ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (E), section 6.4:
- preprocessing-token:
+ preprocessing-token:
header-name
identifier
pp-number
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ get_token (shared_macro_buffer *tok, shared_macro_buffer *src)
src->len -= consumed;
return 1;
}
- else
+ else
{
/* We have found a "non-whitespace character that cannot be
one of the above." Make a token out of it. */
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ append_tokens_without_splicing (growable_macro_buffer *dest,
gdb_assert (src->last_token != -1);
gdb_assert (dest->last_token != -1);
-
+
/* First, just try appending the two, and call get_token to see if
we got a splice. */
dest->appendmem (src->text, src->len);
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ macro_stringify (const char *str)
/* Expanding macros! */
-/* A singly-linked list of the names of the macros we are currently
+/* A singly-linked list of the names of the macros we are currently
expanding --- for detecting expansion loops. */
struct macro_name_list {
const char *name;
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ static void scan (growable_macro_buffer *dest,
const macro_scope &scope);
/* A helper function for substitute_args.
-
+
ARGV is a vector of all the arguments; ARGC is the number of
arguments. IS_VARARGS is true if the macro being substituted is a
varargs macro; in this case VA_ARG_NAME is the name of the
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ find_parameter (const shared_macro_buffer *tok,
return -1;
for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
- if (tok->len == strlen (argv[i])
+ if (tok->len == strlen (argv[i])
&& !memcmp (tok->text, argv[i], tok->len))
return i;
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ find_parameter (const shared_macro_buffer *tok,
return -1;
}
-
+
/* Helper function for substitute_args that gets the next token and
updates the passed-in state variables. */
diff --git a/gdb/macroscope.c b/gdb/macroscope.c
index c5fd91e6fd18..6994431c49eb 100644
--- a/gdb/macroscope.c
+++ b/gdb/macroscope.c
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ default_macro_scope (void)
it can't decide which scope to macro-expand its argument in. */
struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
-
+
sal.symtab = cursal.symtab;
sal.line = cursal.line;
}
diff --git a/gdb/macrotab.c b/gdb/macrotab.c
index 108e6f1bbaed..312c5e96d0c3 100644
--- a/gdb/macrotab.c
+++ b/gdb/macrotab.c
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ inclusion_depth (struct macro_source_file *file)
sources, where all the #included files have been substituted into
their places. */
static int
-compare_locations (struct macro_source_file *file1, int line1,
+compare_locations (struct macro_source_file *file1, int line1,
struct macro_source_file *file2, int line2)
{
/* We want to treat positions in an #included file as coming *after*
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ macro_tree_delete_value (void *untyped_definition)
macro_bcache_free (t, (char *) d->argv[i]);
macro_bcache_free (t, (char **) d->argv);
}
-
+
macro_bcache_free (t, (char *) d->replacement);
macro_free (d, t);
}
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ find_definition (const char *name,
use that. */
splay_tree_node pred = splay_tree_predecessor (t->definitions,
(splay_tree_key) &query);
-
+
if (pred)
{
/* Make sure this predecessor actually has the right name.
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ new_macro_table (struct obstack *obstack, gdb::bcache *b,
((splay_tree_allocate_fn) macro_alloc),
((splay_tree_deallocate_fn) macro_free),
t));
-
+
return t;
}
diff --git a/gdb/main.c b/gdb/main.c
index 8d2666ecc952..b562ae9da63f 100644
--- a/gdb/main.c
+++ b/gdb/main.c
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ captured_main_1 (struct captured_main_args *context)
/* There will always be an interpreter. Either the one passed into
this captured main, or one specified by the user at start up, or
- the console. Initialize the interpreter to the one requested by
+ the console. Initialize the interpreter to the one requested by
the application. */
interpreter_p = context->interpreter_p;
diff --git a/gdb/mdebugread.c b/gdb/mdebugread.c
index 050589197a7b..95df1d61f0d3 100644
--- a/gdb/mdebugread.c
+++ b/gdb/mdebugread.c
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@
#include <algorithm>
/* Provide a way to test if we have both ECOFF and ELF symbol tables.
- We use this define in order to know whether we should override a
- symbol's ECOFF section with its ELF section. This is necessary in
+ We use this define in order to know whether we should override a
+ symbol's ECOFF section with its ELF section. This is necessary in
case the symbol's ELF section could not be represented in ECOFF. */
#define ECOFF_IN_ELF(bfd) (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (bfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ mdebug_build_psymtabs (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
stabsread_new_init ();
free_header_files ();
init_header_files ();
-
+
/* Make sure all the FDR information is swapped in. */
if (info->fdr == NULL)
{
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ parse_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, char *ext_sh, int bigend,
(in particular constructor method names are different
from the class name). There is therefore no risk that
this check stops the count on the StEnd of a method.
-
+
Also, assume that we're really at the end when tsym.iss
is 0 (issNull). */
if (tsym.iss == issNull
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ parse_procedure (PDR *pr, struct compunit_symtab *search_symtab,
if (i)
{
struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
-
+
e = (struct mdebug_extra_func_info *) i->value_bytes ();
e->pdr = *pr;
@@ -2412,14 +2412,14 @@ parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
/* ECOFF in ELF:
For ECOFF in ELF, we skip the creation of the minimal symbols.
- The ECOFF symbols should be a subset of the Elf symbols, and the
+ The ECOFF symbols should be a subset of the Elf symbols, and the
section information of the elf symbols will be more accurate.
FIXME! What about Irix 5's native linker?
- By default, Elf sections which don't exist in ECOFF
+ By default, Elf sections which don't exist in ECOFF
get put in ECOFF's absolute section by the gnu linker.
- Since absolute sections don't get relocated, we
- end up calculating an address different from that of
+ Since absolute sections don't get relocated, we
+ end up calculating an address different from that of
the symbol's minimal symbol (created earlier from the
Elf symtab).
@@ -2427,9 +2427,9 @@ parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
1) don't create the duplicate symbol
(assumes ECOFF symtab is a subset of the ELF symtab;
assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
- 2) create it, only if lookup for existing symbol in ELF's minimal
+ 2) create it, only if lookup for existing symbol in ELF's minimal
symbols fails
- (inefficient;
+ (inefficient;
assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
3) create it, but lookup ELF's minimal symbol and use it's section
during relocation, then modify "uniquify" phase to merge and
@@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
(highly inefficient)
I've implemented #1 here...
- Skip the creation of the minimal symbols based on the ECOFF
+ Skip the creation of the minimal symbols based on the ECOFF
symbol table. */
/* Pass 2 over external syms: fill in external symbols. */
@@ -2528,12 +2528,12 @@ parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
which storage class is scData... Since these symbols are
usually useless for the debugger user anyway, we just
discard these symbols. */
-
+
if (SC_IS_TEXT (ext_in->asym.sc))
{
if (objfile->sect_index_text == -1)
continue;
-
+
ms_type = mst_file_text;
}
else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
@@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@ parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
break;
default:
- /* FIXME! Shouldn't this use cases for bss,
+ /* FIXME! Shouldn't this use cases for bss,
then have the default be abs? */
namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
record_minimal_symbol (reader, namestring, sh.value,
diff --git a/gdb/memattr.c b/gdb/memattr.c
index fbcbe1ddd9f3..518f868c021d 100644
--- a/gdb/memattr.c
+++ b/gdb/memattr.c
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ show_inaccessible_by_default (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
"be treated as inaccessible.\n"));
else
gdb_printf (file, _("Unknown memory addresses "
- "will be treated as RAM.\n"));
+ "will be treated as RAM.\n"));
}
/* This function should be called before any command which would
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ lookup_mem_region (CORE_ADDR addr)
/* Either find memory range containing ADDR, or set LO and HI
to the nearest boundaries of an existing memory range.
-
+
If we ever want to support a huge list of memory regions, this
check should be replaced with a binary search (probably using
VEC_lower_bound). */
@@ -213,8 +213,8 @@ lookup_mem_region (CORE_ADDR addr)
region.lo = lo;
region.hi = hi;
- /* When no memory map is defined at all, we always return
- 'default_mem_attrib', so that we do not make all memory
+ /* When no memory map is defined at all, we always return
+ 'default_mem_attrib', so that we do not make all memory
inaccessible for targets that don't provide a memory map. */
if (inaccessible_by_default && !mem_region_list->empty ())
region.attrib = mem_attrib::unknown ();
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ info_mem_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
tmp = hex_string_custom (m.lo, 8);
else
tmp = hex_string_custom (m.lo, 16);
-
+
gdb_printf ("%s ", tmp);
if (gdbarch_addr_bit (target_gdbarch ()) <= 32)
diff --git a/gdb/memattr.h b/gdb/memattr.h
index 7dc2addb08e8..b26845f447aa 100644
--- a/gdb/memattr.h
+++ b/gdb/memattr.h
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ enum mem_access_width
};
/* The set of all attributes that can be set for a memory region.
-
+
This structure was created so that memory attributes can be passed
to target_ functions without exposing the details of memory region
list, which would be necessary if these fields were simply added to
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ enum mem_access_width
FIXME: It would be useful if there was a mechanism for targets to
add their own attributes. For example, the number of wait states. */
-
-struct mem_attrib
+
+struct mem_attrib
{
static mem_attrib unknown ()
{
@@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ struct mem_attrib
/* enables hardware breakpoints */
int hwbreak = 0;
-
+
/* enables host-side caching of memory region data */
int cache = 0;
-
+
/* Enables memory verification. After a write, memory is re-read
to verify that the write was successful. */
int verify = 0;
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ struct mem_attrib
int blocksize = -1;
};
-struct mem_region
+struct mem_region
{
/* Create a mem_region with default attributes. */
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ struct mem_region
/* Lowest address in the region. */
CORE_ADDR lo;
- /* Address past the highest address of the region.
+ /* Address past the highest address of the region.
If 0, upper bound is "infinity". */
CORE_ADDR hi;
diff --git a/gdb/mep-tdep.c b/gdb/mep-tdep.c
index a6416085fe4f..cfed0621e029 100644
--- a/gdb/mep-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/mep-tdep.c
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ register_name_from_keyword (CGEN_KEYWORD *keyword_table, int regnum)
return "";
}
-
+
/* Masks for option bits in the OPT special-purpose register. */
enum {
MEP_OPT_DIV = 1 << 25, /* 32-bit divide instruction option */
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ me_module_name (CONFIG_ATTR me_module)
/* The MeP spec defines the following registers:
- 16 general purpose registers (r0-r15)
+ 16 general purpose registers (r0-r15)
32 control/special registers (csr0-csr31)
32 coprocessor general-purpose registers (c0 -- c31)
64 coprocessor control registers (ccr0 -- ccr63)
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ mep_register_name (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnr)
/* Special-purpose registers. */
static const char *csr_names[] = {
- "pc", "lp", "sar", "", /* 0 csr3: reserved */
+ "pc", "lp", "sar", "", /* 0 csr3: reserved */
"rpb", "rpe", "rpc", "hi", /* 4 */
"lo", "", "", "", /* 8 csr9-csr11: reserved */
"mb0", "me0", "mb1", "me1", /* 12 */
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ mep_pseudo_csr_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
ULONGEST old_bits;
ULONGEST new_bits;
ULONGEST mixed_bits;
-
+
regcache_raw_read_unsigned (regcache, r->raw, &old_bits);
new_bits = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, size, byte_order);
mixed_bits = ((r->writeable_bits & new_bits)
@@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ mep_pseudo_csr_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
regcache_raw_write_unsigned (regcache, r->raw, mixed_bits);
}
}
-
+
static void
mep_pseudo_cr32_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ mep_pseudo_cr32_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
the pseudoregister. */
int rawnum = mep_pseudo_to_raw[cookednum];
gdb_byte buf64[8];
-
+
gdb_assert (register_type (gdbarch, rawnum)->length () == sizeof (buf64));
gdb_assert (register_type (gdbarch, cookednum)->length () == 4);
/* Slow, but legible. */
@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ mep_pc_in_vliw_section (CORE_ADDR pc)
So, the *INSN values for the instruction sequence above would be
the following, in either endianness:
- 0xd1561234 movu $1,0x123456
+ 0xd1561234 movu $1,0x123456
0xc1285678 sb $1,22136($2)
0xf1011098 clip $1,0x13
0x70020000 ret
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ mep_pc_in_vliw_section (CORE_ADDR pc)
significant to prologue analysis --- for the time being,
anyway. */
-static CORE_ADDR
+static CORE_ADDR
mep_get_insn (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, unsigned long *insn)
{
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ mep_get_insn (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, unsigned long *insn)
else
gdb_assert_not_reached ("unexpected vliw mode");
}
-
+
/* Otherwise, the top two bits of the major opcode are (again) what
we need to check. */
else if ((*insn & 0xc0000000) == 0xc0000000)
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ mep_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
accuracy, it would be better to just quit now. */
if (stack.store_would_trash (reg[rm]))
break;
-
+
if (is_arg_spill (gdbarch, reg[rn], reg[rm], &stack))
after_last_frame_setup_insn = next_pc;
@@ -1809,11 +1809,11 @@ mep_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
to this branch target and also stop the prologue scan.
The instructions at and beyond the branch target should
no longer be associated with the prologue.
-
+
Note that we only consider forward branches here. We
presume that a forward branch is being used to skip over
a loop body.
-
+
A backwards branch is covered by the default case below.
If we were to encounter a backwards branch, that would
most likely mean that we've scanned through a loop body.
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ mep_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
- If the instruction just changed the FP back to its original
value, then that's probably a restore instruction. The
- prologue should definitely end before that.
+ prologue should definitely end before that.
- If the instruction increased the value of the SP (that is,
shrunk the frame), then it's probably part of a frame
@@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ mep_analyze_frame_prologue (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
{
CORE_ADDR func_start, stop_addr;
- *this_prologue_cache
+ *this_prologue_cache
= FRAME_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (struct mep_prologue);
func_start = get_frame_func (this_frame);
@@ -2264,7 +2264,7 @@ mep_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
/* The address of the end of the stack area for arguments. This is
just for error checking. */
CORE_ADDR arg_stack_end;
-
+
sp = push_large_arguments (sp, argc, argv, copy);
/* Reserve space for the stack arguments, if any. */
@@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ mep_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
/* Update the stack pointer. */
regcache_cooked_write_unsigned (regcache, MEP_SP_REGNUM, sp);
-
+
return sp;
}
@@ -2367,7 +2367,7 @@ mep_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
const char *file_name = bfd_get_filename (info.abfd);
const char *file_endianness
= bfd_big_endian (info.abfd) ? "big" : "little";
-
+
gdb_putc ('\n', gdb_stderr);
if (module_name)
warning (_("the MeP module '%s' is %s-endian, but the executable\n"
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ mep_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
already. info->bfd_arch_info needs to match, but we also want
the right me_module: the ELF header's e_flags field needs to
match as well. */
- for (arches = gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info (arches, &info);
+ for (arches = gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info (arches, &info);
arches != NULL;
arches = gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info (arches->next, &info))
{
@@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ mep_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
reggroup_add (gdbarch, mep_ccr_reggroup);
/* Disassembly. */
- set_gdbarch_print_insn (gdbarch, mep_gdb_print_insn);
+ set_gdbarch_print_insn (gdbarch, mep_gdb_print_insn);
/* Breakpoints. */
set_gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (gdbarch, mep_breakpoint::kind_from_pc);
@@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ mep_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
/* Return values. */
set_gdbarch_return_value (gdbarch, mep_return_value);
-
+
/* Inferior function calls. */
set_gdbarch_frame_align (gdbarch, mep_frame_align);
set_gdbarch_push_dummy_call (gdbarch, mep_push_dummy_call);
@@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ void
_initialize_mep_tdep ()
{
mep_csr_reggroup = reggroup_new ("csr", USER_REGGROUP);
- mep_cr_reggroup = reggroup_new ("cr", USER_REGGROUP);
+ mep_cr_reggroup = reggroup_new ("cr", USER_REGGROUP);
mep_ccr_reggroup = reggroup_new ("ccr", USER_REGGROUP);
gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mep, mep_gdbarch_init);
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-break.c b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-break.c
index 408f582ebc5e..ad7d96ed24b9 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-break.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-break.c
@@ -474,8 +474,8 @@ mi_cmd_break_passcount (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
}
/* Insert a watchpoint. The type of watchpoint is specified by the
- first argument:
- -break-watch <expr> --> insert a regular wp.
+ first argument:
+ -break-watch <expr> --> insert a regular wp.
-break-watch -r <expr> --> insert a read watchpoint.
-break-watch -a <expr> --> insert an access wp. */
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-disas.c b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-disas.c
index db5a78827fc3..f9beab952773 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-disas.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-disas.c
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
disassemble the function that contains that line.
HOW_MANY: Number of disassembly lines to display. With source, it
is the number of disassembly lines only, not counting the source
- lines.
+ lines.
always required:
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-env.c b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-env.c
index 0c75b8042ff8..6f44fe37c108 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-env.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-env.c
@@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ mi_cmd_env_pwd (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
if (argc > 0)
error (_("-environment-pwd: No arguments allowed"));
-
+
if (mi_version (uiout) < 2)
{
env_execute_cli_command ("pwd", NULL);
return;
}
-
+
/* Otherwise the mi level is 2 or higher. */
gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cwd (getcwd (NULL, 0));
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ mi_cmd_env_cd (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
{
if (argc == 0 || argc > 1)
error (_("-environment-cd: Usage DIRECTORY"));
-
+
env_execute_cli_command ("cd", argv[0]);
}
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ env_mod_path (const char *dirname, std::string &which_path)
if (dirname == 0 || dirname[0] == '\0')
return;
- /* Call add_path with last arg 0 to indicate not to parse for
+ /* Call add_path with last arg 0 to indicate not to parse for
separator characters. */
add_path (dirname, which_path, 0);
}
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ mi_cmd_inferior_tty_show (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
}
void _initialize_mi_cmd_env ();
-void
+void
_initialize_mi_cmd_env ()
{
const char *env;
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-file.c b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-file.c
index 0ed7bed82e23..bc6d8434371f 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-file.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-file.c
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#include "solist.h"
#include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h"
-/* Return to the client the absolute path and line number of the
+/* Return to the client the absolute path and line number of the
current file being executed. */
void
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ mi_cmd_file_list_exec_source_file (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
{
struct symtab_and_line st;
struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
-
+
if (!mi_valid_noargs ("-file-list-exec-source-file", argc, argv))
error (_("-file-list-exec-source-file: Usage: No args"));
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-stack.c b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-stack.c
index f0af7c9a0143..28145823e5c7 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-stack.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-stack.c
@@ -402,9 +402,9 @@ mi_cmd_stack_list_args (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
}
}
-/* Print a list of the local variables (including arguments) for the
+/* Print a list of the local variables (including arguments) for the
current frame. ARGC must be 1 and ARGV[0] specify if only the names,
- or both names and values of the variables must be printed. See
+ or both names and values of the variables must be printed. See
parse_print_value for possible values. */
void
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-var.c b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-var.c
index 3db09cf78156..c203646bb2c4 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-var.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-cmd-var.c
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ static int mi_print_value_p (struct varobj *var,
if the value should be printed. The PRINT_EXPRESSION parameter
controls if the expression should be printed. */
-static void
+static void
print_varobj (struct varobj *var, enum print_values print_values,
int print_expression)
{
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ print_varobj (struct varobj *var, enum print_values print_values,
uiout->field_string ("exp", exp);
}
uiout->field_signed ("numchild", varobj_get_num_children (var));
-
+
if (mi_print_value_p (var, print_values))
{
std::string val = varobj_get_value (var);
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ mi_cmd_var_create (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
if (strcmp (frame, "*") == 0)
var_type = USE_CURRENT_FRAME;
else if (strcmp (frame, "@") == 0)
- var_type = USE_SELECTED_FRAME;
+ var_type = USE_SELECTED_FRAME;
else
{
var_type = USE_SPECIFIED_FRAME;
@@ -227,13 +227,13 @@ mi_cmd_var_set_format (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
var = varobj_get_handle (argv[0]);
format = mi_parse_format (argv[1]);
-
+
/* Set the format of VAR to the given format. */
varobj_set_display_format (var, format);
/* Report the new current format. */
uiout->field_string ("format", varobj_format_string[(int) format]);
-
+
/* Report the value in the new format. */
std::string val = varobj_get_value (var);
uiout->field_string ("value", val);
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ void
mi_cmd_var_list_children (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
{
struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
- struct varobj *var;
+ struct varobj *var;
enum print_values print_values;
int from, to;
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ mi_cmd_var_info_path_expression (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
/* Get varobj handle, if a valid var obj name was specified. */
var = varobj_get_handle (argv[0]);
-
+
const char *path_expr = varobj_get_path_expr (var);
uiout->field_string ("path_expr", path_expr);
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ mi_cmd_var_evaluate_expression (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
int formatFound;
int oind;
char *oarg;
-
+
enum opt
{
OP_FORMAT
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ mi_cmd_var_evaluate_expression (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
case OP_FORMAT:
if (formatFound)
error (_("Cannot specify format more than once"));
-
+
format = mi_parse_format (oarg);
formatFound = 1;
break;
@@ -534,13 +534,13 @@ mi_cmd_var_evaluate_expression (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
if (oind >= argc)
error (_("Usage: [-f FORMAT] NAME"));
-
+
if (oind < argc - 1)
error (_("Garbage at end of command"));
-
+
/* Get varobj handle, if a valid var obj name was specified. */
var = varobj_get_handle (argv[oind]);
-
+
if (formatFound)
{
std::string val = varobj_get_formatted_value (var, format);
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ varobj_update_one (struct varobj *var, enum print_values print_values,
struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
std::vector<varobj_update_result> changes = varobj_update (&var, is_explicit);
-
+
for (const varobj_update_result &r : changes)
{
int from, to;
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ mi_cmd_var_set_update_range (const char *command, char **argv, int argc)
if (argc != 3)
error (_("-var-set-update-range: Usage: VAROBJ FROM TO"));
-
+
var = varobj_get_handle (argv[0]);
from = atoi (argv[1]);
to = atoi (argv[2]);
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.c b/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.c
index 50c53a0b3892..adbb3107c107 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.c
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ mi_getopt_allow_unknown (const char *prefix, int argc, char **argv,
return mi_getopt_1 (prefix, argc, argv, opts, oind, oarg, 0);
}
-int
-mi_valid_noargs (const char *prefix, int argc, char **argv)
+int
+mi_valid_noargs (const char *prefix, int argc, char **argv)
{
int oind = 0;
char *oarg;
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h b/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h
index 8f3e599e045f..e05d5368343b 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ extern int mi_getopt_allow_unknown (const char *prefix, int argc,
/* mi_valid_noargs determines if ARGC/ARGV are a valid set of
parameters to satisfy an MI function that is not supposed to
receive any arguments.
-
- An MI function that should not receive arguments can still be
+
+ An MI function that should not receive arguments can still be
passed parameters after the special option '--' such as below.
Example: The MI function -exec-run takes no args.
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ extern int mi_getopt_allow_unknown (const char *prefix, int argc,
See PR-783
PREFIX is passed to mi_getopt for an error message.
-
+
This function Returns 1 if the parameter pair ARGC/ARGV are valid
for an MI function that takes no arguments. Otherwise, it returns 0
and the appropriate error message is displayed by mi_getopt. */
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-interp.c b/gdb/mi/mi-interp.c
index af242208a0bf..3af4813a927c 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-interp.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-interp.c
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ mi_on_normal_stop_1 (struct bpstat *bs, int print_frame)
if (core != -1)
mi_uiout->field_signed ("core", core);
}
-
+
gdb_puts ("*stopped", mi->raw_stdout);
mi_out_put (mi_uiout, mi->raw_stdout);
mi_out_rewind (mi_uiout);
diff --git a/gdb/microblaze-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/microblaze-linux-tdep.c
index 768889a74805..af74fe2b2f6f 100644
--- a/gdb/microblaze-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/microblaze-linux-tdep.c
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
#include "linux-tdep.h"
static int
-microblaze_linux_memory_remove_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
+microblaze_linux_memory_remove_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt)
{
CORE_ADDR addr = bp_tgt->reqstd_address;
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ microblaze_linux_sigtramp_cache (frame_info_ptr next_frame,
/* Registers saved on stack. */
for (regnum = 0; regnum < MICROBLAZE_BTR_REGNUM; regnum++)
- trad_frame_set_reg_addr (this_cache, regnum,
+ trad_frame_set_reg_addr (this_cache, regnum,
gpregs + regnum * MICROBLAZE_REGISTER_SIZE);
trad_frame_set_id (this_cache, frame_id_build (base, func));
}
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ microblaze_linux_sighandler_cache_init (const struct tramp_frame *self,
0);
}
-static struct tramp_frame microblaze_linux_sighandler_tramp_frame =
+static struct tramp_frame microblaze_linux_sighandler_tramp_frame =
{
SIGTRAMP_FRAME,
4,
@@ -135,6 +135,6 @@ void _initialize_microblaze_linux_tdep ();
void
_initialize_microblaze_linux_tdep ()
{
- gdbarch_register_osabi (bfd_arch_microblaze, 0, GDB_OSABI_LINUX,
+ gdbarch_register_osabi (bfd_arch_microblaze, 0, GDB_OSABI_LINUX,
microblaze_linux_init_abi);
}
diff --git a/gdb/microblaze-tdep.c b/gdb/microblaze-tdep.c
index efa1daaa7fcd..4130597bb4a0 100644
--- a/gdb/microblaze-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/microblaze-tdep.c
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ microblaze_alloc_frame_cache (void)
of "real" code (i.e., the end of the prologue). */
static CORE_ADDR
-microblaze_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
+microblaze_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
CORE_ADDR current_pc,
struct microblaze_frame_cache *cache)
{
@@ -232,8 +232,8 @@ microblaze_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
current pc, or the end of the function, whichever is first. */
stop = (current_pc < func_end ? current_pc : func_end);
- microblaze_debug ("Scanning prologue: name=%s, func_addr=%s, stop=%s\n",
- name, paddress (gdbarch, func_addr),
+ microblaze_debug ("Scanning prologue: name=%s, func_addr=%s, stop=%s\n",
+ name, paddress (gdbarch, func_addr),
paddress (gdbarch, stop));
for (addr = func_addr; addr < stop; addr += INST_WORD_SIZE)
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ microblaze_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
microblaze_debug ("%s %08lx\n", paddress (gdbarch, pc), insn);
/* This code is very sensitive to what functions are present in the
- prologue. It assumes that the (addi, addik, swi, sw) can be the
+ prologue. It assumes that the (addi, addik, swi, sw) can be the
only instructions in the prologue. */
if (IS_UPDATE_SP(op, rd, ra))
{
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ microblaze_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
}
else if (IS_SETUP_FP(op, ra, rb))
{
- /* We have a frame pointer. Note the register which is
+ /* We have a frame pointer. Note the register which is
acting as the frame pointer. */
cache->fp_regnum = rd;
microblaze_debug ("Found a frame pointer: r%d\n", cache->fp_regnum);
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ microblaze_skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR start_pc)
start_pc = sal.end;
}
- ostart_pc = microblaze_analyze_prologue (gdbarch, func_start, 0xffffffffUL,
+ ostart_pc = microblaze_analyze_prologue (gdbarch, func_start, 0xffffffffUL,
&cache);
if (ostart_pc > start_pc)
@@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ microblaze_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
set_gdbarch_register_type (gdbarch, microblaze_register_type);
/* Register numbers of various important registers. */
- set_gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch, MICROBLAZE_SP_REGNUM);
- set_gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch, MICROBLAZE_PC_REGNUM);
+ set_gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch, MICROBLAZE_SP_REGNUM);
+ set_gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch, MICROBLAZE_PC_REGNUM);
/* Map Dwarf2 registers to GDB registers. */
set_gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (gdbarch, microblaze_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum);
diff --git a/gdb/minsyms.c b/gdb/minsyms.c
index 3b65669d176f..3cd79ad7b7b1 100644
--- a/gdb/minsyms.c
+++ b/gdb/minsyms.c
@@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ struct computed_hash_values
/* Build (or rebuild) the minimal symbol hash tables. This is necessary
after compacting or sorting the table since the entries move around
thus causing the internal minimal_symbol pointers to become jumbled. */
-
+
static void
build_minimal_symbol_hash_tables
(struct objfile *objfile,
diff --git a/gdb/minsyms.h b/gdb/minsyms.h
index 296b8cde1ba5..38e04984467d 100644
--- a/gdb/minsyms.h
+++ b/gdb/minsyms.h
@@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ class minimal_symbol_reader
/* Record a new minimal symbol. This is the "full" entry point;
simpler convenience entry points are also provided below.
-
+
This returns a new minimal symbol. It is ok to modify the returned
minimal symbol (though generally not necessary). It is not ok,
though, to stash the pointer anywhere; as minimal symbols may be
moved after creation. The memory for the returned minimal symbol
is still owned by the minsyms.c code, and should not be freed.
-
+
Arguments are:
NAME - the symbol's name
@@ -285,9 +285,9 @@ struct bound_minimal_symbol lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section
lookup_msym_prefer prefer = lookup_msym_prefer::TEXT,
bound_minimal_symbol *previous = nullptr);
-/* Backward compatibility: search through the minimal symbol table
+/* Backward compatibility: search through the minimal symbol table
for a matching PC (no section given).
-
+
This is a wrapper that calls lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section
with a NULL section argument. */
diff --git a/gdb/mips-linux-nat.c b/gdb/mips-linux-nat.c
index feaf46431586..55b146a2c075 100644
--- a/gdb/mips-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/mips-linux-nat.c
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ static mips_linux_nat_target the_mips_linux_nat_target;
static int have_ptrace_regsets = 1;
/* Map gdb internal register number to ptrace ``address''.
- These ``addresses'' are normally defined in <asm/ptrace.h>.
+ These ``addresses'' are normally defined in <asm/ptrace.h>.
ptrace does not provide a way to read (or set) MIPS_PS_REGNUM,
and there's no point in reading or setting MIPS_ZERO_REGNUM.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ mips_linux_nat_target::can_use_hw_breakpoint (enum bptype type,
default:
return 0;
}
-
+
for (i = 0;
i < mips_linux_watch_get_num_valid (&watch_readback) && cnt;
i++)
diff --git a/gdb/mips-netbsd-nat.c b/gdb/mips-netbsd-nat.c
index 7d8386ee7a75..8e75c922989e 100644
--- a/gdb/mips-netbsd-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/mips-netbsd-nat.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ mips_nbsd_nat_target::fetch_registers (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
if (ptrace (PT_GETREGS, pid, (PTRACE_TYPE_ARG3) ®s, 0) == -1)
perror_with_name (_("Couldn't get registers"));
-
+
mipsnbsd_supply_reg (regcache, (char *) ®s, regno);
if (regno != -1)
return;
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ mips_nbsd_nat_target::store_registers (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
if (regno == -1
|| regno >= gdbarch_fp0_regnum (regcache->arch ()))
{
- struct fpreg fpregs;
+ struct fpreg fpregs;
if (ptrace (PT_GETFPREGS, pid, (PTRACE_TYPE_ARG3) &fpregs, 0) == -1)
perror_with_name (_("Couldn't get floating point status"));
diff --git a/gdb/mips-netbsd-tdep.c b/gdb/mips-netbsd-tdep.c
index 344ec1fcfd49..e11c00b25fd4 100644
--- a/gdb/mips-netbsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/mips-netbsd-tdep.c
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ mipsnbsd_fill_fpreg (const struct regcache *regcache, char *fpregs, int regno)
for (i = gdbarch_fp0_regnum (gdbarch);
i <= mips_regnum (gdbarch)->fp_control_status;
i++)
- if ((regno == i || regno == -1)
+ if ((regno == i || regno == -1)
&& ! gdbarch_cannot_store_register (gdbarch, i))
regcache->raw_collect
(i, (fpregs + ((i - gdbarch_fp0_regnum (gdbarch))
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ mipsnbsd_fill_fpreg (const struct regcache *regcache, char *fpregs, int regno)
addu a0, sp, 16
li v0, 295 # __sigreturn14
syscall
-
+
Each instruction has a unique encoding, so we simply attempt to match
the instruction the PC is pointing to with any of the above instructions.
If there is a hit, we know the offset to the start of the designated
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ mipsnbsd_ilp32_fetch_link_map_offsets (void)
static struct link_map_offsets lmo;
static struct link_map_offsets *lmp = NULL;
- if (lmp == NULL)
+ if (lmp == NULL)
{
lmp = &lmo;
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ mipsnbsd_lp64_fetch_link_map_offsets (void)
/* Everything we need is in the first 40 bytes. */
lmo.link_map_size = 48;
lmo.l_addr_offset = 0;
- lmo.l_name_offset = 16;
+ lmo.l_name_offset = 16;
lmo.l_ld_offset = 24;
lmo.l_next_offset = 32;
lmo.l_prev_offset = 40;
diff --git a/gdb/mips-tdep.c b/gdb/mips-tdep.c
index 8c1643585f4c..4ab3c8b9fdf8 100644
--- a/gdb/mips-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/mips-tdep.c
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ mips_register_name (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
enum mips_abi abi = mips_abi (gdbarch);
- /* Map [gdbarch_num_regs .. 2*gdbarch_num_regs) onto the raw registers,
+ /* Map [gdbarch_num_regs .. 2*gdbarch_num_regs) onto the raw registers,
but then don't make the raw register names visible. This (upper)
range of user visible register numbers are the pseudo-registers.
@@ -995,8 +995,8 @@ mips_value_to_register (frame_info_ptr frame, int regnum,
{
gdb_byte fill[8];
size_t len = type->length ();
-
- /* Sign extend values, irrespective of type, that are stored to
+
+ /* Sign extend values, irrespective of type, that are stored to
a 64-bit general purpose register. (32-bit unsigned values
are stored as signed quantities within a 64-bit register.
When performing an operation, in compiled code, that combines
@@ -2882,7 +2882,7 @@ mips_insn16_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
mips16_scan_prologue (gdbarch, start_addr, pc, this_frame,
(struct mips_frame_cache *) *this_cache);
}
-
+
/* gdbarch_sp_regnum contains the value and not the address. */
cache->saved_regs[gdbarch_num_regs (gdbarch)
+ MIPS_SP_REGNUM].set_value (cache->base);
@@ -3419,7 +3419,7 @@ reset_saved_regs (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct mips_frame_cache *this_cache)
}
/* Analyze the function prologue from START_PC to LIMIT_PC. Builds
- the associated FRAME_CACHE if not null.
+ the associated FRAME_CACHE if not null.
Return the address of the first instruction past the prologue. */
static CORE_ADDR
@@ -3635,7 +3635,7 @@ mips32_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
if (this_cache != NULL)
{
- this_cache->base =
+ this_cache->base =
(get_frame_register_signed (this_frame,
gdbarch_num_regs (gdbarch) + frame_reg)
+ frame_offset);
@@ -3654,7 +3654,7 @@ mips32_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
its address instead. */
end_prologue_addr
= prev_non_prologue_insn || prev_delay_slot ? prev_pc : cur_pc;
-
+
/* In a frameless function, we might have incorrectly
skipped some load immediate instructions. Undo the skipping
if the load immediate was not followed by a stack adjustment. */
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ mips_insn32_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
mips32_scan_prologue (gdbarch, start_addr, pc, this_frame,
(struct mips_frame_cache *) *this_cache);
}
-
+
/* gdbarch_sp_regnum contains the value and not the address. */
cache->saved_regs[gdbarch_num_regs (gdbarch)
+ MIPS_SP_REGNUM].set_value (cache->base);
@@ -3922,7 +3922,7 @@ mips_addr_bits_remove (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr)
/* Checks for an atomic sequence of instructions beginning with a LL/LLD
instruction and ending with a SC/SCD instruction. If such a sequence
- is found, attempt to step through it. A breakpoint is placed at the end of
+ is found, attempt to step through it. A breakpoint is placed at the end of
the sequence. */
/* Instructions used during single-stepping of atomic sequences, standard
@@ -3941,7 +3941,7 @@ mips_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
ULONGEST insn;
int insn_count;
int index;
- int last_breakpoint = 0; /* Defaults to 0 (no breakpoints placed). */
+ int last_breakpoint = 0; /* Defaults to 0 (no breakpoints placed). */
const int atomic_sequence_length = 16; /* Instruction sequence length. */
insn = mips_fetch_instruction (gdbarch, ISA_MIPS, loc, NULL);
@@ -3949,7 +3949,7 @@ mips_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
if (itype_op (insn) != LL_OPCODE && itype_op (insn) != LLD_OPCODE)
return {};
- /* Assume that no atomic sequence is longer than "atomic_sequence_length"
+ /* Assume that no atomic sequence is longer than "atomic_sequence_length"
instructions. */
for (insn_count = 0; insn_count < atomic_sequence_length; ++insn_count)
{
@@ -4812,7 +4812,7 @@ mips_eabi_return_value (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
{
if (type->code () == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
fp_return_type = 1;
- /* Structs with a single field of float type
+ /* Structs with a single field of float type
are returned in a floating point register. */
if ((type->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|| type->code () == TYPE_CODE_UNION)
@@ -4825,7 +4825,7 @@ mips_eabi_return_value (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
}
- if (fp_return_type)
+ if (fp_return_type)
{
/* A floating-point value belongs in the least significant part
of FP0/FP1. */
@@ -4833,7 +4833,7 @@ mips_eabi_return_value (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
gdb_printf (gdb_stderr, "Return float in $fp0\n");
regnum = mips_regnum (gdbarch)->fp0;
}
- else
+ else
{
/* An integer value goes in V0/V1. */
if (mips_debug)
@@ -7137,7 +7137,7 @@ mips32_instruction_has_delay_slot (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, ULONGEST inst)
{
rs = itype_rs (inst);
rt = itype_rt (inst);
- return (is_octeon_bbit_op (op, gdbarch)
+ return (is_octeon_bbit_op (op, gdbarch)
|| op >> 2 == 5 /* BEQL, BNEL, BLEZL, BGTZL: bits 0101xx */
|| op == 29 /* JALX: bits 011101 */
|| (op == 17
@@ -7970,7 +7970,7 @@ mips_integer_to_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
an assertion failure. */
static void
-mips_virtual_frame_pointer (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
+mips_virtual_frame_pointer (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
CORE_ADDR pc, int *reg, LONGEST *offset)
{
*reg = MIPS_SP_REGNUM;
@@ -8822,7 +8822,7 @@ mips_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_numeric_register_aliases); i++)
user_reg_add (gdbarch, mips_numeric_register_aliases[i].name,
- value_of_mips_user_reg,
+ value_of_mips_user_reg,
&mips_numeric_register_aliases[i].regnum);
return gdbarch;
@@ -8849,7 +8849,7 @@ show_mips_abi (struct ui_file *file,
{
if (gdbarch_bfd_arch_info (target_gdbarch ())->arch != bfd_arch_mips)
gdb_printf
- (file,
+ (file,
"The MIPS ABI is unknown because the current architecture "
"is not MIPS.\n");
else
@@ -8860,7 +8860,7 @@ show_mips_abi (struct ui_file *file,
if (global_abi == MIPS_ABI_UNKNOWN)
gdb_printf
- (file,
+ (file,
"The MIPS ABI is set automatically (currently \"%s\").\n",
actual_abi_str);
else if (global_abi == actual_abi)
diff --git a/gdb/mn10300-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/mn10300-linux-tdep.c
index b6111d431b7c..787abe022b7c 100644
--- a/gdb/mn10300-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/mn10300-linux-tdep.c
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ typedef struct
If REGNUM is -1, do this for all gp registers in regset. */
static void
-am33_supply_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
- struct regcache *regcache,
+am33_supply_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
+ struct regcache *regcache,
int regnum, const void *gregs, size_t len)
{
const mn10300_elf_greg_t *regp = (const mn10300_elf_greg_t *) gregs;
@@ -94,67 +94,67 @@ am33_supply_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
switch (regnum) {
case E_D0_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_D0_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_D0_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_D0));
break;
case E_D1_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_D1_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_D1_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_D1));
break;
case E_D2_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_D2_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_D2_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_D2));
break;
case E_D3_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_D3_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_D3_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_D3));
break;
case E_A0_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_A0_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_A0_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_A0));
break;
case E_A1_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_A1_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_A1_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_A1));
break;
case E_A2_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_A2_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_A2_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_A2));
break;
case E_A3_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_A3_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_A3_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_A3));
break;
case E_SP_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_SP_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_SP_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_SP));
break;
case E_PC_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_PC_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_PC_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_PC));
break;
case E_MDR_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_MDR_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_MDR_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MDR));
break;
case E_PSW_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_PSW_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_PSW_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_EPSW));
break;
case E_LIR_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_LIR_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_LIR_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_LIR));
break;
case E_LAR_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_LAR_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_LAR_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_LAR));
break;
case E_MDRQ_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_MDRQ_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_MDRQ_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MDRQ));
break;
case E_E0_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_E0_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_E0_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E0));
break;
case E_E1_REGNUM:
@@ -162,27 +162,27 @@ am33_supply_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E1));
break;
case E_E2_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_E2_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_E2_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E2));
break;
case E_E3_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_E3_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_E3_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E3));
break;
case E_E4_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_E4_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_E4_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E4));
break;
case E_E5_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_E5_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_E5_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E5));
break;
case E_E6_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_E6_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_E6_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E6));
break;
case E_E7_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_E7_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_E7_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E7));
break;
@@ -197,15 +197,15 @@ am33_supply_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
regcache->raw_supply_zeroed (E_E10_REGNUM);
break;
case E_MCRH_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_MCRH_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_MCRH_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MCRH));
break;
case E_MCRL_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_MCRL_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_MCRL_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MCRL));
break;
case E_MCVF_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_supply (E_MCVF_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_supply (E_MCVF_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MCVF));
break;
case E_FPCR_REGNUM:
@@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ am33_supply_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
If REGNUM is -1, do this for all fp registers in regset. */
static void
-am33_supply_fpregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
- struct regcache *regcache,
+am33_supply_fpregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
+ struct regcache *regcache,
int regnum, const void *fpregs, size_t len)
{
const mn10300_elf_fpregset_t *fpregset
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ am33_supply_fpregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
for (i = 0; i < MN10300_ELF_NFPREG; i++)
am33_supply_fpregset_method (regset, regcache,
E_FS0_REGNUM + i, fpregs, len);
- am33_supply_fpregset_method (regset, regcache,
+ am33_supply_fpregset_method (regset, regcache,
E_FPCR_REGNUM, fpregs, len);
}
else if (regnum == E_FPCR_REGNUM)
@@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ am33_supply_fpregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
/* Copy register values from regcache to regset. */
static void
-am33_collect_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
- const struct regcache *regcache,
+am33_collect_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
+ const struct regcache *regcache,
int regnum, void *gregs, size_t len)
{
mn10300_elf_gregset_t *regp = (gdb_byte (*)[28][4]) gregs;
@@ -279,63 +279,63 @@ am33_collect_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_D0));
break;
case E_D1_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_D1_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_D1_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_D1));
break;
case E_D2_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_D2_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_D2_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_D2));
break;
case E_D3_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_D3_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_D3_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_D3));
break;
case E_A0_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_A0_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_A0_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_A0));
break;
case E_A1_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_A1_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_A1_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_A1));
break;
case E_A2_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_A2_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_A2_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_A2));
break;
case E_A3_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_A3_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_A3_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_A3));
break;
case E_SP_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_SP_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_SP_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_SP));
break;
case E_PC_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_PC_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_PC_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_PC));
break;
case E_MDR_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_MDR_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_MDR_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MDR));
break;
case E_PSW_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_PSW_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_PSW_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_EPSW));
break;
case E_LIR_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_LIR_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_LIR_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_LIR));
break;
case E_LAR_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_LAR_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_LAR_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_LAR));
break;
case E_MDRQ_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_MDRQ_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_MDRQ_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MDRQ));
break;
case E_E0_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_E0_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_E0_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E0));
break;
case E_E1_REGNUM:
@@ -343,27 +343,27 @@ am33_collect_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E1));
break;
case E_E2_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_E2_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_E2_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E2));
break;
case E_E3_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_E3_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_E3_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E3));
break;
case E_E4_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_E4_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_E4_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E4));
break;
case E_E5_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_E5_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_E5_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E5));
break;
case E_E6_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_E6_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_E6_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E6));
break;
case E_E7_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_E7_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_E7_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_E7));
break;
@@ -378,15 +378,15 @@ am33_collect_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
/* The gregset struct has noplace to put this: do nothing. */
break;
case E_MCRH_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_MCRH_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_MCRH_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MCRH));
break;
case E_MCRL_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_MCRL_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_MCRL_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MCRL));
break;
case E_MCVF_REGNUM:
- regcache->raw_collect (E_MCVF_REGNUM,
+ regcache->raw_collect (E_MCVF_REGNUM,
(regp + MN10300_ELF_GREGSET_T_REG_INDEX_MCVF));
break;
case E_FPCR_REGNUM:
@@ -412,8 +412,8 @@ am33_collect_gregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
/* Copy fp register values from regcache to regset. */
static void
-am33_collect_fpregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
- const struct regcache *regcache,
+am33_collect_fpregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
+ const struct regcache *regcache,
int regnum, void *fpregs, size_t len)
{
mn10300_elf_fpregset_t *fpregset = (mn10300_elf_fpregset_t *) fpregs;
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ am33_collect_fpregset_method (const struct regset *regset,
for (i = 0; i < MN10300_ELF_NFPREG; i++)
am33_collect_fpregset_method (regset, regcache, E_FS0_REGNUM + i,
fpregs, len);
- am33_collect_fpregset_method (regset, regcache,
+ am33_collect_fpregset_method (regset, regcache,
E_FPCR_REGNUM, fpregs, len);
}
else if (regnum == E_FPCR_REGNUM)
diff --git a/gdb/mn10300-tdep.c b/gdb/mn10300-tdep.c
index 815949c67ae4..b182839f59d6 100644
--- a/gdb/mn10300-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/mn10300-tdep.c
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ mn10300_store_return_value (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct type *type,
{
int len = type->length ();
int reg, regsz;
-
+
if (type->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
reg = 4;
else
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ static const struct frame_unwind mn10300_frame_unwind = {
"mn10300 prologue",
NORMAL_FRAME,
default_frame_unwind_stop_reason,
- mn10300_frame_this_id,
+ mn10300_frame_this_id,
mn10300_frame_prev_register,
NULL,
default_frame_sniffer
@@ -1152,19 +1152,19 @@ mn10300_frame_unwind_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
*/
static CORE_ADDR
-mn10300_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
+mn10300_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
struct value *target_func,
struct regcache *regcache,
- CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
+ CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
int nargs, struct value **args,
- CORE_ADDR sp,
+ CORE_ADDR sp,
function_call_return_method return_method,
CORE_ADDR struct_addr)
{
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
const int push_size = register_size (gdbarch, E_PC_REGNUM);
int regs_used;
- int len, arg_len;
+ int len, arg_len;
int stack_offset = 0;
int argnum;
const gdb_byte *val;
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ mn10300_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
while (regs_used < 2 && arg_len > 0)
{
- regcache_cooked_write_unsigned (regcache, regs_used,
+ regcache_cooked_write_unsigned (regcache, regs_used,
extract_unsigned_integer (val, push_size, byte_order));
val += push_size;
arg_len -= push_size;
@@ -1267,14 +1267,14 @@ mn10300_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
expected to allocate any additional stack. On the other hand, if
the SP values are different, the difference determines the
additional stack that must be allocated.
-
+
Note that we don't update the return value though because that's
the value of the stack just after pushing the arguments, but prior
to performing the call. This value is needed in order to
construct the frame ID of the dummy call. */
{
CORE_ADDR func_addr = find_function_addr (target_func, NULL);
- CORE_ADDR unwound_sp
+ CORE_ADDR unwound_sp
= gdbarch_unwind_sp (gdbarch, create_new_frame (sp, func_addr));
if (sp != unwound_sp)
regcache_cooked_write_unsigned (regcache, E_SP_REGNUM,
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ mn10300_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info,
/* Stage 2 */
set_gdbarch_return_value (gdbarch, mn10300_return_value);
-
+
/* Stage 3 -- get target calls working. */
set_gdbarch_push_dummy_call (gdbarch, mn10300_push_dummy_call);
/* set_gdbarch_return_value (store, extract) */
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ mn10300_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info,
return gdbarch;
}
-
+
/* Dump out the mn10300 specific architecture information. */
static void
diff --git a/gdb/moxie-tdep.c b/gdb/moxie-tdep.c
index f1841e4e57e3..3c0e40d07ba8 100644
--- a/gdb/moxie-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/moxie-tdep.c
@@ -169,12 +169,12 @@ moxie_analyze_prologue (CORE_ADDR start_addr, CORE_ADDR end_addr,
{
offset = read_memory_integer (next_addr + 2, 4, byte_order);
inst2 = read_memory_unsigned_integer (next_addr + 6, 2, byte_order);
-
+
if (inst2 == 0x291e) /* sub.l $sp, $r12 */
{
cache->framesize += offset;
}
-
+
return (next_addr + 8);
}
else if ((inst & 0xff00) == 0x9100) /* dec $sp, X */
@@ -220,10 +220,10 @@ moxie_skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
struct symbol *sym;
struct moxie_frame_cache cache;
CORE_ADDR plg_end;
-
+
memset (&cache, 0, sizeof cache);
-
- plg_end = moxie_analyze_prologue (func_addr,
+
+ plg_end = moxie_analyze_prologue (func_addr,
func_end, &cache, gdbarch);
/* Found a function. */
sym = lookup_symbol (func_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, NULL).symbol;
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ moxie_software_single_step (struct regcache *regcache)
return next_pcs;
}
-/* Given a return value in `regbuf' with a type `valtype',
+/* Given a return value in `regbuf' with a type `valtype',
extract and copy its value into `valbuf'. */
static void
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
{
/* This is a Form 3 instruction. */
int opcode = (inst >> 10 & 0xf);
-
+
switch (opcode)
{
case 0x00: /* beq */
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
{
regcache->raw_read (
MOXIE_SP_REGNUM, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
if (record_full_arch_list_add_reg (regcache, MOXIE_FP_REGNUM)
|| (record_full_arch_list_add_reg (regcache,
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
{
int reg = (inst >> 4) & 0xf;
regcache->raw_read (reg, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
if (record_full_arch_list_add_reg (regcache, reg)
|| record_full_arch_list_add_mem (tmpu32 - 4, 4))
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
break;
case 0x09: /* sta.l */
{
- tmpu32 = (uint32_t) moxie_process_readu (addr+2, buf,
+ tmpu32 = (uint32_t) moxie_process_readu (addr+2, buf,
4, byte_order);
if (record_full_arch_list_add_mem (tmpu32, 4))
return -1;
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
{
int reg = (inst >> 4) & 0xf;
regcache->raw_read (reg, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
if (record_full_arch_list_add_mem (tmpu32, 4))
return -1;
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
uint32_t offset = (((int16_t) moxie_process_readu (addr+2, buf, 2,
byte_order)) << 16 ) >> 16;
regcache->raw_read (reg, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
tmpu32 += offset;
if (record_full_arch_list_add_mem (tmpu32, 4))
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
{
regcache->raw_read (
MOXIE_SP_REGNUM, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
if (record_full_arch_list_add_reg (regcache, MOXIE_FP_REGNUM)
|| (record_full_arch_list_add_reg (regcache,
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
{
int reg = (inst >> 4) & 0xf;
regcache->raw_read (reg, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
if (record_full_arch_list_add_mem (tmpu32, 1))
return -1;
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
{
int reg = (inst >> 4) & 0xf;
regcache->raw_read (reg, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
if (record_full_arch_list_add_mem (tmpu32, 2))
return -1;
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
break;
case 0x30: /* swi */
{
- /* We currently implement support for libgloss'
+ /* We currently implement support for libgloss'
system calls. */
int inum = moxie_process_readu (addr+2, buf, 4, byte_order);
@@ -953,13 +953,13 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
/* Read buffer pointer is in $r1. */
regcache->raw_read (3, (gdb_byte *) & ptr);
- ptr = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & ptr,
+ ptr = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & ptr,
4, byte_order);
/* String length is at 0x12($fp). */
regcache->raw_read (
MOXIE_FP_REGNUM, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
length = moxie_process_readu (tmpu32+20, buf, 4, byte_order);
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
uint32_t offset = (((int16_t) moxie_process_readu (addr+2, buf, 2,
byte_order)) << 16 ) >> 16;
regcache->raw_read (reg, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
tmpu32 += offset;
if (record_full_arch_list_add_mem (tmpu32, 1))
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ moxie_process_record (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
uint32_t offset = (((int16_t) moxie_process_readu (addr+2, buf, 2,
byte_order)) << 16 ) >> 16;
regcache->raw_read (reg, (gdb_byte *) & tmpu32);
- tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
+ tmpu32 = extract_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) & tmpu32,
4, byte_order);
tmpu32 += offset;
if (record_full_arch_list_add_mem (tmpu32, 2))
diff --git a/gdb/moxie-tdep.h b/gdb/moxie-tdep.h
index 69bb5d0fa3a8..348a15404a9d 100644
--- a/gdb/moxie-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/moxie-tdep.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Target-dependent code for Moxie
-
+
Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GDB.
diff --git a/gdb/nat/linux-osdata.h b/gdb/nat/linux-osdata.h
index 5ccf150b18b8..3880ad786094 100644
--- a/gdb/nat/linux-osdata.h
+++ b/gdb/nat/linux-osdata.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Linux-specific functions to retrieve OS data.
-
+
Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GDB.
diff --git a/gdb/nat/windows-nat.c b/gdb/nat/windows-nat.c
index 42031d4757c5..5d7712c57ac5 100644
--- a/gdb/nat/windows-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/nat/windows-nat.c
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ bad_GetConsoleFontSize (HANDLE w, DWORD nFont)
size.Y = 12;
return size;
}
-
+
/* See windows-nat.h. */
bool
diff --git a/gdb/nat/x86-gcc-cpuid.h b/gdb/nat/x86-gcc-cpuid.h
index 4d3b40eb86c6..3be54d5ab958 100644
--- a/gdb/nat/x86-gcc-cpuid.h
+++ b/gdb/nat/x86-gcc-cpuid.h
@@ -13,16 +13,16 @@
* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
* Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
* later version.
- *
+ *
* This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
* WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* General Public License for more details.
- *
+ *
* Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
* permissions described in the GCC Runtime Library Exception, version
* 3.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
+ *
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License and
* a copy of the GCC Runtime Library Exception along with this program;
* see the files COPYING3 and COPYING.RUNTIME respectively. If not, see
diff --git a/gdb/netbsd-tdep.c b/gdb/netbsd-tdep.c
index d7c8ee7bc5e2..642368ab50cd 100644
--- a/gdb/netbsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/netbsd-tdep.c
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@
Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Wasabi Systems, Inc.
-
+
This file is part of GDB.
-
+
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
diff --git a/gdb/nios2-tdep.c b/gdb/nios2-tdep.c
index effa10bf97e4..6a100de7b67a 100644
--- a/gdb/nios2-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/nios2-tdep.c
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ enum branch_condition {
branch_lt,
branch_ltu
};
-
+
static int
nios2_match_branch (uint32_t insn, const struct nios2_opcode *op,
unsigned long mach, int *ra, int *rb, int *imm,
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ nios2_stack_frame_destroyed_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
...
.Lstack_overflow:
trap 3
-
+
Older versions of GCC emitted "break 3" instead of "trap 3" here,
so we check for both cases.
@@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ nios2_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const CORE_ADDR start_pc,
if (rc == NIOS2_SP_REGNUM || rc == NIOS2_FP_REGNUM)
prologue_end = pc;
}
-
+
else if (nios2_match_sub (insn, op, mach, &ra, &rb, &rc))
{
/* SUB rc, ra, rb */
@@ -1399,9 +1399,9 @@ nios2_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const CORE_ADDR start_pc,
cache->reg_saved[orig].basereg = value[ra].reg;
cache->reg_saved[orig].addr = value[ra].offset + imm;
}
-
+
prologue_end = pc;
-
+
if (orig == NIOS2_EA_REGNUM || orig == NIOS2_ESTATUS_REGNUM)
exception_handler = 1;
}
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ nios2_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const CORE_ADDR start_pc,
if (reglist & (1 << i))
{
int orig = value[i].reg;
-
+
off += 4;
if (orig > 0 && value[i].offset == 0 && pc < current_pc)
{
@@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ nios2_get_next_pc (struct regcache *regcache, CORE_ADDR pc)
/* Do something stupid if we can't disassemble the insn at pc. */
if (op == NULL)
return pc + NIOS2_OPCODE_SIZE;
-
+
if (nios2_match_branch (insn, op, mach, &ra, &rb, &imm, &cond))
{
int ras = regcache_raw_get_signed (regcache, ra);
@@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ nios2_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
tdesc_data = tdesc_data_alloc ();
valid_p = 1;
-
+
for (i = 0; i < NIOS2_NUM_REGS; i++)
valid_p &= tdesc_numbered_register (feature, tdesc_data.get (), i,
nios2_reg_names[i]);
diff --git a/gdb/nto-procfs.c b/gdb/nto-procfs.c
index ef9e0f052612..2fa0e1120728 100644
--- a/gdb/nto-procfs.c
+++ b/gdb/nto-procfs.c
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ update_thread_private_data_name (struct thread_info *new_thread,
pti->name = newname;
}
-static void
-update_thread_private_data (struct thread_info *new_thread,
+static void
+update_thread_private_data (struct thread_info *new_thread,
pthread_t tid, int state, int flags)
{
procfs_info pidinfo;
@@ -399,12 +399,12 @@ nto_procfs_target::update_thread_list ()
for (tid = 1;; ++tid)
{
- if (status.tid == tid
+ if (status.tid == tid
&& (devctl (ctl_fd, DCMD_PROC_TIDSTATUS, &status, sizeof (status), 0)
!= EOK))
break;
if (status.tid != tid)
- /* The reason why this would not be equal is that devctl might have
+ /* The reason why this would not be equal is that devctl might have
returned different tid, meaning the requested tid no longer exists
(e.g. thread exited). */
continue;
diff --git a/gdb/nto-tdep.c b/gdb/nto-tdep.c
index 301d403eb137..d72da3366d6a 100644
--- a/gdb/nto-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/nto-tdep.c
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ nto_init_solib_absolute_prefix (void)
}
char **
-nto_parse_redirection (char *pargv[], const char **pin, const char **pout,
+nto_parse_redirection (char *pargv[], const char **pin, const char **pout,
const char **perr)
{
char **argv;
diff --git a/gdb/objc-lang.c b/gdb/objc-lang.c
index 1a1d62154758..4b9e1dff98ce 100644
--- a/gdb/objc-lang.c
+++ b/gdb/objc-lang.c
@@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ struct objc_object {
};
struct objc_class {
- CORE_ADDR isa;
- CORE_ADDR super_class;
- CORE_ADDR name;
+ CORE_ADDR isa;
+ CORE_ADDR super_class;
+ CORE_ADDR name;
long version;
long info;
long instance_size;
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ lookup_struct_typedef (const char *name, const struct block *block, int noerr)
{
if (noerr)
return 0;
- else
+ else
error (_("No struct type named %s."), name);
}
if (sym->type ()->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ lookup_struct_typedef (const char *name, const struct block *block, int noerr)
if (noerr)
return 0;
else
- error (_("This context has class, union or enum %s, not a struct."),
+ error (_("This context has class, union or enum %s, not a struct."),
name);
}
return sym;
}
-CORE_ADDR
+CORE_ADDR
lookup_objc_class (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *classname)
{
struct type *char_type = builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_char;
@@ -158,13 +158,13 @@ lookup_child_selector (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *selname)
return 0;
}
- selstring = value_coerce_array (value_string (selname,
+ selstring = value_coerce_array (value_string (selname,
strlen (selname) + 1,
char_type));
return value_as_long (call_function_by_hand (function, NULL, selstring));
}
-struct value *
+struct value *
value_nsstring (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *ptr, int len)
{
struct type *char_type = builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_char;
@@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ value_nsstring (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *ptr, int len)
= find_function_in_inferior("+[NSString stringWithCString:]", NULL);
type = builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_long;
- stringValue[0] = value_from_longest
+ stringValue[0] = value_from_longest
(type, lookup_objc_class (gdbarch, "NSString"));
- stringValue[1] = value_from_longest
+ stringValue[1] = value_from_longest
(type, lookup_child_selector (gdbarch, "stringWithCString:"));
nsstringValue = call_function_by_hand(function, NULL, stringValue);
}
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ compare_selectors (const void *a, const void *b)
* Implements the "Info selectors" command. Takes an optional regexp
* arg. Lists all objective c selectors that match the regexp. Works
* by grepping thru all symbols for objective c methods. Output list
- * is sorted and uniqued.
+ * is sorted and uniqued.
*/
static void
@@ -608,10 +608,10 @@ info_selectors_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
continue;
}
if (regexp == NULL || re_exec(++name) != 0)
- {
+ {
const char *mystart = name;
const char *myend = strchr (mystart, ']');
-
+
if (myend && (myend - mystart > maxlen))
maxlen = myend - mystart; /* Get longest selector. */
matches++;
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ info_selectors_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
}
if (matches)
{
- gdb_printf (_("Selectors matching \"%s\":\n\n"),
+ gdb_printf (_("Selectors matching \"%s\":\n\n"),
regexp ? regexp : "*");
sym_arr = XALLOCAVEC (struct symbol *, matches);
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ info_selectors_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
}
}
- qsort (sym_arr, matches, sizeof (struct minimal_symbol *),
+ qsort (sym_arr, matches, sizeof (struct minimal_symbol *),
compare_selectors);
/* Prevent compare on first iteration. */
asel[0] = 0;
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ info_selectors_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
* Function: compare_classes (const void *, const void *)
*
* Comparison function for use with qsort. Arguments are symbols or
- * msymbols Compares class part of objc method name alphabetically.
+ * msymbols Compares class part of objc method name alphabetically.
*/
static int
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ compare_classes (const void *a, const void *b)
* Lists all objective c classes that match the optional regexp.
* Works by grepping thru the list of objective c methods. List will
* be sorted and uniqued (since one class may have many methods).
- * BUGS: will not list a class that has no methods.
+ * BUGS: will not list a class that has no methods.
*/
static void
@@ -750,11 +750,11 @@ info_classes_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
(name[0] == '-' || name[0] == '+') &&
name[1] == '[') /* Got a method name. */
if (regexp == NULL || re_exec(name+2) != 0)
- {
+ {
/* Compute length of classname part. */
const char *mystart = name + 2;
const char *myend = strchr (mystart, ' ');
-
+
if (myend && (myend - mystart > maxlen))
maxlen = myend - mystart;
matches++;
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ info_classes_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
}
if (matches)
{
- gdb_printf (_("Classes matching \"%s\":\n\n"),
+ gdb_printf (_("Classes matching \"%s\":\n\n"),
regexp ? regexp : "*");
sym_arr = XALLOCAVEC (struct symbol *, matches);
matches = 0;
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ info_classes_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
}
}
- qsort (sym_arr, matches, sizeof (struct minimal_symbol *),
+ qsort (sym_arr, matches, sizeof (struct minimal_symbol *),
compare_classes);
/* Prevent compare on first iteration. */
aclass[0] = 0;
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ info_classes_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty)
gdb_printf (_("No classes matching \"%s\"\n"), regexp ? regexp : "*");
}
-static char *
+static char *
parse_selector (char *method, char **selector)
{
char *s1 = NULL;
@@ -822,13 +822,13 @@ parse_selector (char *method, char **selector)
s1 = method;
s1 = skip_spaces (s1);
- if (*s1 == '\'')
+ if (*s1 == '\'')
{
found_quote = 1;
s1++;
}
s1 = skip_spaces (s1);
-
+
nselector = s1;
s2 = s1;
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ parse_selector (char *method, char **selector)
s2 = skip_spaces (s2);
if (found_quote)
{
- if (*s2 == '\'')
+ if (*s2 == '\'')
s2++;
s2 = skip_spaces (s2);
}
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ parse_selector (char *method, char **selector)
return s2;
}
-static char *
+static char *
parse_method (char *method, char *type, char **theclass,
char **category, char **selector)
{
@@ -877,17 +877,17 @@ parse_method (char *method, char *type, char **theclass,
gdb_assert (theclass != NULL);
gdb_assert (category != NULL);
gdb_assert (selector != NULL);
-
+
s1 = method;
s1 = skip_spaces (s1);
- if (*s1 == '\'')
+ if (*s1 == '\'')
{
found_quote = 1;
s1++;
}
s1 = skip_spaces (s1);
-
+
if ((s1[0] == '+') || (s1[0] == '-'))
ntype = *s1++;
@@ -900,10 +900,10 @@ parse_method (char *method, char *type, char **theclass,
nclass = s1;
while (isalnum (*s1) || (*s1 == '_'))
s1++;
-
+
s2 = s1;
s2 = skip_spaces (s2);
-
+
if (*s2 == '(')
{
s2++;
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ parse_method (char *method, char *type, char **theclass,
s2 = skip_spaces (s2);
if (found_quote)
{
- if (*s2 != '\'')
+ if (*s2 != '\'')
return NULL;
s2++;
s2 = skip_spaces (s2);
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ parse_method (char *method, char *type, char **theclass,
}
static void
-find_methods (char type, const char *theclass, const char *category,
+find_methods (char type, const char *theclass, const char *category,
const char *selector,
std::vector<const char *> *symbol_names)
{
@@ -1024,11 +1024,11 @@ find_methods (char type, const char *theclass, const char *category,
&& ((nclass == NULL) || (strcmp (theclass, nclass) != 0)))
continue;
- if ((category != NULL) &&
+ if ((category != NULL) &&
((ncategory == NULL) || (strcmp (category, ncategory) != 0)))
continue;
- if ((selector != NULL) &&
+ if ((selector != NULL) &&
((nselector == NULL) || (strcmp (selector, nselector) != 0)))
continue;
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ uniquify_strings (std::vector<const char *> *strings)
strings->end ());
}
-/*
+/*
* Function: find_imps (const char *selector, struct symbol **sym_arr)
*
* Input: a string representing a selector
@@ -1125,14 +1125,14 @@ find_imps (const char *method, std::vector<const char *> *symbol_names)
struct symbol *sym = lookup_symbol (selector, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN,
0).symbol;
- if (sym != NULL)
+ if (sym != NULL)
symbol_names->push_back (sym->natural_name ());
else
{
struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol (selector, 0, 0);
- if (msym.minsym != NULL)
+ if (msym.minsym != NULL)
symbol_names->push_back (msym.minsym->natural_name ());
}
}
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ find_imps (const char *method, std::vector<const char *> *symbol_names)
return method + (tmp - buf);
}
-static void
+static void
print_object_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
{
struct value *object, *function, *description;
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ static struct objc_methcall methcalls[] = {
* case the functions have moved for some reason.
*/
-static void
+static void
find_objc_msgsend (void)
{
unsigned int i;
@@ -1243,10 +1243,10 @@ find_objc_msgsend (void)
func = lookup_bound_minimal_symbol (methcalls[i].name + 1);
}
if (func.minsym == NULL)
- {
+ {
methcalls[i].begin = 0;
methcalls[i].end = 0;
- continue;
+ continue;
}
methcalls[i].begin = func.value_address ();
@@ -1269,9 +1269,9 @@ find_objc_msgsend (void)
* dependent modules.
*/
-static int
+static int
find_objc_msgcall_submethod (int (*f) (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR *),
- CORE_ADDR pc,
+ CORE_ADDR pc,
CORE_ADDR *new_pc)
{
try
@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ find_objc_msgcall_submethod (int (*f) (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR *),
return 0;
}
-int
+int
find_objc_msgcall (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *new_pc)
{
unsigned int i;
@@ -1300,13 +1300,13 @@ find_objc_msgcall (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *new_pc)
*new_pc = 0;
}
- for (i = 0; i < nmethcalls; i++)
- if ((pc >= methcalls[i].begin) && (pc < methcalls[i].end))
+ for (i = 0; i < nmethcalls; i++)
+ if ((pc >= methcalls[i].begin) && (pc < methcalls[i].end))
{
- if (methcalls[i].stop_at != NULL)
- return find_objc_msgcall_submethod (methcalls[i].stop_at,
+ if (methcalls[i].stop_at != NULL)
+ return find_objc_msgcall_submethod (methcalls[i].stop_at,
pc, new_pc);
- else
+ else
return 0;
}
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ _initialize_objc_language ()
add_com_alias ("po", print_object_cmd, class_vars, 1);
}
-static void
+static void
read_objc_method (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr,
struct objc_method *method)
{
@@ -1346,15 +1346,15 @@ read_objc_methlist_nmethods (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr)
return read_memory_unsigned_integer (addr + 4, 4, byte_order);
}
-static void
+static void
read_objc_methlist_method (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr,
unsigned long num, struct objc_method *method)
{
gdb_assert (num < read_objc_methlist_nmethods (gdbarch, addr));
read_objc_method (gdbarch, addr + 8 + (12 * num), method);
}
-
-static void
+
+static void
read_objc_object (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr,
struct objc_object *object)
{
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ read_objc_object (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr,
object->isa = read_memory_unsigned_integer (addr, 4, byte_order);
}
-static void
+static void
read_objc_super (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr,
struct objc_super *super)
{
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ read_objc_super (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr,
super->theclass = read_memory_unsigned_integer (addr + 4, 4, byte_order);
};
-static void
+static void
read_objc_class (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr,
struct objc_class *theclass)
{
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ find_implementation_from_class (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
enum bfd_endian byte_order = gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch);
CORE_ADDR subclass = theclass;
- while (subclass != 0)
+ while (subclass != 0)
{
struct objc_class class_str;
@@ -1407,27 +1407,27 @@ find_implementation_from_class (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
read_objc_class (gdbarch, subclass, &class_str);
- for (;;)
+ for (;;)
{
CORE_ADDR mlist;
unsigned long nmethods;
unsigned long i;
-
- mlist = read_memory_unsigned_integer (class_str.methods +
+
+ mlist = read_memory_unsigned_integer (class_str.methods +
(4 * mlistnum),
4, byte_order);
- if (mlist == 0)
+ if (mlist == 0)
break;
nmethods = read_objc_methlist_nmethods (gdbarch, mlist);
- for (i = 0; i < nmethods; i++)
+ for (i = 0; i < nmethods; i++)
{
struct objc_method meth_str;
read_objc_methlist_method (gdbarch, mlist, i, &meth_str);
- if (meth_str.name == sel)
+ if (meth_str.name == sel)
/* FIXME: hppa arch was doing a pointer dereference
here. There needs to be a better way to do that. */
return meth_str.imp;
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ resolve_msgsend_super (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *new_pc)
read_objc_super (gdbarch, super, &sstr);
if (sstr.theclass == 0)
return 0;
-
+
res = find_implementation_from_class (gdbarch, sstr.theclass, sel);
if (new_pc != 0)
*new_pc = res;
@@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ resolve_msgsend_super_stret (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *new_pc)
read_objc_super (gdbarch, super, &sstr);
if (sstr.theclass == 0)
return 0;
-
+
res = find_implementation_from_class (gdbarch, sstr.theclass, sel);
if (new_pc != 0)
*new_pc = res;
diff --git a/gdb/objfiles.c b/gdb/objfiles.c
index 09aba0f80f07..9f7191391592 100644
--- a/gdb/objfiles.c
+++ b/gdb/objfiles.c
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ relocate_one_symbol (struct symbol *sym, struct objfile *objfile,
Return non-zero iff any change happened. */
static int
-objfile_relocate1 (struct objfile *objfile,
+objfile_relocate1 (struct objfile *objfile,
const section_offsets &new_offsets)
{
section_offsets delta (objfile->section_offsets.size ());
diff --git a/gdb/osabi.h b/gdb/osabi.h
index 478a418aac23..8048394d1c6d 100644
--- a/gdb/osabi.h
+++ b/gdb/osabi.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* OS ABI variant handling for GDB.
Copyright (C) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
+
This file is part of GDB.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
diff --git a/gdb/osdata.c b/gdb/osdata.c
index 188eb1084590..36ba5d5a5681 100644
--- a/gdb/osdata.c
+++ b/gdb/osdata.c
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ info_osdata (const char *type)
if (*type == '\0' && nrows == 0)
error (_("Available types of OS data not reported."));
-
+
if (!osdata->items.empty ())
{
last = &osdata->items.back ();
diff --git a/gdb/parse.c b/gdb/parse.c
index aa12f6fe012d..c5201999f3ad 100644
--- a/gdb/parse.c
+++ b/gdb/parse.c
@@ -649,16 +649,16 @@ fits_in_type (int n_sign, ULONGEST n, int type_bits, bool type_signed_p)
gdb_assert_not_reached ("");
}
\f
-/* This function avoids direct calls to fprintf
+/* This function avoids direct calls to fprintf
in the parser generated debug code. */
void
parser_fprintf (FILE *x, const char *y, ...)
-{
+{
va_list args;
va_start (args, y);
if (x == stderr)
- gdb_vprintf (gdb_stderr, y, args);
+ gdb_vprintf (gdb_stderr, y, args);
else
{
gdb_printf (gdb_stderr, " Unknown FILE used.\n");
diff --git a/gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c b/gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c
index bf46a91c6b2a..5fcb11eb694b 100644
--- a/gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
watchpoints and hardware-accelerated condition evaluation. */
#ifndef PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO
-/* Not having PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO defined means that the PowerPC HWDEBUG
+/* Not having PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO defined means that the PowerPC HWDEBUG
ptrace interface is not present in ptrace.h, so we'll have to pretty much
include it all here so that the code at least compiles on older systems. */
#define PPC_PTRACE_GETHWDBGINFO 0x89
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ ppc_register_u_addr (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
int wordsize = sizeof (long);
/* General purpose registers occupy 1 slot each in the buffer. */
- if (regno >= tdep->ppc_gp0_regnum
+ if (regno >= tdep->ppc_gp0_regnum
&& regno < tdep->ppc_gp0_regnum + ppc_num_gprs)
u_addr = ((regno - tdep->ppc_gp0_regnum + PT_R0) * wordsize);
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ fetch_register (struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
size_t padding = (bytes_transferred - register_size (gdbarch, regno));
regcache->raw_supply (regno, buf + padding);
}
- else
+ else
internal_error (_("fetch_register: unexpected byte order: %d"),
gdbarch_byte_order (gdbarch));
}
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ fetch_register (struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
/* This function actually issues the request to ptrace, telling
it to get all general-purpose registers and put them into the
specified regset.
-
+
If the ptrace request does not exist, this function returns 0
and properly sets the have_ptrace_* flag. If the request fails,
this function calls perror_with_name. Otherwise, if the request
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ fetch_gp_regs (struct regcache *regcache, int tid)
/* This function actually issues the request to ptrace, telling
it to get all floating-point registers and put them into the
specified regset.
-
+
If the ptrace request does not exist, this function returns 0
and properly sets the have_ptrace_* flag. If the request fails,
this function calls perror_with_name. Otherwise, if the request
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ fetch_fp_regs (struct regcache *regcache, int tid)
if (have_ptrace_getsetfpregs)
if (fetch_all_fp_regs (regcache, tid))
return;
-
+
/* If we've hit this point, it doesn't really matter which
architecture we are using. We just need to read the
registers in the "old-fashioned way". */
@@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ fetch_fp_regs (struct regcache *regcache, int tid)
fetch_register (regcache, tid, tdep->ppc_fp0_regnum + i);
}
-static void
+static void
fetch_ppc_registers (struct regcache *regcache, int tid)
{
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = regcache->arch ();
@@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ ppc_linux_nat_target::fetch_registers (struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
if (regno == -1)
fetch_ppc_registers (regcache, tid);
- else
+ else
fetch_register (regcache, tid, regno);
}
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ store_register (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
ptrace (PTRACE_POKEUSER, tid, (PTRACE_TYPE_ARG3) regaddr, l);
regaddr += sizeof (long);
- if (errno == EIO
+ if (errno == EIO
&& (regno == tdep->ppc_fpscr_regnum
|| regno == PPC_ORIG_R3_REGNUM
|| regno == PPC_TRAP_REGNUM))
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ store_register (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
/* This function actually issues the request to ptrace, telling
it to store all general-purpose registers present in the specified
regset.
-
+
If the ptrace request does not exist, this function returns 0
and properly sets the have_ptrace_* flag. If the request fails,
this function calls perror_with_name. Otherwise, if the request
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ store_gp_regs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
/* This function actually issues the request to ptrace, telling
it to store all floating-point registers present in the specified
regset.
-
+
If the ptrace request does not exist, this function returns 0
and properly sets the have_ptrace_* flag. If the request fails,
this function calls perror_with_name. Otherwise, if the request
@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ store_ppc_registers (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid)
{
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = regcache->arch ();
ppc_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<ppc_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
-
+
store_gp_regs (regcache, tid, -1);
if (tdep->ppc_fp0_regnum >= 0)
store_fp_regs (regcache, tid, -1);
@@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ ppc_linux_nat_target::region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
return 0;
}
/* addr+len must fall in the 8 byte watchable region for DABR-based
- processors (i.e., server processors). Without the new PowerPC HWDEBUG
+ processors (i.e., server processors). Without the new PowerPC HWDEBUG
ptrace interface, DAC-based processors (i.e., embedded processors) will
use addresses aligned to 4-bytes due to the way the read/write flags are
passed in the old ptrace interface. */
diff --git a/gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c
index cc5a26431ba5..0dd5d94f8444 100644
--- a/gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ static struct target_so_ops powerpc_so_ops;
actually called, the code in the PLT is hit and the function is
resolved. In order to better illustrate this, an example is in
order; the following example is from the gdb testsuite.
-
+
We start the program shmain.
[kev@arroyo testsuite]$ ../gdb gdb.base/shmain
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ static struct target_so_ops powerpc_so_ops;
Now run 'til main.
(gdb) r
- Starting program: gdb.base/shmain
+ Starting program: gdb.base/shmain
Breakpoint 1 at 0xffaf790: file gdb.base/shr1.c, line 19.
Breakpoint 2, main ()
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ static enum return_value_convention
ppc_linux_return_value (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
struct type *valtype, struct regcache *regcache,
gdb_byte *readbuf, const gdb_byte *writebuf)
-{
+{
if ((valtype->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|| valtype->code () == TYPE_CODE_UNION)
&& !((valtype->length () == 16 || valtype->length () == 8)
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ ppc64_linux_sighandler_cache_init (const struct tramp_frame *self,
static struct tramp_frame ppc32_linux_sigaction_tramp_frame = {
SIGTRAMP_FRAME,
4,
- {
+ {
{ 0x380000ac, ULONGEST_MAX }, /* li r0, 172 */
{ 0x44000002, ULONGEST_MAX }, /* sc */
{ TRAMP_SENTINEL_INSN },
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ static struct tramp_frame ppc64_linux_sigaction_tramp_frame = {
static struct tramp_frame ppc32_linux_sighandler_tramp_frame = {
SIGTRAMP_FRAME,
4,
- {
+ {
{ 0x38000077, ULONGEST_MAX }, /* li r0,119 */
{ 0x44000002, ULONGEST_MAX }, /* sc */
{ TRAMP_SENTINEL_INSN },
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ static struct tramp_frame ppc32_linux_sighandler_tramp_frame = {
static struct tramp_frame ppc64_linux_sighandler_tramp_frame = {
SIGTRAMP_FRAME,
4,
- {
+ {
{ 0x38210080, ULONGEST_MAX }, /* addi r1,r1,128 */
{ 0x38000077, ULONGEST_MAX }, /* li r0,119 */
{ 0x44000002, ULONGEST_MAX }, /* sc */
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ ppc_linux_init_abi (struct gdbarch_info info,
set_gdbarch_skip_solib_resolver (gdbarch, glibc_skip_solib_resolver);
}
-
+
if (tdep->wordsize == 8)
{
if (tdep->elf_abi == POWERPC_ELF_V1)
diff --git a/gdb/ppc64-tdep.c b/gdb/ppc64-tdep.c
index b3ae2329e7b0..19690b76bb91 100644
--- a/gdb/ppc64-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/ppc64-tdep.c
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ static const struct ppc_insn_pattern ppc64_standard_linkage12[] =
10000388: 7d 69 03 a6 mtctr r11
1000038c: e8 42 80 80 ld r2,-32640(r2)
10000390: 28 22 00 00 cmpldi r2,0
- 10000394: 4c e2 04 20 bnectr+
+ 10000394: 4c e2 04 20 bnectr+
10000398: 48 00 03 a0 b 10000738 <printf@plt>
- But since this is the first time that PLT entry has been used, it
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ ppc64_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* Check if ADDR points to a function descriptor. */
if (s && strcmp (s->the_bfd_section->name, ".opd") == 0)
{
- /* There may be relocations that need to be applied to the .opd
+ /* There may be relocations that need to be applied to the .opd
section. Unfortunately, this function may be called at a time
where these relocations have not yet been performed -- this can
happen for example shortly after a library has been loaded with
diff --git a/gdb/printcmd.c b/gdb/printcmd.c
index 273aa5931a9d..9e24f9efbe0e 100644
--- a/gdb/printcmd.c
+++ b/gdb/printcmd.c
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ build_address_symbolic (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
CORE_ADDR name_location = 0;
struct obj_section *section = NULL;
const char *name_temp = "";
-
+
/* Let's say it is mapped (not unmapped). */
*unmapped = 0;
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ build_address_symbolic (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
}
}
- /* Try to find the address in both the symbol table and the minsyms.
+ /* Try to find the address in both the symbol table and the minsyms.
In most cases, we'll prefer to use the symbol instead of the
minsym. However, there are cases (see below) where we'll choose
to use the minsym instead. */
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ build_address_symbolic (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
if (msymbol.minsym != NULL)
{
/* Use the minsym if no symbol is found.
-
+
Additionally, use the minsym instead of a (found) symbol if
the following conditions all hold:
1) The prefer_sym_over_minsym flag is false.
@@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@ undisplay_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
dont_repeat ();
}
-/* Display a single auto-display.
+/* Display a single auto-display.
Do nothing if the display cannot be printed in the current context,
or if the display is disabled. */
@@ -2718,7 +2718,7 @@ ui_printf (const char *arg, struct ui_file *stream)
if (*s++ != '"')
error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
-
+
s = skip_spaces (s);
if (*s != ',' && *s != 0)
diff --git a/gdb/proc-api.c b/gdb/proc-api.c
index 2637ac1d21f8..1f8de07aa12d 100644
--- a/gdb/proc-api.c
+++ b/gdb/proc-api.c
@@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ write_with_trace (int fd, void *varg, size_t len, char *file, int line)
break;
if (info_verbose)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"%s:%d -- ", file, line);
switch (opcode) {
case PCSET:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
- "write (PCSET, %s) %s\n",
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ "write (PCSET, %s) %s\n",
arg[1] == PR_FORK ? "PR_FORK" :
arg[1] == PR_RLC ? "PR_RLC" :
arg[1] == PR_ASYNC ? "PR_ASYNC" :
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ write_with_trace (int fd, void *varg, size_t len, char *file, int line)
info_verbose ? rw_table[i].desc : "");
break;
case PCUNSET:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
- "write (PCRESET, %s) %s\n",
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ "write (PCRESET, %s) %s\n",
arg[1] == PR_FORK ? "PR_FORK" :
arg[1] == PR_RLC ? "PR_RLC" :
arg[1] == PR_ASYNC ? "PR_ASYNC" :
@@ -153,46 +153,46 @@ write_with_trace (int fd, void *varg, size_t len, char *file, int line)
info_verbose ? rw_table[i].desc : "");
break;
case PCSTRACE:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"write (PCSTRACE) ");
proc_prettyfprint_signalset (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
(sigset_t *) &arg[1], 0);
break;
case PCSFAULT:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"write (PCSFAULT) ");
proc_prettyfprint_faultset (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
(fltset_t *) &arg[1], 0);
break;
case PCSENTRY:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"write (PCSENTRY) ");
proc_prettyfprint_syscalls (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
(sysset_t *) &arg[1], 0);
break;
case PCSEXIT:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"write (PCSEXIT) ");
proc_prettyfprint_syscalls (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
(sysset_t *) &arg[1], 0);
break;
case PCSHOLD:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"write (PCSHOLD) ");
proc_prettyfprint_signalset (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
(sigset_t *) &arg[1], 0);
break;
case PCSSIG:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"write (PCSSIG) ");
proc_prettyfprint_signal (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
- arg[1] ? ((siginfo_t *) &arg[1])->si_signo
- : 0,
+ arg[1] ? ((siginfo_t *) &arg[1])->si_signo
+ : 0,
0);
fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout, "\n");
break;
case PCRUN:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"write (PCRUN) ");
if (arg[1] & PRCSIG)
fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout, "clearSig ");
@@ -204,11 +204,11 @@ write_with_trace (int fd, void *varg, size_t len, char *file, int line)
fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout, "syscallAbort ");
if (arg[1] & PRSTOP)
fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout, "stopReq ");
-
+
fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout, "\n");
break;
case PCKILL:
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"write (PCKILL) ");
proc_prettyfprint_signal (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
arg[1], 0);
@@ -217,19 +217,19 @@ write_with_trace (int fd, void *varg, size_t len, char *file, int line)
default:
{
if (rw_table[i].name)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
- "write (%s) %s\n",
- rw_table[i].name,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ "write (%s) %s\n",
+ rw_table[i].name,
info_verbose ? rw_table[i].desc : "");
else
{
if (lseek_offset != -1)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
- "write (<unknown>, %lud bytes at 0x%08lx) \n",
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ "write (<unknown>, %lud bytes at 0x%08lx) \n",
(unsigned long) len, (unsigned long) lseek_offset);
else
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
- "write (<unknown>, %lud bytes) \n",
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ "write (<unknown>, %lud bytes) \n",
(unsigned long) len);
}
break;
@@ -242,10 +242,10 @@ write_with_trace (int fd, void *varg, size_t len, char *file, int line)
ret = write (fd, (void *) arg, len);
if (procfs_trace && ret != len)
{
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"[write (%s) FAILED! (%s)]\n",
- rw_table[i].name != NULL ?
- rw_table[i].name : "<unknown>",
+ rw_table[i].name != NULL ?
+ rw_table[i].name : "<unknown>",
safe_strerror (errno));
if (procfs_file)
fflush (procfs_file);
@@ -266,8 +266,8 @@ lseek_with_trace (int fd, off_t offset, int whence, char *file, int line)
lseek_offset = ret;
if (procfs_trace && (ret == -1 || errno != 0))
{
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
- "[lseek (0x%08lx) FAILED! (%s)]\n",
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ "[lseek (0x%08lx) FAILED! (%s)]\n",
(unsigned long) offset, safe_strerror (errno));
if (procfs_file)
fflush (procfs_file);
@@ -287,18 +287,18 @@ open_with_trace (char *filename, int mode, char *file, int line)
if (procfs_trace)
{
if (info_verbose)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"%s:%d -- ", file, line);
if (errno)
{
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
- "[open FAILED! (%s) line %d]\\n",
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ "[open FAILED! (%s) line %d]\\n",
safe_strerror (errno), line);
}
else
{
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"%d = open (%s, ", ret, filename);
if (mode == O_RDONLY)
fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout, "O_RDONLY) %d\n",
@@ -328,13 +328,13 @@ close_with_trace (int fd, char *file, int line)
if (procfs_trace)
{
if (info_verbose)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"%s:%d -- ", file, line);
if (errno)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"[close FAILED! (%s)]\n", safe_strerror (errno));
else
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"%d = close (%d)\n", ret, fd);
if (procfs_file)
fflush (procfs_file);
@@ -352,9 +352,9 @@ wait_with_trace (int *wstat, char *file, int line)
if (procfs_trace)
{
if (info_verbose)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"%s:%d -- ", file, line);
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"wait (line %d) ", line);
if (procfs_file)
fflush (procfs_file);
@@ -364,10 +364,10 @@ wait_with_trace (int *wstat, char *file, int line)
if (procfs_trace)
{
if (errno)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"[wait FAILED! (%s)]\n", safe_strerror (errno));
else
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"returned pid %d, status 0x%x\n", ret, lstat);
if (procfs_file)
fflush (procfs_file);
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ procfs_note (const char *msg, const char *file, int line)
if (procfs_trace)
{
if (info_verbose)
- fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"%s:%d -- ", file, line);
fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout, "%s", msg);
if (procfs_file)
@@ -403,11 +403,11 @@ proc_prettyfprint_status (long flags, int why, int what, int thread)
fprintf (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
"Thread %d: ", thread);
- proc_prettyfprint_flags (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ proc_prettyfprint_flags (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
flags, 0);
if (flags & (PR_STOPPED | PR_ISTOP))
- proc_prettyfprint_why (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
+ proc_prettyfprint_why (procfs_file ? procfs_file : stdout,
why, what, 0);
if (procfs_file)
fflush (procfs_file);
diff --git a/gdb/proc-events.c b/gdb/proc-events.c
index ae03628cfa39..0fff8d6454f3 100644
--- a/gdb/proc-events.c
+++ b/gdb/proc-events.c
@@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ proc_prettyprint_syscalls (sysset_t *sysset, int verbose)
other signals second, with signals in each block ordered by their
numerical values on a typical POSIX platform. */
-static struct trans signal_table[] =
+static struct trans signal_table[] =
{
- { 0, "<no signal>", "no signal" },
+ { 0, "<no signal>", "no signal" },
/* SIGINT, SIGILL, SIGABRT, SIGFPE, SIGSEGV and SIGTERM
are ANSI-standard signals and are always available. */
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ proc_prettyfprint_fault (FILE *file, int faultno, int verbose)
return;
}
- fprintf (file, "Unknown hardware fault %d%c",
+ fprintf (file, "Unknown hardware fault %d%c",
faultno, verbose ? '\n' : ' ');
}
diff --git a/gdb/proc-flags.c b/gdb/proc-flags.c
index 0ee9bcd01b45..faef2b23b58f 100644
--- a/gdb/proc-flags.c
+++ b/gdb/proc-flags.c
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
/*
* Pretty-print the prstatus flags.
- *
+ *
* Arguments: unsigned long flags, int verbose
*
*/
diff --git a/gdb/proc-utils.h b/gdb/proc-utils.h
index db13b85c890e..33f3c9c74e54 100644
--- a/gdb/proc-utils.h
+++ b/gdb/proc-utils.h
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
/* From proc-why.c */
/*
- * Pretty-print functions for /proc data
+ * Pretty-print functions for /proc data
*/
extern void proc_prettyprint_why (unsigned long why, unsigned long what,
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ extern void proc_prettyfprint_signal (FILE *file, int signo, int verbose);
extern void proc_prettyfprint_flags (FILE *file, unsigned long flags,
int verbose);
-extern void proc_prettyfprint_why (FILE *file, unsigned long why,
+extern void proc_prettyfprint_why (FILE *file, unsigned long why,
unsigned long what, int verbose);
extern void proc_prettyfprint_fault (FILE *file, int faultno, int verbose);
diff --git a/gdb/proc-why.c b/gdb/proc-why.c
index b40441de8ffd..9b49ae889c68 100644
--- a/gdb/proc-why.c
+++ b/gdb/proc-why.c
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ struct trans
static struct trans pr_why_table[] =
{
- { PR_REQUESTED, "PR_REQUESTED",
+ { PR_REQUESTED, "PR_REQUESTED",
"Directed to stop by debugger via P(IO)CSTOP or P(IO)CWSTOP" },
{ PR_SIGNALLED, "PR_SIGNALLED", "Receipt of a traced signal" },
{ PR_SYSENTRY, "PR_SYSENTRY", "Entry to a traced system call" },
diff --git a/gdb/python/py-infevents.c b/gdb/python/py-infevents.c
index 9920bed98c59..21f6a88d736a 100644
--- a/gdb/python/py-infevents.c
+++ b/gdb/python/py-infevents.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ create_inferior_call_event_object (inferior_call_kind flag, ptid_t ptid,
register number. */
static gdbpy_ref<>
-create_register_changed_event_object (frame_info_ptr frame,
+create_register_changed_event_object (frame_info_ptr frame,
int regnum)
{
gdbpy_ref<> event = create_event_object (®ister_changed_event_object_type);
diff --git a/gdb/python/py-infthread.c b/gdb/python/py-infthread.c
index 34f60526ac91..7ed7d6747a22 100644
--- a/gdb/python/py-infthread.c
+++ b/gdb/python/py-infthread.c
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ thpy_thread_handle (PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
THPY_REQUIRE_VALID (thread_obj);
gdb::byte_vector hv;
-
+
try
{
hv = target_thread_info_to_thread_handle (thread_obj->thread);
diff --git a/gdb/python/py-param.c b/gdb/python/py-param.c
index cab0c563b0e3..1be01a21ab4d 100644
--- a/gdb/python/py-param.c
+++ b/gdb/python/py-param.c
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ set_parameter_value (parmpy_object *self, PyObject *value)
{
cmp = PyObject_IsTrue (value);
if (cmp < 0 )
- return -1;
+ return -1;
if (cmp == 1)
self->value.autoboolval = AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE;
else
diff --git a/gdb/python/py-prettyprint.c b/gdb/python/py-prettyprint.c
index 9276807341e3..645bba018a09 100644
--- a/gdb/python/py-prettyprint.c
+++ b/gdb/python/py-prettyprint.c
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ print_children (PyObject *printer, const char *hint,
print_stack_unless_memory_error (stream);
/* Set a flag so we can know whether we printed all the
available elements. */
- else
+ else
done_flag = 1;
break;
}
diff --git a/gdb/python/py-value.c b/gdb/python/py-value.c
index 92a15304c34d..80bcd117aa9b 100644
--- a/gdb/python/py-value.c
+++ b/gdb/python/py-value.c
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ convert_buffer_and_type_to_value (PyObject *obj, struct type *type)
Py_buffer_up buffer_up;
Py_buffer py_buf;
- if (PyObject_CheckBuffer (obj)
+ if (PyObject_CheckBuffer (obj)
&& PyObject_GetBuffer (obj, &py_buf, PyBUF_SIMPLE) == 0)
{
/* Got a buffer, py_buf, out of obj. Cause it to be released
diff --git a/gdb/quick-symbol.h b/gdb/quick-symbol.h
index c55989e0a2ca..1f937c232382 100644
--- a/gdb/quick-symbol.h
+++ b/gdb/quick-symbol.h
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ struct quick_symbol_functions
if non-null, must be an ordering relation compatible with
strcmp_iw_ordered in the sense that
strcmp_iw_ordered(x,y) == 0 --> ORDERED_COMPARE(x,y) == 0
- and
+ and
strcmp_iw_ordered(x,y) <= 0 --> ORDERED_COMPARE(x,y) <= 0
(allowing strcmp_iw_ordered(x,y) < 0 while ORDERED_COMPARE(x, y) == 0).
*/
diff --git a/gdb/record-full.c b/gdb/record-full.c
index 48b92281fe6f..320e4e1d5f26 100644
--- a/gdb/record-full.c
+++ b/gdb/record-full.c
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ struct record_full_reg_entry
{
unsigned short num;
unsigned short len;
- union
+ union
{
gdb_byte *ptr;
gdb_byte buf[2 * sizeof (gdb_byte *)];
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ enum record_full_type
Each instruction that is added to the execution log is represented
by a variable number of list elements ('entries'). The instruction
- will have one "reg" entry for each register that is changed by
- executing the instruction (including the PC in every case). It
+ will have one "reg" entry for each register that is changed by
+ executing the instruction (including the PC in every case). It
will also have one "mem" entry for each memory change. Finally,
each instruction will have an "end" entry that separates it from
the changes associated with the next instruction. */
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ record_full_exec_insn (struct regcache *regcache,
entry->u.mem.mem_entry_not_accessible = 1;
else
{
- if (target_write_memory (entry->u.mem.addr,
+ if (target_write_memory (entry->u.mem.addr,
record_full_get_loc (entry),
entry->u.mem.len))
{
@@ -1124,8 +1124,8 @@ record_full_sig_handler (int signo)
to know about, so the wait method just records them and keeps
singlestepping.
- In replay mode, this function emulates the recorded execution log,
- one instruction at a time (forward or backward), and determines
+ In replay mode, this function emulates the recorded execution log,
+ one instruction at a time (forward or backward), and determines
where to stop. */
static ptid_t
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ netorder64 (uint64_t input)
{
uint64_t ret;
- store_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) &ret, sizeof (ret),
+ store_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) &ret, sizeof (ret),
BFD_ENDIAN_BIG, input);
return ret;
}
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ netorder32 (uint32_t input)
{
uint32_t ret;
- store_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) &ret, sizeof (ret),
+ store_unsigned_integer ((gdb_byte *) &ret, sizeof (ret),
BFD_ENDIAN_BIG, input);
return ret;
}
@@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@ record_full_restore (void)
/* "record_full_restore" can only be called when record list is empty. */
gdb_assert (record_full_first.next == NULL);
-
+
if (record_debug)
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, "Restoring recording from core file.\n");
@@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ record_full_base_target::save_record (const char *recfilename)
/* Write memaddr. */
addr = netorder64 (record_full_list->u.mem.addr);
- bfdcore_write (obfd.get (), osec, &addr,
+ bfdcore_write (obfd.get (), osec, &addr,
sizeof (addr), &bfd_offset);
/* Write memval. */
@@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ record_full_base_target::save_record (const char *recfilename)
if (record_debug)
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog,
" Writing record_full_end (1 + "
- "%lu + %lu bytes)\n",
+ "%lu + %lu bytes)\n",
(unsigned long) sizeof (signal),
(unsigned long) sizeof (count));
/* Write signal value. */
diff --git a/gdb/regcache.h b/gdb/regcache.h
index 1dbba5ce9af0..48123909137b 100644
--- a/gdb/regcache.h
+++ b/gdb/regcache.h
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ extern struct type *register_type (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum);
/* Return the size of register REGNUM. All registers should have only
one size. */
-
+
extern int register_size (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum);
typedef gdb::function_view<register_status (int regnum, gdb_byte *buf)>
diff --git a/gdb/regset.h b/gdb/regset.h
index 26b549ab0701..6e2b4e2e38e8 100644
--- a/gdb/regset.h
+++ b/gdb/regset.h
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ struct regcache;
typedef void (supply_regset_ftype) (const struct regset *, struct regcache *,
int, const void *, size_t);
-typedef void (collect_regset_ftype) (const struct regset *,
+typedef void (collect_regset_ftype) (const struct regset *,
const struct regcache *,
int, void *, size_t);
diff --git a/gdb/remote-fileio.c b/gdb/remote-fileio.c
index fe191fb6069a..a768d89b4983 100644
--- a/gdb/remote-fileio.c
+++ b/gdb/remote-fileio.c
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ remote_fileio_func_write (remote_target *remote, char *buf)
return;
}
length = (size_t) num;
-
+
buffer = (gdb_byte *) xmalloc (length);
if (target_read_memory (ptrval, buffer, length) != 0)
{
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ remote_fileio_func_lseek (remote_target *remote, char *buf)
remote_fileio_reply (remote, -1, FILEIO_EINVAL);
return;
}
-
+
ret = lseek (fd, offset, flag);
if (ret == (off_t) -1)
@@ -730,14 +730,14 @@ remote_fileio_func_rename (remote_target *remote, char *buf)
remote_fileio_ioerror (remote);
return;
}
-
+
/* 2. Parameter: Ptr to newpath / length incl. trailing zero */
if (remote_fileio_extract_ptr_w_len (&buf, &new_ptr, &new_len))
{
remote_fileio_ioerror (remote);
return;
}
-
+
/* Request oldpath using 'm' packet */
oldpath = (char *) alloca (old_len);
if (target_read_memory (old_ptr, (gdb_byte *) oldpath, old_len) != 0)
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ remote_fileio_func_rename (remote_target *remote, char *buf)
remote_fileio_ioerror (remote);
return;
}
-
+
/* Request newpath using 'm' packet */
newpath = (char *) alloca (new_len);
if (target_read_memory (new_ptr, (gdb_byte *) newpath, new_len) != 0)
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ remote_fileio_func_rename (remote_target *remote, char *buf)
remote_fileio_ioerror (remote);
return;
}
-
+
/* Only operate on regular files and directories. */
of = stat (oldpath, &ost);
nf = stat (newpath, &nst);
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ remote_fileio_func_stat (remote_target *remote, char *buf)
return;
}
statptr = (CORE_ADDR) lnum;
-
+
/* Request pathname using 'm' packet */
pathname = (char *) alloca (namelength);
if (target_read_memory (nameptr, (gdb_byte *) pathname, namelength) != 0)
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ remote_fileio_func_system (remote_target *remote, char *buf)
return;
}
}
-
+
/* Check if system(3) has been explicitly allowed using the
`set remote system-call-allowed 1' command. If length is 0,
indicating a NULL parameter to the system call, return zero to
diff --git a/gdb/remote.c b/gdb/remote.c
index 5118ecd0a312..6871d283d0e7 100644
--- a/gdb/remote.c
+++ b/gdb/remote.c
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ static const registry<program_space>::key<char, gdb::xfree_deleter<char>>
/* The variable registered as the control variable used by the
remote exec-file commands. While the remote exec-file setting is
- per-program-space, the set/show machinery uses this as the
+ per-program-space, the set/show machinery uses this as the
location of the remote exec-file value. */
static std::string remote_exec_file_var;
@@ -8399,8 +8399,8 @@ remote_target::fetch_register_using_p (struct regcache *regcache,
return 0;
case PACKET_ERROR:
error (_("Could not fetch register \"%s\"; remote failure reply '%s'"),
- gdbarch_register_name (regcache->arch (),
- reg->regnum),
+ gdbarch_register_name (regcache->arch (),
+ reg->regnum),
buf);
}
@@ -8746,7 +8746,7 @@ remote_target::store_registers_using_G (const struct regcache *regcache)
putpkt (rs->buf);
getpkt (&rs->buf, 0);
if (packet_check_result (rs->buf) == PACKET_ERROR)
- error (_("Could not write registers; remote failure reply '%s'"),
+ error (_("Could not write registers; remote failure reply '%s'"),
rs->buf.data ());
}
@@ -11089,20 +11089,20 @@ remote_target::remote_write_qxfer (const char *object_name,
int i, buf_len;
ULONGEST n;
struct remote_state *rs = get_remote_state ();
- int max_size = get_memory_write_packet_size ();
+ int max_size = get_memory_write_packet_size ();
if (packet_config_support (packet) == PACKET_DISABLE)
return TARGET_XFER_E_IO;
/* Insert header. */
- i = snprintf (rs->buf.data (), max_size,
+ i = snprintf (rs->buf.data (), max_size,
"qXfer:%s:write:%s:%s:",
object_name, annex ? annex : "",
phex_nz (offset, sizeof offset));
max_size -= (i + 1);
/* Escape as much data as fits into rs->buf. */
- buf_len = remote_escape_output
+ buf_len = remote_escape_output
(writebuf, len, 1, (gdb_byte *) rs->buf.data () + i, &max_size, max_size);
if (putpkt_binary (rs->buf.data (), i + buf_len) < 0
@@ -11466,7 +11466,7 @@ remote_target::search_memory (CORE_ADDR start_addr, ULONGEST search_space_len,
set_general_process ();
/* Insert header. */
- i = snprintf (rs->buf.data (), max_size,
+ i = snprintf (rs->buf.data (), max_size,
"qSearch:memory:%s;%s;",
phex_nz (start_addr, addr_size),
phex_nz (search_space_len, sizeof (search_space_len)));
@@ -11548,7 +11548,7 @@ remote_target::rcmd (const char *command, struct ui_file *outbuf)
QUIT; /* Allow user to bail out with ^C. */
rs->buf[0] = '\0';
if (getpkt_sane (&rs->buf, 0) == -1)
- {
+ {
/* Timeout. Continue to (try to) read responses.
This is better than stopping with an error, assuming the stub
is still executing the (long) monitor command.
@@ -14580,7 +14580,7 @@ remote_new_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
data structures representing them. We don't want to create real
tracepoints yet, we don't want to mess up the user's existing
collection. */
-
+
int
remote_target::upload_tracepoints (struct uploaded_tp **utpp)
{
diff --git a/gdb/reverse.c b/gdb/reverse.c
index c3d198f4e3b4..045d7f927262 100644
--- a/gdb/reverse.c
+++ b/gdb/reverse.c
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
/* User interface:
reverse-step, reverse-next etc. */
-/* exec_reverse_once -- accepts an arbitrary gdb command (string),
+/* exec_reverse_once -- accepts an arbitrary gdb command (string),
and executes it with exec-direction set to 'reverse'.
Used to implement reverse-next etc. commands. */
diff --git a/gdb/rl78-tdep.c b/gdb/rl78-tdep.c
index 206b9e2794f8..5ad4528db47c 100644
--- a/gdb/rl78-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/rl78-tdep.c
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ enum
RL78_NUM_PSEUDO_REGS = RL78_NUM_TOTAL_REGS - RL78_NUM_REGS
};
-#define RL78_SP_ADDR 0xffff8
+#define RL78_SP_ADDR 0xffff8
/* Architecture specific data. */
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ rl78_register_type (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int reg_nr)
&& reg_nr <= RL78_BANK3_R7_REGNUM))
return tdep->rl78_int8;
else if (reg_nr == RL78_SP_REGNUM
- || (RL78_BANK0_RP0_PTR_REGNUM <= reg_nr
+ || (RL78_BANK0_RP0_PTR_REGNUM <= reg_nr
&& reg_nr <= RL78_BANK3_RP3_PTR_REGNUM))
return tdep->rl78_data_pointer;
else
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ rl78_analyze_prologue (CORE_ADDR start_pc,
&& opc.op[0].reg == RL78_Reg_SP
&& opc.op[1].type == RL78_Operand_Register)
{
- int rsrc = (bank * RL78_REGS_PER_BANK)
+ int rsrc = (bank * RL78_REGS_PER_BANK)
+ 2 * (opc.op[1].reg - RL78_Reg_AX);
reg[RL78_SP_REGNUM] = pv_add_constant (reg[RL78_SP_REGNUM], -1);
diff --git a/gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c b/gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c
index d47974b51d18..bc7e91ed6e1d 100644
--- a/gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c
@@ -332,17 +332,17 @@ rs6000_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
return_val example( float, int);
- eabi:
+ eabi:
float in fp0, int in r3
offset of stack on overflow 8/16
for varargs, must go by type.
power open:
float in r3&r4, int in r5
- offset of stack on overflow different
- both:
+ offset of stack on overflow different
+ both:
return in r3 or f0. If no float, must study how gcc emulates floats;
pay attention to arg promotion.
- User may have to cast\args to handle promotion correctly
+ User may have to cast\args to handle promotion correctly
since gdb won't know if prototype supplied or not. */
for (argno = 0, argbytes = 0; argno < nargs && ii < 8; ++ii)
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ rs6000_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
/* Stack pointer must be quadword aligned. */
sp &= -16;
- /* If there are more arguments, allocate space for them in
+ /* If there are more arguments, allocate space for them in
the stack, then push them starting from the ninth one. */
if ((argno < nargs) || argbytes)
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ rs6000_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
regcache_raw_write_signed (regcache,
gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch), sp);
- /* If the last argument copied into the registers didn't fit there
+ /* If the last argument copied into the registers didn't fit there
completely, push the rest of it into stack. */
if (argbytes)
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ rs6000_software_single_step (struct regcache *regcache)
std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs = ppc_deal_with_atomic_sequence (regcache);
if (!next_pcs.empty ())
return next_pcs;
-
+
breaks[0] = loc + PPC_INSN_SIZE;
opcode = insn >> 26;
breaks[1] = branch_dest (regcache, opcode, insn, loc, breaks[0]);
diff --git a/gdb/rs6000-tdep.c b/gdb/rs6000-tdep.c
index 866d43ded7a3..2c0b9e0aa3c8 100644
--- a/gdb/rs6000-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/rs6000-tdep.c
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ int
spe_register_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regno)
{
ppc_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<ppc_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
-
+
/* Is it a reference to EV0 -- EV31, and do we have those? */
if (IS_SPE_PSEUDOREG (tdep, regno))
return 1;
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ init_sim_regno_table (struct gdbarch *arch)
/* General-purpose registers. */
for (i = 0; i < ppc_num_gprs; i++)
set_sim_regno (sim_regno, tdep->ppc_gp0_regnum + i, sim_ppc_r0_regnum + i);
-
+
/* Floating-point registers. */
if (tdep->ppc_fp0_regnum >= 0)
for (i = 0; i < ppc_num_fprs; i++)
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ rs6000_register_sim_regno (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int reg)
Write the register to REGCACHE. */
void
-ppc_supply_reg (struct regcache *regcache, int regnum,
+ppc_supply_reg (struct regcache *regcache, int regnum,
const gdb_byte *regs, size_t offset, int regsize)
{
if (regnum != -1 && offset != -1)
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ ppc_collect_reg (const struct regcache *regcache, int regnum,
regcache->raw_collect (regnum, regs + offset);
}
}
-
+
static int
ppc_greg_offset (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
ppc_gdbarch_tdep *tdep,
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ rs6000_stack_frame_destroyed_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
/* Get the ith function argument for the current function. */
static CORE_ADDR
-rs6000_fetch_pointer_argument (frame_info_ptr frame, int argi,
+rs6000_fetch_pointer_argument (frame_info_ptr frame, int argi,
struct type *type)
{
return get_frame_register_unsigned (frame, 3 + argi);
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ ppc_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct regcache *regcache)
int insn = read_memory_integer (loc, PPC_INSN_SIZE, byte_order);
int insn_count;
int index;
- int last_breakpoint = 0; /* Defaults to 0 (no breakpoints placed). */
+ int last_breakpoint = 0; /* Defaults to 0 (no breakpoints placed). */
const int atomic_sequence_length = 16; /* Instruction sequence length. */
int bc_insn_count = 0; /* Conditional branch instruction count. */
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ ppc_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct regcache *regcache)
if (!IS_LOAD_AND_RESERVE_INSN (insn))
return {};
- /* Assume that no atomic sequence is longer than "atomic_sequence_length"
+ /* Assume that no atomic sequence is longer than "atomic_sequence_length"
instructions. */
for (insn_count = 0; insn_count < atomic_sequence_length; ++insn_count)
{
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ ppc_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct regcache *regcache)
insn = read_memory_integer (loc, PPC_INSN_SIZE, byte_order);
/* Assume that there is at most one conditional branch in the atomic
- sequence. If a conditional branch is found, put a breakpoint in
+ sequence. If a conditional branch is found, put a breakpoint in
its destination address. */
if ((insn & OP_MASK) == BC_INSN)
{
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ ppc_deal_with_atomic_sequence (struct regcache *regcache)
if (bc_insn_count >= 1)
return {}; /* More than one conditional branch found, fallback
to the standard single-step code. */
-
+
if (absolute)
breaks[1] = immediate;
else
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ store_param_on_stack_p (unsigned long op, int framep, int *r0_contains_arg)
return (rx_regno >= 3 && rx_regno <= 10);
}
-
+
/* Save a General Purpose Register on stack via the Frame Pointer. */
if (framep &&
@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ store_param_on_stack_p (unsigned long op, int framep, int *r0_contains_arg)
/* Assuming that INSN is a "bl" instruction located at PC, return
nonzero if the destination of the branch is a "blrl" instruction.
-
+
This sequence is sometimes found in certain function prologues.
It allows the function to load the LR register with a value that
they can use to access PIC data using PC-relative offsets. */
@@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ store_insn_p (unsigned long op, unsigned long rs,
The former is anded with the opcode in question; if the result of
this masking operation is equal to BL_INSTRUCTION, then the opcode in
question is a ``bl'' instruction.
-
+
BL_DISPLACEMENT_MASK is anded with the opcode in order to extract
the branch displacement. */
@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ rs6000_fetch_instruction (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const CORE_ADDR pc)
of each function prologue when compiling with -fstack-check. If one of
such sequences starts at START_PC, then return the address of the
instruction immediately past this sequence. Otherwise, return START_PC. */
-
+
static CORE_ADDR
rs6000_skip_stack_check (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const CORE_ADDR start_pc)
{
@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ rs6000_skip_stack_check (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const CORE_ADDR start_pc)
/* First possible sequence: A small number of probes.
stw 0, -<some immediate>(1)
[repeat this instruction any (small) number of times]. */
-
+
if ((op & 0xffff0000) == 0x90010000)
{
while ((op & 0xffff0000) == 0x90010000)
@@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ rs6000_skip_stack_check (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const CORE_ADDR start_pc)
op = rs6000_fetch_instruction (gdbarch, pc);
if ((op & 0xffff0000) != 0x3d800000)
break;
-
+
/* lwz 12,<some immediate>(12) */
pc = pc + 4;
op = rs6000_fetch_instruction (gdbarch, pc);
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
continue;
}
else if (op == 0x48000005)
- { /* bl .+4 used in
+ { /* bl .+4 used in
-mrelocatable */
fdata->used_bl = 1;
continue;
@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
}
else if ((op & 0xfc000001) == 0x48000001)
- { /* bl foo,
+ { /* bl foo,
to save fprs??? */
fdata->frameless = 0;
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
was part of the function prologue. */
if (op == 0x4def7b82 || op == 0) /* crorc 15, 15, 15 */
- break; /* Don't skip over
+ break; /* Don't skip over
this branch. */
fdata->used_bl = 1;
@@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR lim_pc,
record this insn as part of the prologue yet. */
prev_insn_was_prologue_insn = 0;
}
- /* Store vector register S at (r31+r0) aligned to 16 bytes. */
+ /* Store vector register S at (r31+r0) aligned to 16 bytes. */
/* 011111 sssss 11111 00000 00111001110 */
else if ((op & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x7c1f01ce) /* stvx Vs, R31, R0 */
{
@@ -2677,7 +2677,7 @@ rs6000_register_to_value (frame_info_ptr frame,
{
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
gdb_byte from[PPC_MAX_REGISTER_SIZE];
-
+
gdb_assert (type->code () == TYPE_CODE_FLT);
if (!get_frame_register_bytes (frame, regnum, 0,
@@ -3312,13 +3312,13 @@ rs6000_stab_reg_to_regnum (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int num)
else
switch (num)
{
- case 64:
+ case 64:
return tdep->ppc_mq_regnum;
case 65:
return tdep->ppc_lr_regnum;
- case 66:
+ case 66:
return tdep->ppc_ctr_regnum;
- case 76:
+ case 76:
return tdep->ppc_xer_regnum;
case 109:
return tdep->ppc_vrsave_regnum;
@@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ rs6000_stab_reg_to_regnum (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int num)
return tdep->ppc_acc_regnum;
case 112:
return tdep->ppc_spefscr_regnum;
- default:
+ default:
return num;
}
}
@@ -8332,7 +8332,7 @@ rs6000_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
/* Handles single stepping of atomic sequences. */
set_gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, ppc_deal_with_atomic_sequence);
-
+
/* Not sure on this. FIXMEmgo */
set_gdbarch_frame_args_skip (gdbarch, 8);
diff --git a/gdb/rust-lang.c b/gdb/rust-lang.c
index 8673a9086985..eaa62d94de61 100644
--- a/gdb/rust-lang.c
+++ b/gdb/rust-lang.c
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ rust_language::value_print_inner
case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
{
LONGEST low_bound, high_bound;
-
+
if (type->target_type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
&& rust_u8_type_p (type->target_type ()->target_type ())
&& get_array_bounds (type->target_type (), &low_bound,
diff --git a/gdb/rust-parse.c b/gdb/rust-parse.c
index f5eb63ec1e3e..96d63c0eaed7 100644
--- a/gdb/rust-parse.c
+++ b/gdb/rust-parse.c
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ rust_parser::parse_path_expr ()
struct type *type = rust_lookup_type (path.c_str ());
if (type == nullptr)
error (_("Could not find type '%s'"), path.c_str ());
-
+
return parse_struct_expr (type);
}
else if (current_token == '(')
diff --git a/gdb/rx-tdep.c b/gdb/rx-tdep.c
index d1c294b9ef0a..2eb3844000c9 100644
--- a/gdb/rx-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/rx-tdep.c
@@ -432,9 +432,9 @@ rx_frame_type (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
/* No cached value; scan the function. The frame type is cached in
rx_analyze_prologue / rx_analyze_frame_prologue. */
-
+
pc = get_frame_pc (this_frame);
-
+
/* Attempt to find the last address in the function. If it cannot
be determined, set the limit to be a short ways past the frame's
pc. */
diff --git a/gdb/sentinel-frame.c b/gdb/sentinel-frame.c
index e1014fc0d7fb..6fa82b2b34b7 100644
--- a/gdb/sentinel-frame.c
+++ b/gdb/sentinel-frame.c
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ struct frame_unwind_cache
void *
sentinel_frame_cache (struct regcache *regcache)
{
- struct frame_unwind_cache *cache =
+ struct frame_unwind_cache *cache =
FRAME_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (struct frame_unwind_cache);
cache->regcache = regcache;
diff --git a/gdb/ser-base.c b/gdb/ser-base.c
index 91c0ab826cd3..4d8caa605f4d 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-base.c
+++ b/gdb/ser-base.c
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ do_ser_base_readchar (struct serial *scb, int timeout)
if (timeout > 0)
timeout -= delta;
- /* If we got a character or an error back from wait_for, then we can
+ /* If we got a character or an error back from wait_for, then we can
break from the loop before the timeout is completed. */
if (status != SERIAL_TIMEOUT)
break;
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ do_ser_base_readchar (struct serial *scb, int timeout)
return SERIAL_EOF;
else
/* Got an error from read. */
- return SERIAL_ERROR;
+ return SERIAL_ERROR;
}
scb->bufcnt = status;
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ ser_base_set_tty_state (struct serial *scb, serial_ttystate ttystate)
}
void
-ser_base_print_tty_state (struct serial *scb,
+ser_base_print_tty_state (struct serial *scb,
serial_ttystate ttystate,
struct ui_file *stream)
{
diff --git a/gdb/ser-mingw.c b/gdb/ser-mingw.c
index a62502b8d54e..5d1955ab02d5 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-mingw.c
+++ b/gdb/ser-mingw.c
@@ -436,13 +436,13 @@ select_thread_wait (struct ser_console_state *state)
the started state, or that we exit this thread. */
wait_events[0] = state->start_select;
wait_events[1] = state->exit_select;
- if (WaitForMultipleObjects (2, wait_events, FALSE, INFINITE)
+ if (WaitForMultipleObjects (2, wait_events, FALSE, INFINITE)
!= WAIT_OBJECT_0)
/* Either the EXIT_SELECT event was signaled (requesting that the
thread exit) or an error has occurred. In either case, we exit
the thread. */
ExitThread (0);
-
+
/* We are now in the started state. */
SetEvent (state->have_started);
}
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ gdb_pipe (int pdes[2])
struct net_windows_state
{
struct ser_console_state base;
-
+
HANDLE sock_event;
};
diff --git a/gdb/ser-pipe.c b/gdb/ser-pipe.c
index 80bb73e04182..0286a3c0a1b7 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-pipe.c
+++ b/gdb/ser-pipe.c
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ pipe_open (struct serial *scb, const char *name)
fork() due to the fact that autoconf will ``#define vfork fork''
on certain platforms. */
pid = vfork ();
-
+
/* Error. */
if (pid == -1)
{
diff --git a/gdb/ser-tcp.c b/gdb/ser-tcp.c
index ffc039b54ab6..62517d27fa43 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-tcp.c
+++ b/gdb/ser-tcp.c
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ wait_for_connect (int sock, unsigned int *polls)
struct timeval t;
int n;
- /* While we wait for the connect to complete,
- poll the UI so it can update or the user can
+ /* While we wait for the connect to complete,
+ poll the UI so it can update or the user can
interrupt. */
if (deprecated_ui_loop_hook && deprecated_ui_loop_hook (0))
{
diff --git a/gdb/ser-unix.c b/gdb/ser-unix.c
index bfedbd876427..7b2678ad4dc9 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-unix.c
+++ b/gdb/ser-unix.c
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ rate_to_code (int rate)
}
}
}
-
+
/* The requested speed was too large. */
warning (_("Invalid baud rate %d. Maximum value is %d."),
rate, baudtab[i - 1].rate);
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ hardwire_setbaudrate (struct serial *scb, int rate)
{
struct hardwire_ttystate state;
int baud_code = rate_to_code (rate);
-
+
if (baud_code < 0)
{
/* The baud rate was not valid.
diff --git a/gdb/ser-unix.h b/gdb/ser-unix.h
index 359a7c270d59..191de5dd4cc1 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-unix.h
+++ b/gdb/ser-unix.h
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
#define SER_UNIX_H
extern int ser_unix_read_prim (struct serial *scb, size_t count);
-extern int ser_unix_write_prim (struct serial *scb, const void *buf,
+extern int ser_unix_write_prim (struct serial *scb, const void *buf,
size_t count);
#endif
diff --git a/gdb/serial.h b/gdb/serial.h
index bc74813a2f94..98cf293d0c1a 100644
--- a/gdb/serial.h
+++ b/gdb/serial.h
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ extern int serial_write (struct serial *scb, const void *buf, size_t count);
/* Write a printf style string onto the serial port. */
-extern void serial_printf (struct serial *desc,
+extern void serial_printf (struct serial *desc,
const char *,...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF (2, 3);
/* Allow pending output to drain. */
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ struct serial
immediately forwarded to gdb_stderr. This may be -1.
If != -1, this descriptor should be non-blocking or
ops->avail should be non-NULL. */
- int error_fd;
+ int error_fd;
const struct serial_ops *ops; /* Function vector */
void *state; /* Local context info for open FD */
serial_ttystate ttystate; /* Not used (yet) */
diff --git a/gdb/sh-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/sh-linux-tdep.c
index 9802fd44a203..e36ab0ebb07c 100644
--- a/gdb/sh-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sh-linux-tdep.c
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ sh_linux_rt_sigreturn_init (const struct tramp_frame *self,
/* Instruction patterns. */
#define SH_MOVW 0x9305
#define SH_TRAP 0xc300
-#define SH_OR_R0_R0 0x200b
+#define SH_OR_R0_R0 0x200b
/* SH sigreturn syscall numbers. */
#define SH_NR_SIGRETURN 0x0077
diff --git a/gdb/sh-tdep.c b/gdb/sh-tdep.c
index a2e91483229e..6c340b81849b 100644
--- a/gdb/sh-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sh-tdep.c
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ static const char sh_cc_gcc[] = "gcc";
static const char sh_cc_renesas[] = "renesas";
static const char *const sh_cc_enum[] = {
sh_cc_gcc,
- sh_cc_renesas,
+ sh_cc_renesas,
NULL
};
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ sh_skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc)
the return value from foo() will be in memory, not
in R0, because there is no 3-byte integer type.
- Similarly, in
+ Similarly, in
struct s { char c[2]; } wibble;
struct s foo(void) { return wibble; }
@@ -833,16 +833,16 @@ sh_frame_align (struct gdbarch *ignore, CORE_ADDR sp)
manner, but using FP registers instead of GP registers.
Arguments that are smaller than 4 bytes will still take up a whole
- register or a whole 32-bit word on the stack, and will be
+ register or a whole 32-bit word on the stack, and will be
right-justified in the register or the stack word. This includes
chars, shorts, and small aggregate types.
- Arguments that are larger than 4 bytes may be split between two or
+ Arguments that are larger than 4 bytes may be split between two or
more registers. If there are not enough registers free, an argument
may be passed partly in a register (or registers), and partly on the
stack. This includes doubles, long longs, and larger aggregates.
- As far as I know, there is no upper limit to the size of aggregates
- that will be passed in this way; in other words, the convention of
+ As far as I know, there is no upper limit to the size of aggregates
+ that will be passed in this way; in other words, the convention of
passing a pointer to a large aggregate instead of a copy is not used.
MVS: The above appears to be true for the SH variants that do not
@@ -851,24 +851,24 @@ sh_frame_align (struct gdbarch *ignore, CORE_ADDR sp)
if it is larger than 16 bytes (four GP registers).
An exceptional case exists for struct arguments (and possibly other
- aggregates such as arrays) if the size is larger than 4 bytes but
- not a multiple of 4 bytes. In this case the argument is never split
+ aggregates such as arrays) if the size is larger than 4 bytes but
+ not a multiple of 4 bytes. In this case the argument is never split
between the registers and the stack, but instead is copied in its
- entirety onto the stack, AND also copied into as many registers as
- there is room for. In other words, space in registers permitting,
+ entirety onto the stack, AND also copied into as many registers as
+ there is room for. In other words, space in registers permitting,
two copies of the same argument are passed in. As far as I can tell,
- only the one on the stack is used, although that may be a function
+ only the one on the stack is used, although that may be a function
of the level of compiler optimization. I suspect this is a compiler
- bug. Arguments of these odd sizes are left-justified within the
- word (as opposed to arguments smaller than 4 bytes, which are
+ bug. Arguments of these odd sizes are left-justified within the
+ word (as opposed to arguments smaller than 4 bytes, which are
right-justified).
- If the function is to return an aggregate type such as a struct, it
- is either returned in the normal return value register R0 (if its
+ If the function is to return an aggregate type such as a struct, it
+ is either returned in the normal return value register R0 (if its
size is no greater than one byte), or else the caller must allocate
space into which the callee will copy the return value (if the size
- is greater than one byte). In this case, a pointer to the return
- value location is passed into the callee in register R2, which does
+ is greater than one byte). In this case, a pointer to the return
+ value location is passed into the callee in register R2, which does
not displace any of the other arguments passed in via registers R4
to R7. */
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ sh_init_flt_argreg (void)
/* This function returns the next register to use for float arg passing.
It returns either a valid value between FLOAT_ARG0_REGNUM and
- FLOAT_ARGLAST_REGNUM if a register is available, otherwise it returns
+ FLOAT_ARGLAST_REGNUM if a register is available, otherwise it returns
FLOAT_ARGLAST_REGNUM + 1 to indicate that no register is available.
Note that register number 0 in flt_argreg_array corresponds with the
@@ -1487,9 +1487,9 @@ sh_register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
/* On the sh4, the DRi pseudo registers are problematic if the target
is little endian. When the user writes one of those registers, for
instance with 'set var $dr0=1', we want the double to be stored
- like this:
- fr0 = 0x00 0x00 0xf0 0x3f
- fr1 = 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
+ like this:
+ fr0 = 0x00 0x00 0xf0 0x3f
+ fr1 = 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
This corresponds to little endian byte order & big endian word
order. However if we let gdb write the register w/o conversion, it
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ sh_register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
fr0 = 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
fr1 = 0x00 0x00 0xf0 0x3f
because it will consider fr0 and fr1 as a single LE stretch of memory.
-
+
To achieve what we want we must force gdb to store things in
floatformat_ieee_double_littlebyte_bigword (which is defined in
include/floatformat.h and libiberty/floatformat.c.
@@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ _initialize_sh_tdep ()
_("SH specific commands."),
&setshcmdlist, &showshcmdlist,
&setlist, &showlist);
-
+
add_setshow_enum_cmd ("calling-convention", class_vars, sh_cc_enum,
&sh_active_calling_convention,
_("Set calling convention used when calling target "
diff --git a/gdb/solib-frv.c b/gdb/solib-frv.c
index 6ca303c35662..f51fc50490de 100644
--- a/gdb/solib-frv.c
+++ b/gdb/solib-frv.c
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ frv_current_sos (void)
if (solib_frv_debug)
gdb_printf (gdb_stdlog, "current_sos: name = %s\n",
name_buf.get ());
-
+
if (name_buf == nullptr)
warning (_("Can't read pathname for link map entry."));
else
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ frv_relocate_main_executable (void)
CORE_ADDR orig_addr, addr, offset;
int osect_idx;
int seg;
-
+
osect_idx = osect - objf->sections;
/* Current address of section. */
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ find_canonical_descriptor_in_load_object
lm->dyn_relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (storage_needed);
/* Fetch the dynamic relocs. */
- lm->dyn_reloc_count
+ lm->dyn_reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, lm->dyn_relocs, lm->dyn_syms);
}
diff --git a/gdb/solib.c b/gdb/solib.c
index 7cfdd81114c4..67f4458a3666 100644
--- a/gdb/solib.c
+++ b/gdb/solib.c
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ update_solib_list (int from_tty)
else
{
if (! filename_cmp (gdb->so_original_name, i->so_original_name))
- break;
+ break;
}
i_link = &i->next;
@@ -1395,13 +1395,13 @@ reload_shared_libraries (const char *ignored, int from_tty,
ops = gdbarch_so_ops (target_gdbarch ());
- /* Creating inferior hooks here has two purposes. First, if we reload
+ /* Creating inferior hooks here has two purposes. First, if we reload
shared libraries then the address of solib breakpoint we've computed
previously might be no longer valid. For example, if we forgot to set
solib-absolute-prefix and are setting it right now, then the previous
breakpoint address is plain wrong. Second, installing solib hooks
also implicitly figures were ld.so is and loads symbols for it.
- Absent this call, if we've just connected to a target and set
+ Absent this call, if we've just connected to a target and set
solib-absolute-prefix or solib-search-path, we'll lose all information
about ld.so. */
if (target_has_execution ())
diff --git a/gdb/source.c b/gdb/source.c
index d0f2d1c76352..9c878e06f9ce 100644
--- a/gdb/source.c
+++ b/gdb/source.c
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ get_source_location (program_space *pspace)
/* Return the current source file for listing and next line to list.
NOTE: The returned sal pc and end fields are not valid. */
-
+
struct symtab_and_line
get_current_source_symtab_and_line (void)
{
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ get_current_source_symtab_and_line (void)
cursal.line = loc->line ();
cursal.pc = 0;
cursal.end = 0;
-
+
return cursal;
}
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ get_current_source_symtab_and_line (void)
process of determining a new default may call the caller!
Use get_current_source_symtab_and_line only to get whatever
we have without erroring out or trying to get a default. */
-
+
void
set_default_source_symtab_and_line (void)
{
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ set_default_source_symtab_and_line (void)
(the returned sal pc and end fields are not valid.)
and set the current default to whatever is in SAL.
NOTE: The returned sal pc and end fields are not valid. */
-
+
struct symtab_and_line
set_current_source_symtab_and_line (const symtab_and_line &sal)
{
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ prepare_path_for_appending (const char *path)
the actual file opened (this string will always start with a "/"). We
have to take special pains to avoid doubling the "/" between the directory
and the file, sigh! Emacs gets confuzzed by this when we print the
- source file name!!!
+ source file name!!!
If OPTS has OPF_RETURN_REALPATH set return FILENAME_OPENED resolved by
gdb_realpath. Even without OPF_RETURN_REALPATH this function still returns
@@ -1164,8 +1164,8 @@ find_and_open_source (const char *filename,
}
/* Open a source file given a symtab S. Returns a file descriptor or
- negative number for error.
-
+ negative number for error.
+
This function is a convenience function to find_and_open_source. */
scoped_fd
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ symtab_to_fullname (struct symtab *s)
if (s->fullname == NULL)
s->fullname = fullname.release ();
}
- }
+ }
return s->fullname;
}
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ static void
show_substitute_path_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
{
char *from = NULL;
-
+
gdb_argv argv (args);
/* We expect zero or one argument. */
diff --git a/gdb/sparc-nat.c b/gdb/sparc-nat.c
index 938e9833c04f..9bc5f283633c 100644
--- a/gdb/sparc-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/sparc-nat.c
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_REG
typedef struct reg gregset_t;
typedef struct fpreg fpregset_t;
-#else
+#else
typedef struct regs gregset_t;
typedef struct fp_status fpregset_t;
#endif
diff --git a/gdb/sparc-tdep.c b/gdb/sparc-tdep.c
index 49c055e43cb5..2db3e4bb9c17 100644
--- a/gdb/sparc-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sparc-tdep.c
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ static int
sparc_is_unimp_insn (CORE_ADDR pc)
{
const unsigned long insn = sparc_fetch_instruction (pc);
-
+
return ((insn & 0xc1c00000) == 0);
}
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ sparc_alloc_frame_cache (void)
of each function prologue when compiling with -fstack-check. If one of
such sequences starts at START_PC, then return the address of the
instruction immediately past this sequence. Otherwise, return START_PC. */
-
+
static CORE_ADDR
sparc_skip_stack_check (const CORE_ADDR start_pc)
{
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ sparc_skip_stack_check (const CORE_ADDR start_pc)
/* We found a valid stack-check sequence, return the new PC. */
return pc;
}
-
+
/* Third sequence: A probing loop.
[first three instructions above]
sub %g1, %g4, %g4
diff --git a/gdb/sparc64-netbsd-nat.c b/gdb/sparc64-netbsd-nat.c
index 980b9160188d..54afedee757b 100644
--- a/gdb/sparc64-netbsd-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/sparc64-netbsd-nat.c
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ sparc64nbsd_supply_pcb (struct regcache *regcache, struct pcb *pcb)
/* If the program counter is zero, this is probably a core dump, and
we can get %pc from the stack. */
if (pcb->pcb_pc == 0)
- read_memory(pcb->pcb_sp + BIAS - 176 + (11 * 8),
+ read_memory(pcb->pcb_sp + BIAS - 176 + (11 * 8),
(gdb_byte *)&pcb->pcb_pc, sizeof pcb->pcb_pc);
regcache->raw_supply (SPARC_SP_REGNUM, &pcb->pcb_sp);
diff --git a/gdb/sparc64-obsd-nat.c b/gdb/sparc64-obsd-nat.c
index 577eb947dc19..251c1e392ff1 100644
--- a/gdb/sparc64-obsd-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/sparc64-obsd-nat.c
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ sparc64obsd_supply_pcb (struct regcache *regcache, struct pcb *pcb)
/* If the program counter is zero, this is probably a core dump, and
we can get %pc from the stack. */
if (pcb->pcb_pc == 0)
- read_memory(pcb->pcb_sp + BIAS - 176 + (11 * 8),
+ read_memory(pcb->pcb_sp + BIAS - 176 + (11 * 8),
(gdb_byte *)&pcb->pcb_pc, sizeof pcb->pcb_pc);
regcache->raw_supply (SPARC_SP_REGNUM, &pcb->pcb_sp);
diff --git a/gdb/sparc64-tdep.c b/gdb/sparc64-tdep.c
index b1368c7fc548..cacd384057f9 100644
--- a/gdb/sparc64-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sparc64-tdep.c
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@
code can handle both. */
\f
/* The M7 processor supports an Application Data Integrity (ADI) feature
- that detects invalid data accesses. When software allocates memory and
- enables ADI on the allocated memory, it chooses a 4-bit version number,
- sets the version in the upper 4 bits of the 64-bit pointer to that data,
- and stores the 4-bit version in every cacheline of the object. Hardware
- saves the latter in spare bits in the cache and memory hierarchy. On each
- load and store, the processor compares the upper 4 VA (virtual address) bits
+ that detects invalid data accesses. When software allocates memory and
+ enables ADI on the allocated memory, it chooses a 4-bit version number,
+ sets the version in the upper 4 bits of the 64-bit pointer to that data,
+ and stores the 4-bit version in every cacheline of the object. Hardware
+ saves the latter in spare bits in the cache and memory hierarchy. On each
+ load and store, the processor compares the upper 4 VA (virtual address) bits
to the cacheline's version. If there is a mismatch, the processor generates
a version mismatch trap which can be either precise or disrupting.
The trap is an error condition which the kernel delivers to the process
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ static std::forward_list<sparc64_adi_info> adi_proc_list;
/* Get ADI info for process PID, creating one if it doesn't exist. */
-static sparc64_adi_info *
+static sparc64_adi_info *
get_adi_info_proc (pid_t pid)
{
auto found = std::find_if (adi_proc_list.begin (), adi_proc_list.end (),
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ get_adi_info_proc (pid_t pid)
}
}
-static adi_stat_t
+static adi_stat_t
get_adi_info (pid_t pid)
{
sparc64_adi_info *proc;
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ sparc64_forget_process (pid_t pid)
{
if ((*it).pid == pid)
{
- if ((*it).stat.tag_fd > 0)
+ if ((*it).stat.tag_fd > 0)
target_fileio_close ((*it).stat.tag_fd, &target_errno);
adi_proc_list.erase_after (pit);
break;
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ adi_normalize_address (CORE_ADDR addr)
return addr;
}
-/* Align a normalized address - a VA with bit 59 sign extended into
+/* Align a normalized address - a VA with bit 59 sign extended into
ADI bits. */
static CORE_ADDR
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ adi_tag_fd (void)
char cl_name[MAX_PROC_NAME_SIZE];
snprintf (cl_name, sizeof(cl_name), "/proc/%ld/adi/tags", (long) pid);
fileio_error target_errno;
- proc->stat.tag_fd = target_fileio_open (NULL, cl_name, O_RDWR|O_EXCL,
+ proc->stat.tag_fd = target_fileio_open (NULL, cl_name, O_RDWR|O_EXCL,
false, 0, &target_errno);
return proc->stat.tag_fd;
}
diff --git a/gdb/stabsread.c b/gdb/stabsread.c
index 612443557b5f..b216427e4051 100644
--- a/gdb/stabsread.c
+++ b/gdb/stabsread.c
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ struct next_fnfieldlist
struct fn_fieldlist fn_fieldlist;
};
-/* The routines that read and process a complete stabs for a C struct or
+/* The routines that read and process a complete stabs for a C struct or
C++ class pass lists of data member fields and lists of member function
fields in an instance of a field_info structure, as defined below.
This is part of some reorganization of low level C++ support and is
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ dbx_init_float_type (struct objfile *objfile, int bits)
return type;
}
-/* for all the stabs in a given stab vector, build appropriate types
+/* for all the stabs in a given stab vector, build appropriate types
and fix their symbols in given symbol vector. */
static void
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ patch_block_stabs (struct pending *symbols, struct pending_stabs *stabs,
if (stabs)
{
- /* for all the stab entries, find their corresponding symbols and
+ /* for all the stab entries, find their corresponding symbols and
patch their types! */
for (ii = 0; ii < stabs->count; ++ii)
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ read_type_number (const char **pp, int *typenums)
#define VISIBILITY_PUBLIC '2' /* Stabs character for public field */
#define VISIBILITY_IGNORE '9' /* Optimized out or zero length */
-/* Structure for storing pointers to reference definitions for fast lookup
+/* Structure for storing pointers to reference definitions for fast lookup
during "process_later". */
struct ref_map
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ stabsread_clear_cache (void)
}
/* Create array of pointers mapping refids to symbols and stab strings.
- Add pointers to reference definition symbols and/or their values as we
+ Add pointers to reference definition symbols and/or their values as we
find them, using their reference numbers as our index.
These will be used later when we resolve references. */
void
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ ref_add (int refnum, struct symbol *sym, const char *stabs, CORE_ADDR value)
ref_map = (struct ref_map *)
xrealloc (ref_map, REF_MAP_SIZE (ref_chunk + new_chunks));
- memset (ref_map + ref_chunk * MAX_CHUNK_REFS, 0,
+ memset (ref_map + ref_chunk * MAX_CHUNK_REFS, 0,
new_chunks * REF_CHUNK_SIZE);
ref_chunk += new_chunks;
}
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ process_reference (const char **string)
return refnum;
}
-/* If STRING defines a reference, store away a pointer to the reference
+/* If STRING defines a reference, store away a pointer to the reference
definition for later use. Return the reference number. */
int
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ define_symbol (CORE_ADDR valu, const char *string, int desc, int type,
ind++;
p += 2;
}
- else if (*p)
+ else if (*p)
{
string_local[ind] = (gdb_byte) (*p);
ind++;
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ define_symbol (CORE_ADDR valu, const char *string, int desc, int type,
will be stored in the VAR_DOMAIN). If the symbol was indeed
defined as 'Tt' then the STRUCT_DOMAIN symbol will be created
elsewhere, so we don't need to take care of that.
-
+
This is important to do, because of forward references:
The cleanup of undefined types stored in undef_types only uses
STRUCT_DOMAIN symbols to perform the replacement. */
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ define_symbol (CORE_ADDR valu, const char *string, int desc, int type,
p++;
sym->set_type (read_type (&p, objfile));
-
+
/* For a nameless type, we don't want a create a symbol, thus we
did not use `sym'. Return without further processing. */
if (nameless)
@@ -2602,7 +2602,7 @@ read_member_functions (struct stab_field_info *fip, const char **pp,
tmp_sublist = tmp_sublist->next;
continue;
}
-
+
destr_fnlist->fn_fieldlist.fn_fields[i++]
= tmp_sublist->fn_field;
if (last_sublist)
@@ -3329,7 +3329,7 @@ attach_fields_to_type (struct stab_field_info *fip, struct type *type,
/* Complain that the compiler has emitted more than one definition for the
structure type TYPE. */
-static void
+static void
complain_about_struct_wipeout (struct type *type)
{
const char *name = "";
@@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ complain_about_struct_wipeout (struct type *type)
/* Set the length for all variants of a same main_type, which are
connected in the closed chain.
-
+
This is something that needs to be done when a type is defined *after*
some cross references to this type have already been read. Consider
for instance the following scenario where we have the following two
@@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@ set_length_in_type_chain (struct type *type)
OBJFILE points to the current objfile from which the stabs information is
being read. (Note that it is redundant in that TYPE also contains a pointer
- to this same objfile, so it might be a good idea to eliminate it. FIXME).
+ to this same objfile, so it might be a good idea to eliminate it. FIXME).
*/
static struct type *
@@ -4355,7 +4355,7 @@ add_undefined_type_1 (struct type *type)
scope? */
/* Add a type to the list of undefined types to be checked through
once this file has been read in.
-
+
In practice, we actually maintain two such lists: The first list
(UNDEF_TYPES) is used for types whose name has been provided, and
concerns forward references (eg 'xs' or 'xu' forward references);
@@ -4420,7 +4420,7 @@ cleanup_undefined_types_1 (void)
1. It is a typedef in the STRUCT domain;
2. It has the same name, and same type code;
3. The instance flags are identical.
-
+
It is important to check the instance flags, because we have seen
examples where the debug info contained definitions such as:
diff --git a/gdb/stack.c b/gdb/stack.c
index 653251c200b4..6f1e5d86d8a2 100644
--- a/gdb/stack.c
+++ b/gdb/stack.c
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ print_frame_arg (const frame_print_options &fp_opts,
just want to print their addresses. Print ??? for args whose
address we do not know. We pass 2 as "recurse" to val_print
because our standard indentation here is 4 spaces, and
- val_print indents 2 for each recurse. */
+ val_print indents 2 for each recurse. */
annotate_arg_value (value_type (arg->val));
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ print_frame (const frame_print_options &fp_opts,
}
else
numargs = -1;
-
+
{
ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, "args");
try
@@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ print_frame (const frame_print_options &fp_opts,
if (print_what != SHORT_LOCATION && sal.symtab)
{
const char *filename_display;
-
+
filename_display = symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal.symtab);
annotate_frame_source_begin ();
uiout->wrap_hint (3);
diff --git a/gdb/stap-probe.c b/gdb/stap-probe.c
index 7e3d26bc8495..425718e54f06 100644
--- a/gdb/stap-probe.c
+++ b/gdb/stap-probe.c
@@ -685,9 +685,9 @@ stap_check_register_indirection_suffix (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *s,
RS = register suffix
RIP = register indirection prefix
RIS = register indirection suffix
-
+
Then a register operand can be:
-
+
[RIP] [RP] REGISTER [RS] [RIS]
This function takes care of a register's indirection, displacement and
diff --git a/gdb/stubs/i386-stub.c b/gdb/stubs/i386-stub.c
index 04996b75cf68..3d180a953f08 100644
--- a/gdb/stubs/i386-stub.c
+++ b/gdb/stubs/i386-stub.c
@@ -765,17 +765,17 @@ handle_exception (int exceptionVector)
*ptr++ = hexchars[sigval >> 4];
*ptr++ = hexchars[sigval & 0xf];
- *ptr++ = hexchars[ESP];
+ *ptr++ = hexchars[ESP];
*ptr++ = ':';
ptr = mem2hex((char *)®isters[ESP], ptr, 4, 0); /* SP */
*ptr++ = ';';
- *ptr++ = hexchars[EBP];
+ *ptr++ = hexchars[EBP];
*ptr++ = ':';
ptr = mem2hex((char *)®isters[EBP], ptr, 4, 0); /* FP */
*ptr++ = ';';
- *ptr++ = hexchars[PC];
+ *ptr++ = hexchars[PC];
*ptr++ = ':';
ptr = mem2hex((char *)®isters[PC], ptr, 4, 0); /* PC */
*ptr++ = ';';
diff --git a/gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c b/gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c
index 3fa6314a560b..dd80bea4612c 100644
--- a/gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c
+++ b/gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ term_fao (const char *str, unsigned int str_len, ...)
term_flush ();
}
}
-
+
va_end (vargs);
}
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ setreg_callback (pthreadDebugClient_t context,
}
static int
-output_callback (pthreadDebugClient_t context,
+output_callback (pthreadDebugClient_t context,
pthreadDebugConstString_t line)
{
term_puts (line);
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ output_callback (pthreadDebugClient_t context,
}
static int
-error_callback (pthreadDebugClient_t context,
+error_callback (pthreadDebugClient_t context,
pthreadDebugConstString_t line)
{
term_puts (line);
@@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ threads_init (void)
(int *) &dbgext_func);
if (!(status & STS$M_SUCCESS))
LIB$SIGNAL (status);
-
+
status = lib$find_image_symbol
((void *) &pthread_rtl_desc, (void *) &dbgsymtable_desc,
(int *) &dbg_symtable);
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ handle_q_packet (const unsigned char *pkt, unsigned int pktlen)
unsigned int pos = QSUPPORTED_LEN;
pthreadDebugThreadInfo_t info;
int res;
-
+
/* Ignore gdb features. */
gdb_buf[0] = '$';
gdb_blen = 1;
@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ handle_packet (unsigned char *pkt, unsigned int len)
int res;
unsigned __int64 val;
pthreadDebugThreadInfo_t info;
-
+
pos++;
val = pkt2val (pkt, &pos);
if (pos != len)
@@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ handle_packet (unsigned char *pkt, unsigned int len)
int res;
unsigned __int64 val;
unsigned int fthr, thr;
-
+
val = pkt2val (pkt, &pos);
/* Default is error (but only after parsing is complete). */
packet_error (0);
@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ trace_init (void)
sub_desc.dsc$w_length = i - start;
for (j = 0; j < NBR_DEBUG_FLAGS; j++)
- if (str$case_blind_compare (&sub_desc,
+ if (str$case_blind_compare (&sub_desc,
(void *)&debug_flags[j].name) == 0)
{
debug_flags[j].val++;
@@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ stub_start (unsigned __int64 *progxfer, void *cli_util,
imcb->imcb$t_log_image_name + 1,
imcb->imcb$t_log_image_name[0]))
has_threads = 1;
-
+
if (trace_images)
{
unsigned int j;
@@ -2504,14 +2504,14 @@ stub_start (unsigned __int64 *progxfer, void *cli_util,
term_puts (flags & 0x08000000 ? " Shrd" : " ");
TERM_FAO (" !XA-!XA!/",
ldrisd[j].ldrisd$p_base,
- (unsigned __int64) ldrisd[j].ldrisd$p_base
+ (unsigned __int64) ldrisd[j].ldrisd$p_base
+ ldrisd[j].ldrisd$i_len - 1);
}
ldrisd = ldrimg->ldrimg$l_dyn_seg;
if (ldrisd)
TERM_FAO (" dynamic !XA-!XA!/",
ldrisd->ldrisd$p_base,
- (unsigned __int64) ldrisd->ldrisd$p_base
+ (unsigned __int64) ldrisd->ldrisd$p_base
+ ldrisd->ldrisd$i_len - 1);
}
}
@@ -2549,7 +2549,7 @@ stub_start (unsigned __int64 *progxfer, void *cli_util,
0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00 };
unsigned int entry_prot;
unsigned int status;
-
+
status = page_set_rw (entry_pc, 16, &entry_prot);
if (!(status & STS$M_SUCCESS))
@@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ stub_start (unsigned __int64 *progxfer, void *cli_util,
else
LIB$SIGNAL (status);
}
-
+
if (entry_pc != 0)
{
ots$move (entry_saved, 16, (void *)entry_pc);
diff --git a/gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c b/gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c
index e52188edc71d..508b98e39ed8 100644
--- a/gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c
+++ b/gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ extern void exceptionHandler (); /* assign an exception handler */
/*****************************************************************************
* BUFMAX defines the maximum number of characters in inbound/outbound buffers
- * at least NUMREGBYTES*2 are needed for register packets
+ * at least NUMREGBYTES*2 are needed for register packets
*/
#define BUFMAX 400
@@ -490,9 +490,9 @@ handle_exception (int exceptionVector)
}
else /* continuing, not single-stepping */
{
- /* OK, about to do a "continue". First check to see if the
- target pc is on an odd boundary (second instruction in the
- word). If so, we must do a single-step first, because
+ /* OK, about to do a "continue". First check to see if the
+ target pc is on an odd boundary (second instruction in the
+ word). If so, we must do a single-step first, because
ya can't jump or return back to an odd boundary! */
if ((registers[PC] & 2) != 0)
prepare_to_step (1);
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ handle_exception (int exceptionVector)
case 'D': /* Detach */
#if 0
- /* I am interpreting this to mean, release the board from control
+ /* I am interpreting this to mean, release the board from control
by the remote stub. To do this, I am restoring the original
(or at least previous) exception vectors.
*/
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ hexToInt (unsigned char **ptr, int *intValue)
/*
Table of branch instructions:
-
+
10B6 RTE return from trap or exception
1FCr JMP jump
1ECr JL jump and link
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ isLongBranch (unsigned char *instr)
return 0;
}
-/* if address is NOT on a 4-byte boundary, or high-bit of instr is zero,
+/* if address is NOT on a 4-byte boundary, or high-bit of instr is zero,
then it's a 2-byte instruction, else it's a 4-byte instruction. */
#define INSTRUCTION_SIZE(addr) \
@@ -1144,13 +1144,13 @@ static struct STEPPING_CONTEXT
/* Function: prepare_to_step
Called from handle_exception to prepare the user program to single-step.
- Places a trap instruction after the target instruction, with special
- extra handling for branch instructions and for instructions in the
- second half-word of a word.
+ Places a trap instruction after the target instruction, with special
+ extra handling for branch instructions and for instructions in the
+ second half-word of a word.
- Returns: True if we should actually execute the instruction;
+ Returns: True if we should actually execute the instruction;
False if we are going to emulate executing the instruction,
- in which case we simply report to GDB that the instruction
+ in which case we simply report to GDB that the instruction
has already been executed. */
#define TRAP1 0x10f1; /* trap #1 instruction */
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ prepare_to_step (continue_p)
int branchCode = isBranch ((unsigned char *) pc);
unsigned char *p;
- /* zero out the stepping context
+ /* zero out the stepping context
(paranoia -- it should already be zeroed) */
for (p = (unsigned char *) &stepping;
p < ((unsigned char *) &stepping) + sizeof (stepping); p++)
@@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ prepare_to_step (continue_p)
stepping.trap1_save = *(unsigned short *) stepping.trap1_addr;
*(unsigned short *) stepping.trap1_addr = trap1;
}
- /* "continue_p" means that we are actually doing a continue, and not
+ /* "continue_p" means that we are actually doing a continue, and not
being requested to single-step by GDB. Sometimes we have to do
one single-step before continuing, because the PC is on a half-word
boundary. There's no way to simply resume at such an address. */
@@ -1210,13 +1210,13 @@ prepare_to_step (continue_p)
}
/* Function: finish_from_step
- Called from handle_exception to finish up when the user program
+ Called from handle_exception to finish up when the user program
returns from a single-step. Replaces the instructions that had
- been overwritten by traps or no-ops,
+ been overwritten by traps or no-ops,
Returns: True if we should notify GDB that the target stopped.
False if we only single-stepped because we had to before we
- could continue (ie. we were trying to continue at a
+ could continue (ie. we were trying to continue at a
half-word boundary). In that case don't notify GDB:
just "continue continuing". */
diff --git a/gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c b/gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c
index 826f92288d5e..8cd9103f6966 100644
--- a/gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c
+++ b/gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
/****************************************************************************
- THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT COPYRIGHTED
-
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT COPYRIGHTED
+
HP offers the following for use in the public domain. HP makes no
- warranty with regard to the software or it's performance and the
+ warranty with regard to the software or it's performance and the
user accepts the software "AS IS" with all faults.
HP DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD
@@ -13,22 +13,22 @@
****************************************************************************/
/****************************************************************************
- * Header: remcom.c,v 1.34 91/03/09 12:29:49 glenne Exp $
+ * Header: remcom.c,v 1.34 91/03/09 12:29:49 glenne Exp $
*
- * Module name: remcom.c $
+ * Module name: remcom.c $
* Revision: 1.34 $
* Date: 91/03/09 12:29:49 $
* Contributor: Lake Stevens Instrument Division$
- *
+ *
* Description: low level support for gdb debugger. $
*
* Considerations: only works on target hardware $
*
* Written by: Glenn Engel $
- * ModuleState: Experimental $
+ * ModuleState: Experimental $
*
* NOTES: See Below $
- *
+ *
* To enable debugger support, two things need to happen. One, a
* call to set_debug_traps() is necessary in order to allow any breakpoints
* or error conditions to be properly intercepted and reported to gdb.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
* there either should be a standard breakpoint instruction, or the protocol
* should be extended to provide some means to communicate which breakpoint
* instruction is in use (or have the stub insert the breakpoint).
- *
+ *
* Some explanation is probably necessary to explain how exceptions are
* handled. When an exception is encountered the 68000 pushes the current
* program counter and status register onto the supervisor stack and then
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
* The handlers for the exception vectors are hardwired to jmp to an address
* given by the relation: (exception - 256) * 6. These are descending
* addresses starting from -6, -12, -18, ... By allowing 6 bytes for
- * each entry, a jsr, jmp, bsr, ... can be used to enter the exception
+ * each entry, a jsr, jmp, bsr, ... can be used to enter the exception
* handler. Using a jsr to handle an exception has an added benefit of
* allowing a single handler to service several exceptions and use the
* return address as the key differentiation. The vector number can be
@@ -59,50 +59,50 @@
* For 68020 machines, the ability to have a return address around just
* so the vector can be determined is not necessary because the '020 pushes an
* extra word onto the stack containing the vector offset
- *
+ *
* Because gdb will sometimes write to the stack area to execute function
* calls, this program cannot rely on using the supervisor stack so it
- * uses it's own stack area reserved in the int array remcomStack.
- *
+ * uses it's own stack area reserved in the int array remcomStack.
+ *
*************
*
* The following gdb commands are supported:
- *
+ *
* command function Return value
- *
+ *
* g return the value of the CPU registers hex data or ENN
* G set the value of the CPU registers OK or ENN
- *
+ *
* mAA..AA,LLLL Read LLLL bytes at address AA..AA hex data or ENN
* MAA..AA,LLLL: Write LLLL bytes at address AA.AA OK or ENN
- *
+ *
* c Resume at current address SNN ( signal NN)
* cAA..AA Continue at address AA..AA SNN
- *
+ *
* s Step one instruction SNN
* sAA..AA Step one instruction from AA..AA SNN
- *
+ *
* k kill
*
* ? What was the last sigval ? SNN (signal NN)
- *
- * All commands and responses are sent with a packet which includes a
- * checksum. A packet consists of
- *
+ *
+ * All commands and responses are sent with a packet which includes a
+ * checksum. A packet consists of
+ *
* $<packet info>#<checksum>.
- *
+ *
* where
* <packet info> :: <characters representing the command or response>
* <checksum> :: < two hex digits computed as modulo 256 sum of <packetinfo>>
- *
+ *
* When a packet is received, it is first acknowledged with either '+' or '-'.
* '+' indicates a successful transfer. '-' indicates a failed transfer.
- *
+ *
* Example:
- *
+ *
* Host: Reply:
* $m0,10#2a +$00010203040506070809101112131415#42
- *
+ *
****************************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
/************************************************************************
*
- * external low-level support routines
+ * external low-level support routines
*/
typedef void (*ExceptionHook)(int); /* pointer to function with int parm */
typedef void (*Function)(); /* pointer to a function */
@@ -136,15 +136,15 @@ initializeRemcomErrorFrame ();
static char initialized; /* boolean flag. != 0 means we've been initialized */
int remote_debug;
-/* debug > 0 prints ill-formed commands in valid packets & checksum errors */
+/* debug > 0 prints ill-formed commands in valid packets & checksum errors */
static const char hexchars[]="0123456789abcdef";
/* there are 180 bytes of registers on a 68020 w/68881 */
/* many of the fpa registers are 12 byte (96 bit) registers */
#define NUMREGBYTES 180
-enum regnames {D0,D1,D2,D3,D4,D5,D6,D7,
- A0,A1,A2,A3,A4,A5,A6,A7,
+enum regnames {D0,D1,D2,D3,D4,D5,D6,D7,
+ A0,A1,A2,A3,A4,A5,A6,A7,
PS,PC,
FP0,FP1,FP2,FP3,FP4,FP5,FP6,FP7,
FPCONTROL,FPSTATUS,FPIADDR
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ static int* stackPtr = &remcomStack[STACKSIZE/sizeof(int) - 1];
/*
* In many cases, the system will want to continue exception processing
- * when a continue command is given.
+ * when a continue command is given.
* oldExceptionHook is a function to invoke in this case.
*/
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ jmp_buf remcomEnv;
/* do an fsave, then remember the address to begin a restore from */
#define SAVE_FP_REGS() asm(" fsave a0@-"); \
asm(" fmovemx fp0-fp7,_registers+72"); \
- asm(" fmoveml fpcr/fpsr/fpi,_registers+168");
+ asm(" fmoveml fpcr/fpsr/fpi,_registers+168");
#define RESTORE_FP_REGS() \
asm(" \n\
fmoveml _registers+168,fpcr/fpsr/fpi \n\
@@ -239,34 +239,34 @@ asm("
.text
.globl _return_to_super
_return_to_super:
- movel _registers+60,sp /* get new stack pointer */
- movel _lastFrame,a0 /* get last frame info */
+ movel _registers+60,sp /* get new stack pointer */
+ movel _lastFrame,a0 /* get last frame info */
bra return_to_any
.globl _return_to_user
_return_to_user:
- movel _registers+60,a0 /* get usp */
- movel a0,usp /* set usp */
- movel _superStack,sp /* get original stack pointer */
+ movel _registers+60,a0 /* get usp */
+ movel a0,usp /* set usp */
+ movel _superStack,sp /* get original stack pointer */
return_to_any:
- movel _lastFrame,a0 /* get last frame info */
- movel a0@+,_lastFrame /* link in previous frame */
- addql #8,a0 /* skip over pc, vector#*/
- movew a0@+,d0 /* get # of words in cpu frame */
- addw d0,a0 /* point to end of data */
- addw d0,a0 /* point to end of data */
- movel a0,a1
-#
-# copy the stack frame
- subql #1,d0
-copyUserLoop:
- movew a1@-,sp@-
- dbf d0,copyUserLoop
-");
- RESTORE_FP_REGS()
- asm(" moveml _registers,d0-d7/a0-a6");
- asm(" rte"); /* pop and go! */
+ movel _lastFrame,a0 /* get last frame info */
+ movel a0@+,_lastFrame /* link in previous frame */
+ addql #8,a0 /* skip over pc, vector#*/
+ movew a0@+,d0 /* get # of words in cpu frame */
+ addw d0,a0 /* point to end of data */
+ addw d0,a0 /* point to end of data */
+ movel a0,a1
+#
+# copy the stack frame
+ subql #1,d0
+copyUserLoop:
+ movew a1@-,sp@-
+ dbf d0,copyUserLoop
+");
+ RESTORE_FP_REGS()
+ asm(" moveml _registers,d0-d7/a0-a6");
+ asm(" rte"); /* pop and go! */
#define DISABLE_INTERRUPTS() asm(" oriw #0x0700,sr");
#define BREAKPOINT() asm(" trap #1");
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ asm(" movew sp@(6),d0");
asm(" andiw #0x700,d0
cmpiw #0x700,d0
beq _already7
- movew sp@+,d0
+ movew sp@+,d0
bra __catchException
_already7:
movew sp@+,d0");
@@ -309,13 +309,13 @@ extern void _catchException ();
* stack on entry: stack on exit:
* N bytes of junk exception # MSWord
* Exception Format Word exception # MSWord
- * Program counter LSWord
- * Program counter MSWord
- * Status Register
- *
- *
+ * Program counter LSWord
+ * Program counter MSWord
+ * Status Register
+ *
+ *
*/
-asm("
+asm("
.text
.globl __catchException
__catchException:");
@@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ asm("
moveml d0-d7/a0-a6,_registers /* save registers */
movel _lastFrame,a0 /* last frame pointer */
");
-SAVE_FP_REGS();
+SAVE_FP_REGS();
asm("
lea _registers,a5 /* get address of registers */
movew sp@,d1 /* get status register */
- movew d1,a5@(66) /* save sr */
+ movew d1,a5@(66) /* save sr */
movel sp@(2),a4 /* save pc in a4 for later use */
movel a4,a5@(68) /* save pc in _regisers[] */
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ asm("
movew d0,d2 /* make a copy of format word */
andiw #0xf000,d0 /* mask off format type */
rolw #5,d0 /* rotate into the low byte *2 */
- lea _exceptionSize,a1
+ lea _exceptionSize,a1
addw d0,a1 /* index into the table */
movew a1@,d0 /* get number of words in frame */
movew d0,d3 /* save it */
@@ -356,11 +356,11 @@ asm("
# save the a7 in use at time of exception
movel sp,_superStack /* save supervisor sp */
andiw #0x2000,d1 /* were we in supervisor mode ? */
- beq userMode
+ beq userMode
movel a7,a5@(60) /* save a7 */
bra a7saveDone
-userMode:
- movel usp,a1
+userMode:
+ movel usp,a1
movel a1,a5@(60) /* save user stack pointer */
a7saveDone:
@@ -392,14 +392,14 @@ asm("
/* This function is called when an exception occurs. It translates the
* return address found on the stack into an exception vector # which
* is then handled by either handle_exception or a system handler.
- * _catchException provides a front end for both.
+ * _catchException provides a front end for both.
*
* stack on entry: stack on exit:
- * Program counter MSWord exception # MSWord
+ * Program counter MSWord exception # MSWord
* Program counter LSWord exception # MSWord
- * Status Register
- * Return Address MSWord
- * Return Address LSWord
+ * Status Register
+ * Return Address MSWord
+ * Return Address LSWord
*/
asm("
.text
@@ -410,13 +410,13 @@ asm("
moveml d0-d7/a0-a6,_registers /* save registers */
movel _lastFrame,a0 /* last frame pointer */
");
-SAVE_FP_REGS();
+SAVE_FP_REGS();
asm("
lea _registers,a5 /* get address of registers */
movel sp@+,d2 /* pop return address */
addl #1530,d2 /* convert return addr to */
divs #6,d2 /* exception number */
- extl d2
+ extl d2
moveql #3,d3 /* assume a three word frame */
@@ -425,11 +425,11 @@ asm("
movel sp@+,a0@- /* copy error info to frame buff*/
movel sp@+,a0@- /* these are never used */
moveql #7,d3 /* this is a 7 word frame */
-
-normal:
+
+normal:
movew sp@+,d1 /* pop status register */
movel sp@+,a4 /* pop program counter */
- movew d1,a5@(66) /* save sr */
+ movew d1,a5@(66) /* save sr */
movel a4,a5@(68) /* save pc in _regisers[] */
movel a4,a0@- /* copy pc to frame buffer */
movew d1,a0@- /* copy sr to frame buffer */
@@ -437,9 +437,9 @@ asm("
movel sp,_superStack /* save supervisor sp */
andiw #0x2000,d1 /* were we in supervisor mode ? */
- beq userMode
+ beq userMode
movel a7,a5@(60) /* save a7 */
- bra saveDone
+ bra saveDone
userMode:
movel usp,a1 /* save user stack pointer */
movel a1,a5@(60) /* save user stack pointer */
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ handle_buserror ()
longjmp (remcomEnv, 1);
}
-/* this function takes the 68000 exception number and attempts to
+/* this function takes the 68000 exception number and attempts to
translate this number into a unix compatible signal value */
int
computeSignal (exceptionVector)
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ initializeRemcomErrorFrame (void)
lastFrame->previous = lastFrame;
}
-/* this function is used to set up exception handlers for tracing and
+/* this function is used to set up exception handlers for tracing and
breakpoints */
void
set_debug_traps ()
diff --git a/gdb/stubs/sh-stub.c b/gdb/stubs/sh-stub.c
index 03a865eeded3..139a0e0ee491 100644
--- a/gdb/stubs/sh-stub.c
+++ b/gdb/stubs/sh-stub.c
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
/* sh-stub.c -- debugging stub for the Renesas-SH.
- NOTE!! This code has to be compiled with optimization, otherwise the
+ NOTE!! This code has to be compiled with optimization, otherwise the
function inlining which generates the exception handlers won't work.
*/
/* This is originally based on an m68k software stub written by Glenn
- Engel at HP, but has changed quite a bit.
+ Engel at HP, but has changed quite a bit.
Modifications for the SH by Ben Lee and Steve Chamberlain
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
'$' or '#'. If <data> starts with two characters followed by
':', then the existing stubs interpret this as a sequence number.
- CSUM1 and CSUM2 are ascii hex representation of an 8-bit
+ CSUM1 and CSUM2 are ascii hex representation of an 8-bit
checksum of <data>, the most significant nibble is sent first.
the hex digits 0-9,a-f are used.
@@ -138,10 +138,10 @@
Responses can be run-length encoded to save space. A '*' means that
the next character is an ASCII encoding giving a repeat count which
stands for that many repetitions of the character preceding the '*'.
- The encoding is n+29, yielding a printable character where n >=3
- (which is where rle starts to win). Don't use an n > 126.
+ The encoding is n+29, yielding a printable character where n >=3
+ (which is where rle starts to win). Don't use an n > 126.
- So
+ So
"0* " means the same as "0000". */
#include <string.h>
@@ -467,11 +467,11 @@ putpacket (char *buffer)
int runlen;
/* Do run length encoding */
- for (runlen = 0; runlen < 100; runlen ++)
+ for (runlen = 0; runlen < 100; runlen ++)
{
- if (src[0] != src[runlen])
+ if (src[0] != src[runlen])
{
- if (runlen > 3)
+ if (runlen > 3)
{
int encode;
/* Got a useful amount */
@@ -524,19 +524,19 @@ computeSignal (int exceptionVector)
{
case INVALID_INSN_VEC:
sigval = 4;
- break;
+ break;
case INVALID_SLOT_VEC:
sigval = 4;
- break;
+ break;
case CPU_BUS_ERROR_VEC:
sigval = 10;
- break;
+ break;
case DMA_BUS_ERROR_VEC:
sigval = 10;
- break;
+ break;
case NMI_VEC:
sigval = 2;
- break;
+ break;
case TRAP_VEC:
case USER_VEC:
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ gdb_handle_exception (int exceptionVector)
}
-#define GDBCOOKIE 0x5ac
+#define GDBCOOKIE 0x5ac
static int ingdbmode;
/* We've had an exception - choose to go into the monitor or
the gdb stub */
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ void handle_exception(int exceptionVector)
#ifdef MONITOR
if (ingdbmode != GDBCOOKIE)
monitor_handle_exception (exceptionVector);
- else
+ else
#endif
gdb_handle_exception (exceptionVector);
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ vec_type;
or wherever your vbr points. */
const vec_type vectable =
-{
+{
&BINIT, /* 0: Power-on reset PC */
init_stack + init_stack_size, /* 1: Power-on reset SP */
&BINIT, /* 2: Manual reset PC */
@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ L_sp: .long _init_stack + 8000");
mov.l @(L_reg, pc), r1
bra restoreRegisters
mov.l r15, @r0 ! save __stub_stack
-
+
.align 2
L_reg:
.long _registers
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ L_sp: .long _init_stack + 8000");
static void rr()
{
asm("
- .align 2
+ .align 2
.global _resume
_resume:
mov r4,r1
@@ -1241,14 +1241,14 @@ asm("
mov.l @r1+, r14 ! restore R14
mov.l @r1+, r15 ! restore programs stack
mov.l @r1+, r0
- add #-8, r15 ! uncover PC/SR on stack
+ add #-8, r15 ! uncover PC/SR on stack
mov.l r0, @r15 ! restore PC onto stack
lds.l @r1+, pr ! restore PR
- ldc.l @r1+, gbr ! restore GBR
+ ldc.l @r1+, gbr ! restore GBR
ldc.l @r1+, vbr ! restore VBR
lds.l @r1+, mach ! restore MACH
lds.l @r1+, macl ! restore MACL
- mov.l @r1, r0
+ mov.l @r1, r0
add #-88, r1 ! readjust reg pointer to R1
mov.l r0, @(4, r15) ! restore SR onto stack+4
mov.l r2, @-r15
@@ -1264,15 +1264,15 @@ asm("
}
-static __inline__ void code_for_catch_exception(int n)
+static __inline__ void code_for_catch_exception(int n)
{
- asm(" .globl _catch_exception_%O0" : : "i" (n) );
+ asm(" .globl _catch_exception_%O0" : : "i" (n) );
asm(" _catch_exception_%O0:" :: "i" (n) );
asm(" add #-4, r15 ! reserve spot on stack ");
asm(" mov.l r1, @-r15 ! push R1 ");
- if (n == NMI_VEC)
+ if (n == NMI_VEC)
{
/* Special case for NMI - make sure that they don't nest */
asm(" mov.l r0, @-r15 ! push R0");
@@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@ exceptions (void)
#define PB1MD0 0x0004
#define PB0MD1 0x0002
#define PB0MD0 0x0001
-
+
#define PB7MD PB7MD1|PB7MD0
#define PB6MD PB6MD1|PB6MD0
#define PB5MD PB5MD1|PB5MD0
@@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ nop (void)
{
}
-void
+void
init_serial (void)
{
int i;
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ getDebugCharReady (void)
return SSR1 & SCI_RDRF ;
}
-char
+char
getDebugChar (void)
{
char ch;
@@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ getDebugChar (void)
return ch;
}
-int
+int
putDebugCharReady (void)
{
return (SSR1 & SCI_TDRE);
@@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ putDebugChar (char ch)
SSR1 &= ~SCI_TDRE;
}
-void
+void
handleError (char theSSR)
{
SSR1 &= ~(SCI_ORER | SCI_PER | SCI_FER);
diff --git a/gdb/symfile.c b/gdb/symfile.c
index eb27668f9d33..ada7d1a4aa3e 100644
--- a/gdb/symfile.c
+++ b/gdb/symfile.c
@@ -3521,7 +3521,7 @@ simple_overlay_update (struct obj_section *osect)
error (_("Error reading inferior's overlay table: couldn't "
"find `_ovly_table' array\n"
"in inferior. Use `overlay manual' mode."));
-
+
if (cache_ovly_table_base == minsym.value_address ())
/* Then go ahead and try to look up this single section in
the cache. */
diff --git a/gdb/symtab.c b/gdb/symtab.c
index ff8d24a56145..04e9e213c9a1 100644
--- a/gdb/symtab.c
+++ b/gdb/symtab.c
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ gdb_mangle_name (struct type *type, int method_id, int signature_id)
is_full_physname_constructor = is_constructor_name (physname);
- is_constructor = is_full_physname_constructor
+ is_constructor = is_full_physname_constructor
|| (newname && strcmp (field_name, newname) == 0);
if (!is_destructor)
@@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ lookup_local_symbol (const char *name,
struct symbol *sym;
const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block);
const char *scope = block_scope (block);
-
+
/* Check if either no block is specified or it's a global block. */
if (static_block == NULL)
@@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
&& range >= best_cust_range)
/* Cust doesn't have a smaller range than best_cust, skip it. */
continue;
-
+
/* For an objfile that has its functions reordered,
find_pc_psymtab will find the proper partial symbol table
and we simply return its corresponding symtab. */
@@ -3447,7 +3447,7 @@ find_line_symtab (struct symtab *sym_tab, int line,
continue;
if (FILENAME_CMP (symtab_to_fullname (sym_tab),
symtab_to_fullname (s)) != 0)
- continue;
+ continue;
l = s->linetable ();
ind = find_line_common (l, line, &exact, 0);
if (ind >= 0)
diff --git a/gdb/symtab.h b/gdb/symtab.h
index 4f3e84bbbe93..cb48b043f74f 100644
--- a/gdb/symtab.h
+++ b/gdb/symtab.h
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ class lookup_name_info final
}
/* A wrapper for ::split_name (see split-name.h) that splits this
- name, and that handles any language-specific peculiarities. */
+ name, and that handles any language-specific peculiarities. */
std::vector<gdb::string_view> split_name (language lang) const
{
if (lang == language_ada)
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ enum address_class
The linker might even remove the minimal symbol if the global
symbol is never referenced, in which case the symbol remains
unresolved.
-
+
GDB would normally find the symbol in the minimal symbol table if it will
not find it in the full symbol table. But a reference to an external
symbol in a local block shadowing other definition requires full symbol
@@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@ is_main_symtab_of_compunit_symtab (struct symtab *symtab)
\f
/* The virtual function table is now an array of structures which have the
- form { int16 offset, delta; void *pfn; }.
+ form { int16 offset, delta; void *pfn; }.
In normal virtual function tables, OFFSET is unused.
DELTA is the amount which is added to the apparent object's base
@@ -2116,18 +2116,18 @@ extern struct symbol *find_symbol_at_address (CORE_ADDR);
function (exclusive). If the optional parameter BLOCK is non-null,
then set *BLOCK to the address of the block corresponding to the
function symbol, if such a symbol could be found during the lookup;
- nullptr is used as a return value for *BLOCK if no block is found.
+ nullptr is used as a return value for *BLOCK if no block is found.
This function either succeeds or fails (not halfway succeeds). If
it succeeds, it sets *NAME, *ADDRESS, and *ENDADDR to real
information and returns true. If it fails, it sets *NAME, *ADDRESS
and *ENDADDR to zero and returns false.
-
+
If the function in question occupies non-contiguous ranges,
*ADDRESS and *ENDADDR are (subject to the conditions noted above) set
to the start and end of the range in which PC is found. Thus
*ADDRESS <= PC < *ENDADDR with no intervening gaps (in which ranges
from other functions might be found).
-
+
This property allows find_pc_partial_function to be used (as it had
been prior to the introduction of non-contiguous range support) by
various tdep files for finding a start address and limit address
@@ -2138,9 +2138,9 @@ extern struct symbol *find_symbol_at_address (CORE_ADDR);
argument can be made that prologue analysis ought to be performed
starting from the entry pc even when PC is within some other range.
This might suggest that *ADDRESS and *ENDADDR ought to be set to the
- limits of the entry pc range, but that will cause the
+ limits of the entry pc range, but that will cause the
*ADDRESS <= PC < *ENDADDR condition to be violated; many of the
- callers of find_pc_partial_function expect this condition to hold.
+ callers of find_pc_partial_function expect this condition to hold.
Callers which require the start and/or end addresses for the range
containing the entry pc should instead call
diff --git a/gdb/target.c b/gdb/target.c
index 74925e139dc1..bb76a80cbaed 100644
--- a/gdb/target.c
+++ b/gdb/target.c
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ target_translate_tls_address (struct objfile *objfile, CORE_ADDR offset)
try
{
CORE_ADDR lm_addr;
-
+
/* Fetch the load module address for this objfile. */
lm_addr = gdbarch_fetch_tls_load_module_address (gdbarch,
objfile);
@@ -3544,7 +3544,7 @@ target_fileio_read_alloc (struct inferior *inf, const char *filename,
/* See target.h. */
-gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>
+gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>
target_fileio_read_stralloc (struct inferior *inf, const char *filename)
{
gdb_byte *buffer;
diff --git a/gdb/target.h b/gdb/target.h
index 28aa92738930..6593942d6423 100644
--- a/gdb/target.h
+++ b/gdb/target.h
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ enum thread_control_capabilities
/* The structure below stores information about a system call.
It is basically used in the "catch syscall" command, and in
every function that gives information about a system call.
-
+
It's also good to mention that its fields represent everything
that we currently know about a syscall in GDB. */
struct syscall
@@ -389,18 +389,18 @@ typedef void async_callback_ftype (enum inferior_event_type event_type,
/* These defines are used to mark target_ops methods. The script
make-target-delegates scans these and auto-generates the base
method implementations. There are four macros that can be used:
-
+
1. TARGET_DEFAULT_IGNORE. There is no argument. The base method
does nothing. This is only valid if the method return type is
'void'.
-
+
2. TARGET_DEFAULT_NORETURN. The argument is a function call, like
'tcomplain ()'. The base method simply makes this call, which is
assumed not to return.
-
+
3. TARGET_DEFAULT_RETURN. The argument is a C expression. The
base method returns this expression's value.
-
+
4. TARGET_DEFAULT_FUNC. The argument is the name of a function.
make-target-delegates does not generate a base method in this case,
but instead uses the argument function as the base method. */
diff --git a/gdb/target/waitstatus.h b/gdb/target/waitstatus.h
index 63bbd7377499..00612ef93096 100644
--- a/gdb/target/waitstatus.h
+++ b/gdb/target/waitstatus.h
@@ -47,15 +47,15 @@ enum target_waitkind
value.related_pid. I.e., if the child forks, value.related_pid
is the parent's ID. */
TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED,
-
+
/* The program has vforked. A "related" process's PTID is in
value.related_pid. */
TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED,
-
+
/* The program has exec'ed a new executable file. The new file's
pathname is pointed to by value.execd_pathname. */
TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD,
-
+
/* The program had previously vforked, and now the child is done
with the shared memory region, because it exec'ed or exited.
Note that the event is reported to the vfork parent. This is
@@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ enum target_waitkind
function. This way the event loop is responsive to other events,
like for instance the user typing. */
TARGET_WAITKIND_IGNORE,
-
+
/* The target has run out of history information,
and cannot run backward any further. */
TARGET_WAITKIND_NO_HISTORY,
-
+
/* There are no resumed children left in the program. */
TARGET_WAITKIND_NO_RESUMED,
diff --git a/gdb/thread.c b/gdb/thread.c
index 349fc01dd481..7d9edadf62b6 100644
--- a/gdb/thread.c
+++ b/gdb/thread.c
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ global_thread_step_over_chain_remove (struct thread_info *tp)
/* Delete the thread referenced by THR. If SILENT, don't notify
the observer of this exit.
-
+
THR must not be NULL or a failed assertion will be raised. */
static void
diff --git a/gdb/tilegx-tdep.c b/gdb/tilegx-tdep.c
index ecd27b8b33d8..4b7d5925c631 100644
--- a/gdb/tilegx-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/tilegx-tdep.c
@@ -456,9 +456,9 @@ tilegx_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch* gdbarch,
= (unsigned) reverse_frame[operands[1]].value;
cache->saved_regs[saved_register].set_addr (saved_address);
- }
+ }
else if (cache
- && (operands[0] == TILEGX_SP_REGNUM)
+ && (operands[0] == TILEGX_SP_REGNUM)
&& (operands[1] == TILEGX_LR_REGNUM))
lr_saved_on_stack_p = 1;
break;
diff --git a/gdb/tracepoint.c b/gdb/tracepoint.c
index 14c54c7614f6..b91e6bcb449c 100644
--- a/gdb/tracepoint.c
+++ b/gdb/tracepoint.c
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
large. (400 - 31)/2 == 184 */
#define MAX_AGENT_EXPR_LEN 184
-/*
+/*
Tracepoint.c:
This module defines the following debugger commands:
@@ -487,8 +487,8 @@ save_trace_state_variables (struct ui_file *fp)
/* ACTIONS functions: */
/* The three functions:
- collect_pseudocommand,
- while_stepping_pseudocommand, and
+ collect_pseudocommand,
+ while_stepping_pseudocommand, and
end_actions_pseudocommand
are placeholders for "commands" that are actually ONLY to be used
within a tracepoint action list. If the actual function is ever called,
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ collection_list::stringify ()
QUIT; /* Allow user to bail out with ^C. */
if (info_verbose)
{
- gdb_printf ("(%d, %s, %ld)\n",
+ gdb_printf ("(%d, %s, %ld)\n",
m_memranges[i].type,
paddress (target_gdbarch (),
m_memranges[i].start),
@@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ start_tracing (const char *notes)
/* Send down all the trace state variables too. */
for (const trace_state_variable &tsv : tvariables)
target_download_trace_state_variable (tsv);
-
+
/* Tell target to treat text-like sections as transparent. */
target_trace_set_readonly_regions ();
/* Set some mode flags. */
@@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ tstatus_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
{
struct trace_status *ts = current_trace_status ();
int status;
-
+
status = target_get_trace_status (ts);
if (status == -1)
@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ trace_status_mi (int on_stop)
stopping_tracepoint = ts->stopping_tracepoint;
break;
}
-
+
if (stop_reason)
{
uiout->field_string ("stop-reason", stop_reason);
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ tfind_1 (enum trace_find_type type, int num,
target_frameno = target_trace_find (type, num, addr1, addr2,
&target_tracept);
-
+
if (type == tfind_number
&& num == -1
&& target_frameno == -1)
@@ -2099,12 +2099,12 @@ tfind_1 (enum trace_find_type type, int num,
/* A request for a non-existent trace frame has failed.
Our response will be different, depending on FROM_TTY:
- If FROM_TTY is true, meaning that this command was
+ If FROM_TTY is true, meaning that this command was
typed interactively by the user, then give an error
and DO NOT change the state of traceframe_number etc.
However if FROM_TTY is false, meaning that we're either
- in a script, a loop, or a user-defined command, then
+ in a script, a loop, or a user-defined command, then
DON'T give an error, but DO change the state of
traceframe_number etc. to invalid.
@@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@ tfind_1 (enum trace_find_type type, int num,
failed WITHOUT aborting. This allows you to write
scripts that search thru the trace buffer until the end,
and then continue on to do something else. */
-
+
if (from_tty)
error (_("Target failed to find requested trace frame."));
else
@@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ tfind_1 (enum trace_find_type type, int num,
#endif
}
}
-
+
tp = get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (target_tracept);
reinit_frame_cache ();
@@ -2207,13 +2207,13 @@ check_trace_running (struct trace_status *status)
error (_("May not look at trace frames while trace is running."));
}
-/* trace_find_command takes a trace frame number n,
- sends "QTFrame:<n>" to the target,
+/* trace_find_command takes a trace frame number n,
+ sends "QTFrame:<n>" to the target,
and accepts a reply that may contain several optional pieces
of information: a frame number, a tracepoint number, and an
indication of whether this is a trap frame or a stepping frame.
- The minimal response is just "OK" (which indicates that the
+ The minimal response is just "OK" (which indicates that the
target does not give us a frame number or a tracepoint number).
Instead of that, the target may send us a string containing
any combination of:
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ tfind_command_1 (const char *args, int from_tty)
int frameno = -1;
check_trace_running (current_trace_status ());
-
+
if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
{ /* TFIND with no args means find NEXT trace frame. */
if (traceframe_number == -1)
@@ -2242,7 +2242,7 @@ tfind_command_1 (const char *args, int from_tty)
error (_("not debugging trace buffer"));
else if (from_tty && traceframe_number == 0)
error (_("already at start of trace buffer"));
-
+
frameno = traceframe_number - 1;
}
/* A hack to work around eval's need for fp to have been collected. */
@@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ tfind_tracepoint_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
This command will take a sourceline for argument, just like BREAK
or TRACE (ie. anything that "decode_line_1" can handle).
- With no argument, this command will find the next trace frame
+ With no argument, this command will find the next trace frame
corresponding to a source line OTHER THAN THE CURRENT ONE. */
static void
diff --git a/gdb/tramp-frame.c b/gdb/tramp-frame.c
index f5926dc1ee73..240023c38729 100644
--- a/gdb/tramp-frame.c
+++ b/gdb/tramp-frame.c
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ tramp_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
CORE_ADDR func;
struct tramp_frame_cache *tramp_cache;
- /* tausq/2004-12-12: We used to assume if pc has a name or is in a valid
+ /* tausq/2004-12-12: We used to assume if pc has a name or is in a valid
section, then this is not a trampoline. However, this assumption is
false on HPUX which has a signal trampoline that has a name; it can
also be false when using an alternative signal stack. */
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-disasm.h b/gdb/tui/tui-disasm.h
index d9d9794998bf..6f4a8809f445 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-disasm.h
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-disasm.h
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/* Disassembly display.
Copyright (C) 1998-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
+
Contributed by Hewlett-Packard Company.
This file is part of GDB.
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-hooks.c b/gdb/tui/tui-hooks.c
index 967ac30e6bb2..c14f09aa395c 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-hooks.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-hooks.c
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ tui_refresh_frame_and_register_information ()
static void
tui_dummy_print_frame_info_listing_hook (struct symtab *s,
int line,
- int stopline,
+ int stopline,
int noerror)
{
}
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-io.c b/gdb/tui/tui-io.c
index a30000ef626b..c16e8f77200f 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-io.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-io.c
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ tui_redisplay_readline (void)
prompt = "";
else
prompt = rl_display_prompt;
-
+
c_pos = -1;
c_line = -1;
w = TUI_CMD_WIN->handle.get ();
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ tui_redisplay_readline (void)
for (in = 0; in <= rl_end; in++)
{
unsigned char c;
-
+
if (in == rl_point)
{
getyx (w, c_line, c_pos);
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-regs.c b/gdb/tui/tui-regs.c
index 3eff98a5b69d..5a493189fc0e 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-regs.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-regs.c
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ tui_register_format (frame_info_ptr frame, int regnum)
changed with respect to the previous call. */
static void
tui_get_register (frame_info_ptr frame,
- struct tui_data_item_window *data,
+ struct tui_data_item_window *data,
int regnum, bool *changedp)
{
if (changedp)
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ tui_data_window::show_registers (const reggroup *group)
void
tui_data_window::show_register_group (const reggroup *group,
- frame_info_ptr frame,
+ frame_info_ptr frame,
bool refresh_values_only)
{
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ tui_data_item_window::rerender (WINDOW *handle, int field_width)
to code that causes the compiler to generate an unused-value
warning. */
(void) wstandout (handle);
-
+
mvwaddnstr (handle, y, x, content.c_str (), field_width - 1);
if (content.size () < field_width)
waddstr (handle, n_spaces (field_width - content.size ()));
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-win.c b/gdb/tui/tui-win.c
index 31b6606636ad..2d0210305ae1 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-win.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-win.c
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ static void tui_scroll_forward_command (const char *, int);
static void tui_scroll_backward_command (const char *, int);
static void tui_scroll_left_command (const char *, int);
static void tui_scroll_right_command (const char *, int);
-static void parse_scrolling_args (const char *,
- struct tui_win_info **,
+static void parse_scrolling_args (const char *,
+ struct tui_win_info **,
int *);
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ static const char *tui_active_border_mode = "bold-standout";
static void
show_tui_active_border_mode (struct ui_file *file,
int from_tty,
- struct cmd_list_element *c,
+ struct cmd_list_element *c,
const char *value)
{
gdb_printf (file, _("\
@@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ The attribute mode to use for the active TUI window border is \"%s\".\n"),
static const char *tui_border_mode = "normal";
static void
-show_tui_border_mode (struct ui_file *file,
+show_tui_border_mode (struct ui_file *file,
int from_tty,
- struct cmd_list_element *c,
+ struct cmd_list_element *c,
const char *value)
{
gdb_printf (file, _("\
@@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ The attribute mode to use for the TUI window borders is \"%s\".\n"),
static const char *tui_border_kind = "acs";
static void
-show_tui_border_kind (struct ui_file *file,
+show_tui_border_kind (struct ui_file *file,
int from_tty,
- struct cmd_list_element *c,
+ struct cmd_list_element *c,
const char *value)
{
gdb_printf (file, _("The kind of border for TUI windows is \"%s\".\n"),
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ tui_resize_all (void)
{
#ifdef HAVE_RESIZE_TERM
resize_term (screenheight, screenwidth);
-#endif
+#endif
/* Turn keypad off while we resize. */
keypad (TUI_CMD_WIN->handle.get (), FALSE);
tui_update_gdb_sizes ();
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ tui_win_info::max_width () const
}
static void
-parse_scrolling_args (const char *arg,
+parse_scrolling_args (const char *arg,
struct tui_win_info **win_to_scroll,
int *num_to_scroll)
{
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c b/gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c
index fcfc508931ef..9dbff5732d30 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ tui_win_info::refresh_window ()
/* Draw a border arround the window. */
static void
-box_win (struct tui_win_info *win_info,
+box_win (struct tui_win_info *win_info,
bool highlight_flag)
{
WINDOW *win;
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ box_win (struct tui_win_info *win_info,
void
tui_unhighlight_win (struct tui_win_info *win_info)
{
- if (win_info != NULL
+ if (win_info != NULL
&& win_info->can_box ()
&& win_info->handle != NULL)
{
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui.c b/gdb/tui/tui.c
index 45be33786e32..16aaa176af32 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui.c
@@ -577,12 +577,12 @@ tui_is_window_visible (enum tui_win_type type)
}
bool
-tui_get_command_dimension (unsigned int *width,
+tui_get_command_dimension (unsigned int *width,
unsigned int *height)
{
if (!tui_active || (TUI_CMD_WIN == NULL))
return false;
-
+
*width = TUI_CMD_WIN->width;
*height = TUI_CMD_WIN->height;
return true;
diff --git a/gdb/type-stack.h b/gdb/type-stack.h
index fc8f5aafe512..cdcbe3e8b8fa 100644
--- a/gdb/type-stack.h
+++ b/gdb/type-stack.h
@@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ struct expr_builder;
An array should be preceded in the list by the size of the array. */
enum type_pieces
{
- tp_end = -1,
- tp_pointer,
- tp_reference,
+ tp_end = -1,
+ tp_pointer,
+ tp_reference,
tp_rvalue_reference,
- tp_array,
+ tp_array,
tp_function,
tp_function_with_arguments,
- tp_const,
- tp_volatile,
+ tp_const,
+ tp_volatile,
tp_space_identifier,
tp_atomic,
tp_restrict,
diff --git a/gdb/typeprint.c b/gdb/typeprint.c
index 79043122b174..9d1bf0685402 100644
--- a/gdb/typeprint.c
+++ b/gdb/typeprint.c
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ typedef_hash_table::find_typedef (const struct type_print_options *flags,
\f
-/* Print a description of a type in the format of a
+/* Print a description of a type in the format of a
typedef for the current language.
NEW is the new name for a type TYPE. */
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ whatis_exp (const char *exp, int show)
type_print (real_type, "", gdb_stdout, -1);
if (! full)
gdb_printf (" (incomplete object)");
- gdb_printf (" */\n");
+ gdb_printf (" */\n");
}
current_language->print_type (type, "", gdb_stdout, show, 0, &flags);
diff --git a/gdb/unittests/scoped_fd-selftests.c b/gdb/unittests/scoped_fd-selftests.c
index 8d50c5cc580f..b67fe2aa72dc 100644
--- a/gdb/unittests/scoped_fd-selftests.c
+++ b/gdb/unittests/scoped_fd-selftests.c
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ test_to_file ()
SELF_CHECK (sfd.get () >= 0);
unlink (filename);
-
+
gdb_file_up file = sfd.to_file ("rw");
SELF_CHECK (file != nullptr);
SELF_CHECK (sfd.get () == -1);
diff --git a/gdb/user-regs.h b/gdb/user-regs.h
index 10eaf59e1971..84e5ef8fab4f 100644
--- a/gdb/user-regs.h
+++ b/gdb/user-regs.h
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ extern void user_reg_add_builtin (const char *name,
const void *baton);
/* Add a per-architecture frame register. */
-extern void user_reg_add (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *name,
+extern void user_reg_add (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const char *name,
user_reg_read_ftype *read, const void *baton);
#endif
diff --git a/gdb/utils.c b/gdb/utils.c
index c37d9add500d..564702032196 100644
--- a/gdb/utils.c
+++ b/gdb/utils.c
@@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@ strcmp_iw_ordered (const char *string1, const char *string2)
if (case_pass == case_sensitive_on)
return 0;
-
+
/* Otherwise the strings were equal in case insensitive way, make
a more fine grained comparison in a case sensitive way. */
diff --git a/gdb/v850-tdep.c b/gdb/v850-tdep.c
index a40e9abf077d..add8dd48a2ad 100644
--- a/gdb/v850-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/v850-tdep.c
@@ -277,15 +277,15 @@ struct v850_gdbarch_tdep : gdbarch_tdep_base
};
struct v850_frame_cache
-{
+{
/* Base address. */
CORE_ADDR base;
LONGEST sp_offset;
CORE_ADDR pc;
-
+
/* Flag showing that a frame has been created in the prologue code. */
int uses_fp;
-
+
/* Saved registers. */
trad_frame_saved_reg *saved_regs;
};
@@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ static const char *
v850_register_name (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum)
{
static const char *v850_reg_names[] =
- { "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7",
- "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15",
- "r16", "r17", "r18", "r19", "r20", "r21", "r22", "r23",
+ { "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7",
+ "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15",
+ "r16", "r17", "r18", "r19", "r20", "r21", "r22", "r23",
"r24", "r25", "r26", "r27", "r28", "r29", "r30", "r31",
"eipc", "eipsw", "fepc", "fepsw", "ecr", "psw", "sr6", "sr7",
"sr8", "sr9", "sr10", "sr11", "sr12", "sr13", "sr14", "sr15",
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ v850_use_struct_convention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct type *type)
}
return 0;
}
-
+
/* The value is a union which contains at least one field which
would be returned in registers according to these rules ->
returned in register. */
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ v850_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
else if (insn == ((E_EP_REGNUM << 11) | 0x0000 | E_R1_REGNUM))
/* mov r1,ep */
ep_used = 0;
- else if (((insn & 0x07ff) == (0x0760 | E_SP_REGNUM)
+ else if (((insn & 0x07ff) == (0x0760 | E_SP_REGNUM)
|| (pi->uses_fp
&& (insn & 0x07ff) == (0x0760 | E_FP_REGNUM)))
&& pifsr
diff --git a/gdb/valarith.c b/gdb/valarith.c
index 7a9e130a5768..77126d54c4b5 100644
--- a/gdb/valarith.c
+++ b/gdb/valarith.c
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ static struct value *value_subscripted_rvalue (struct value *array,
/* Given a pointer, return the size of its target.
If the pointer type is void *, then return 1.
If the target type is incomplete, then error out.
- This isn't a general purpose function, but just a
+ This isn't a general purpose function, but just a
helper for value_ptradd. */
static LONGEST
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ find_size_for_pointer_math (struct type *ptr_type)
else
{
const char *name;
-
+
name = ptr_target->name ();
if (name == NULL)
error (_("Cannot perform pointer math on incomplete types, "
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ value_ptrdiff (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2)
"an integer nor a pointer of the same type."));
sz = type_length_units (check_typedef (type1->target_type ()));
- if (sz == 0)
+ if (sz == 0)
{
warning (_("Type size unknown, assuming 1. "
"Try casting to a known type, or void *."));
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ binop_user_defined_p (enum exp_opcode op,
}
/* Check to see if argument is a structure. This is called so
- we know whether to go ahead with the normal unop or look for a
+ we know whether to go ahead with the normal unop or look for a
user defined function instead.
For now, we do not overload the `&' operator. */
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ value_user_defined_op (struct value **argp, gdb::array_view<value *> args,
}
/* We know either arg1 or arg2 is a structure, so try to find the right
- user defined function. Create an argument vector that calls
+ user defined function. Create an argument vector that calls
arg1.operator @ (arg1,arg2) and return that value (where '@' is any
binary operator which is legal for GNU C++).
@@ -724,15 +724,15 @@ integer_pow (LONGEST v1, LONGEST v2)
else
return 0;
}
- else
+ else
{
/* The Russian Peasant's Algorithm. */
LONGEST v;
-
+
v = 1;
for (;;)
{
- if (v2 & 1L)
+ if (v2 & 1L)
v *= v1;
v2 >>= 1;
if (v2 == 0)
@@ -1199,11 +1199,11 @@ scalar_binop (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2, enum exp_opcode op)
case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
v = v1 ^ v2;
break;
-
+
case BINOP_EQUAL:
v = v1 == v2;
break;
-
+
case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
v = v1 != v2;
break;
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ value_binop (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2, enum exp_opcode op)
/* Widen the scalar operand to a vector. */
struct value **v = t1_is_vec ? &arg2 : &arg1;
struct type *t = t1_is_vec ? type2 : type1;
-
+
if (t->code () != TYPE_CODE_FLT
&& t->code () != TYPE_CODE_DECFLOAT
&& !is_integral_type (t))
diff --git a/gdb/valops.c b/gdb/valops.c
index ecfceed199ab..2bbf1609e49c 100644
--- a/gdb/valops.c
+++ b/gdb/valops.c
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
static int typecmp (bool staticp, bool varargs, int nargs,
struct field t1[], const gdb::array_view<value *> t2);
-static struct value *search_struct_field (const char *, struct value *,
+static struct value *search_struct_field (const char *, struct value *,
struct type *, int);
static struct value *search_struct_method (const char *, struct value **,
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static struct value *cast_into_complex (struct type *, struct value *);
bool overload_resolution = false;
static void
show_overload_resolution (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
- struct cmd_list_element *c,
+ struct cmd_list_element *c,
const char *value)
{
gdb_printf (file, _("Overload resolution in evaluating "
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ find_function_in_inferior (const char *name, struct objfile **objf_p)
}
else
{
- struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol =
+ struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol =
lookup_bound_minimal_symbol (name);
if (msymbol.minsym != NULL)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ value_cast (struct type *type, struct value *arg2)
if (TYPE_IS_REFERENCE (check_typedef (type)))
{
/* We dereference type; then we recurse and finally
- we generate value of the given reference. Nothing wrong with
+ we generate value of the given reference. Nothing wrong with
that. */
struct type *t1 = check_typedef (type);
struct type *dereftype = check_typedef (t1->target_type ());
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ value_cast (struct type *type, struct value *arg2)
if (TYPE_IS_REFERENCE (check_typedef (value_type (arg2))))
/* We deref the value and then do the cast. */
- return value_cast (type, coerce_ref (arg2));
+ return value_cast (type, coerce_ref (arg2));
/* Strip typedefs / resolve stubs in order to get at the type's
code/length, but remember the original type, to use as the
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ value_cast (struct type *type, struct value *arg2)
instead. */
gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_REFERENCE (type));
- /* A cast to an undetermined-length array_type, such as
+ /* A cast to an undetermined-length array_type, such as
(TYPE [])OBJECT, is treated like a cast to (TYPE [N])OBJECT,
where N is sizeof(OBJECT)/sizeof(TYPE). */
if (code1 == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
@@ -493,9 +493,9 @@ value_cast (struct type *type, struct value *arg2)
range_type->target_type (),
low_bound,
new_length + low_bound - 1);
- deprecated_set_value_type (arg2,
+ deprecated_set_value_type (arg2,
create_array_type (NULL,
- element_type,
+ element_type,
range_type));
return arg2;
}
@@ -590,8 +590,8 @@ value_cast (struct type *type, struct value *arg2)
return value_from_longest (to_type, convert_to_boolean ?
(LONGEST) (longest ? 1 : 0) : longest);
}
- else if (code1 == TYPE_CODE_PTR && (code2 == TYPE_CODE_INT
- || code2 == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
+ else if (code1 == TYPE_CODE_PTR && (code2 == TYPE_CODE_INT
+ || code2 == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|| code2 == TYPE_CODE_RANGE))
{
/* type->length () is the length of a pointer, but we really
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval)
default:
break;
}
-
+
/* If the field does not entirely fill a LONGEST, then zero the sign
bits. If the field is signed, and is negative, then sign
extend. */
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval)
LONGEST valmask = (((ULONGEST) 1) << value_bitsize (toval)) - 1;
fieldval &= valmask;
- if (!type->is_unsigned ()
+ if (!type->is_unsigned ()
&& (fieldval & (valmask ^ (valmask >> 1))))
fieldval |= ~valmask;
@@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ struct_field_searcher::search (struct value *arg1, LONGEST offset,
base_addr = value_address (arg1) + boffset;
v2 = value_at_lazy (basetype, base_addr);
- if (target_read_memory (base_addr,
+ if (target_read_memory (base_addr,
value_contents_raw (v2).data (),
value_type (v2)->length ()) != 0)
error (_("virtual baseclass botch"));
@@ -2235,14 +2235,14 @@ search_struct_method (const char *name, struct value **arg1p,
TYPE_FN_FIELD_ARGS (f, j), *args))
{
if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_VIRTUAL_P (f, j))
- return value_virtual_fn_field (arg1p, f, j,
+ return value_virtual_fn_field (arg1p, f, j,
type, offset);
- if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_STATIC_P (f, j)
+ if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_STATIC_P (f, j)
&& static_memfuncp)
*static_memfuncp = 1;
v = value_fn_field (arg1p, f, j, type, offset);
if (v != NULL)
- return v;
+ return v;
}
j--;
}
@@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ value_find_oload_method_list (struct value **argp, const char *method,
non-standard coercions, 100 -> incompatible.
If a method is being searched for, VALP will hold the value.
- If a non-method is being searched for, SYMP will hold the symbol
+ If a non-method is being searched for, SYMP will hold the symbol
for it.
If a method is being searched for, and it is a static method,
@@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ int
find_overload_match (gdb::array_view<value *> args,
const char *name, enum oload_search_type method,
struct value **objp, struct symbol *fsym,
- struct value **valp, struct symbol **symp,
+ struct value **valp, struct symbol **symp,
int *staticp, const int no_adl,
const enum noside noside)
{
@@ -3391,11 +3391,11 @@ value_aggregate_elt (struct type *curtype, const char *name,
{
case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
- return value_struct_elt_for_reference (curtype, 0, curtype,
+ return value_struct_elt_for_reference (curtype, 0, curtype,
name, expect_type,
want_address, noside);
case TYPE_CODE_NAMESPACE:
- return value_namespace_elt (curtype, name,
+ return value_namespace_elt (curtype, name,
want_address, noside);
case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
@@ -3406,7 +3406,7 @@ value_aggregate_elt (struct type *curtype, const char *name,
}
}
-/* Compares the two method/function types T1 and T2 for "equality"
+/* Compares the two method/function types T1 and T2 for "equality"
with respect to the methods' parameters. If the types of the
two parameter lists are the same, returns 1; 0 otherwise. This
comparison may ignore any artificial parameters in T1 if
@@ -3511,7 +3511,7 @@ get_baseclass_offset (struct type *vt, struct type *cls,
static struct value *
value_struct_elt_for_reference (struct type *domain, int offset,
struct type *curtype, const char *name,
- struct type *intype,
+ struct type *intype,
int want_address,
enum noside noside)
{
@@ -3667,7 +3667,7 @@ value_struct_elt_for_reference (struct type *domain, int offset,
if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_STATIC_P (f, j))
{
- struct symbol *s =
+ struct symbol *s =
lookup_symbol (TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (f, j),
0, VAR_DOMAIN, 0).symbol;
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ value_struct_elt_for_reference (struct type *domain, int offset,
}
else
{
- struct symbol *s =
+ struct symbol *s =
lookup_symbol (TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (f, j),
0, VAR_DOMAIN, 0).symbol;
@@ -3731,7 +3731,7 @@ value_struct_elt_for_reference (struct type *domain, int offset,
v = value_struct_elt_for_reference (domain,
offset + base_offset,
TYPE_BASECLASS (t, i),
- name, intype,
+ name, intype,
want_address, noside);
if (v)
return v;
@@ -3741,7 +3741,7 @@ value_struct_elt_for_reference (struct type *domain, int offset,
it up that way; this (frequently) works for types nested inside
classes. */
- return value_maybe_namespace_elt (curtype, name,
+ return value_maybe_namespace_elt (curtype, name,
want_address, noside);
}
@@ -3754,11 +3754,11 @@ value_namespace_elt (const struct type *curtype,
enum noside noside)
{
struct value *retval = value_maybe_namespace_elt (curtype, name,
- want_address,
+ want_address,
noside);
if (retval == NULL)
- error (_("No symbol \"%s\" in namespace \"%s\"."),
+ error (_("No symbol \"%s\" in namespace \"%s\"."),
name, curtype->name ());
return retval;
@@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@ value_maybe_namespace_elt (const struct type *curtype,
and refer to the values computed for the object pointed to. */
struct type *
-value_rtti_indirect_type (struct value *v, int *full,
+value_rtti_indirect_type (struct value *v, int *full,
LONGEST *top, int *using_enc)
{
struct value *target = NULL;
@@ -3868,8 +3868,8 @@ value_rtti_indirect_type (struct value *v, int *full,
NULL if they're not available. */
struct value *
-value_full_object (struct value *argp,
- struct type *rtype,
+value_full_object (struct value *argp,
+ struct type *rtype,
int xfull, int xtop,
int xusing_enc)
{
@@ -3914,7 +3914,7 @@ value_full_object (struct value *argp,
if (VALUE_LVAL (argp) != lval_memory)
{
warning (_("Couldn't retrieve complete object of RTTI "
- "type %s; object may be in register(s)."),
+ "type %s; object may be in register(s)."),
real_type->name ());
return argp;
@@ -4113,8 +4113,8 @@ cast_into_complex (struct type *type, struct value *val)
}
else if (value_type (val)->code () == TYPE_CODE_FLT
|| value_type (val)->code () == TYPE_CODE_INT)
- return value_literal_complex (val,
- value_zero (real_type, not_lval),
+ return value_literal_complex (val,
+ value_zero (real_type, not_lval),
type);
else
error (_("cannot cast non-number to complex"));
@@ -4127,7 +4127,7 @@ _initialize_valops ()
add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("overload-resolution", class_support,
&overload_resolution, _("\
Set overload resolution in evaluating C++ functions."), _("\
-Show overload resolution in evaluating C++ functions."),
+Show overload resolution in evaluating C++ functions."),
NULL, NULL,
show_overload_resolution,
&setlist, &showlist);
diff --git a/gdb/valprint.c b/gdb/valprint.c
index 48d611ecf8a1..f56a34e8444f 100644
--- a/gdb/valprint.c
+++ b/gdb/valprint.c
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ get_user_print_options (struct value_print_options *opts)
pretty-formatting disabled. */
void
get_no_prettyformat_print_options (struct value_print_options *opts)
-{
+{
*opts = user_print_options;
opts->prettyformat = Val_no_prettyformat;
}
@@ -1294,15 +1294,15 @@ value_print_scalar_formatted (struct value *val,
}
/* Print a number according to FORMAT which is one of d,u,x,o,b,h,w,g.
- The raison d'etre of this function is to consolidate printing of
- LONG_LONG's into this one function. The format chars b,h,w,g are
+ The raison d'etre of this function is to consolidate printing of
+ LONG_LONG's into this one function. The format chars b,h,w,g are
from print_scalar_formatted(). Numbers are printed using C
format.
- USE_C_FORMAT means to use C format in all cases. Without it,
+ USE_C_FORMAT means to use C format in all cases. Without it,
'o' and 'x' format do not include the standard C radix prefix
- (leading 0 or 0x).
-
+ (leading 0 or 0x).
+
Hilfinger/2004-09-09: USE_C_FORMAT was originally called USE_LOCAL
and was intended to request formatting according to the current
language and would be used for most integers that GDB prints. The
@@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ print_longest (struct ui_file *stream, int format, int use_c_format,
val = int_string (val_long, 8, 0, 0, use_c_format); break;
default:
internal_error (_("failed internal consistency check"));
- }
+ }
gdb_puts (val, stream);
}
@@ -1904,14 +1904,14 @@ print_function_pointer_address (const struct value_print_options *options,
/* Print on STREAM using the given OPTIONS the index for the element
at INDEX of an array whose index type is INDEX_TYPE. */
-
-void
+
+void
maybe_print_array_index (struct type *index_type, LONGEST index,
struct ui_file *stream,
const struct value_print_options *options)
{
if (!options->print_array_indexes)
- return;
+ return;
current_language->print_array_index (index_type, index, stream, options);
}
@@ -2489,8 +2489,8 @@ print_converted_chars_to_obstack (struct obstack *obstack,
omitted. */
void
-generic_printstr (struct ui_file *stream, struct type *type,
- const gdb_byte *string, unsigned int length,
+generic_printstr (struct ui_file *stream, struct type *type,
+ const gdb_byte *string, unsigned int length,
const char *encoding, int force_ellipses,
int quote_char, int c_style_terminator,
const struct value_print_options *options)
diff --git a/gdb/valprint.h b/gdb/valprint.h
index 39eab1e144ba..26b5066c252d 100644
--- a/gdb/valprint.h
+++ b/gdb/valprint.h
@@ -231,8 +231,8 @@ extern void generic_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream,
extern void generic_emit_char (int c, struct type *type, struct ui_file *stream,
int quoter, const char *encoding);
-extern void generic_printstr (struct ui_file *stream, struct type *type,
- const gdb_byte *string, unsigned int length,
+extern void generic_printstr (struct ui_file *stream, struct type *type,
+ const gdb_byte *string, unsigned int length,
const char *encoding, int force_ellipses,
int quote_char, int c_style_terminator,
const struct value_print_options *options);
diff --git a/gdb/value.c b/gdb/value.c
index 74af654c4510..786131519838 100644
--- a/gdb/value.c
+++ b/gdb/value.c
@@ -3766,7 +3766,7 @@ value_from_history_ref (const char *h, const char **endp)
{
if (len == 2)
{
- /* For some bizarre reason, "$$" is equivalent to "$$1",
+ /* For some bizarre reason, "$$" is equivalent to "$$1",
rather than to "$$0" as it ought to be! */
index = -1;
*endp += len;
diff --git a/gdb/varobj.c b/gdb/varobj.c
index 467f9ff3a261..33228d848263 100644
--- a/gdb/varobj.c
+++ b/gdb/varobj.c
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ varobj_create (const char *objname,
innermost_block_tracker tracker (INNERMOST_BLOCK_FOR_SYMBOLS
| INNERMOST_BLOCK_FOR_REGISTERS);
- /* Wrap the call to parse expression, so we can
+ /* Wrap the call to parse expression, so we can
return a sensible error. */
try
{
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ varobj_create (const char *objname,
/* For a root var, the name and the expr are the same. */
var->path_expr = expression;
- /* When the frame is different from the current frame,
+ /* When the frame is different from the current frame,
we must select the appropriate frame before parsing
the expression, otherwise the value will not be current.
Since select_frame is so benign, just call it for all cases. */
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ varobj_create (const char *objname,
var->root->frame = get_frame_id (fi);
var->root->thread_id = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
old_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
- select_frame (fi);
+ select_frame (fi);
}
/* We definitely need to catch errors here.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ varobj_set_display_format (struct varobj *var,
var->format = variable_default_display (var);
}
- if (varobj_value_is_changeable_p (var)
+ if (varobj_value_is_changeable_p (var)
&& var->value != nullptr && !value_lazy (var->value.get ()))
{
var->print_value = varobj_value_get_print_value (var->value.get (),
@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ install_default_visualizer (struct varobj *var)
if (pretty_printer == Py_None)
pretty_printer.reset (nullptr);
-
+
install_visualizer (var->dynamic, NULL, pretty_printer.release ());
}
}
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ update_type_if_necessary (struct varobj *var, struct value *new_value)
/* Assign a new value to a variable object. If INITIAL is true,
this is the first assignment after the variable object was just
- created, or changed type. In that case, just assign the value
+ created, or changed type. In that case, just assign the value
and return false.
Otherwise, assign the new value, and return true if the value is
different from the current one, false otherwise. The comparison is
@@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ update_type_if_necessary (struct varobj *var, struct value *new_value)
take care of releasing it when needed. */
static bool
install_new_value (struct varobj *var, struct value *value, bool initial)
-{
+{
bool changeable;
bool need_to_fetch;
bool changed = false;
@@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ varobj_set_child_range (struct varobj *var, int from, int to)
var->to = to;
}
-void
+void
varobj_set_visualizer (struct varobj *var, const char *visualizer)
{
#if HAVE_PYTHON
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ varobj_value_has_mutated (const struct varobj *var, struct value *new_value,
changed.
The IS_EXPLICIT parameter specifies if this call is result
- of MI request to update this specific variable, or
+ of MI request to update this specific variable, or
result of implicit -var-update *. For implicit request, we don't
update frozen variables.
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ varobj_update (struct varobj **varp, bool is_explicit)
/* Update the root variable. value_of_root can return NULL
if the variable is no longer around, i.e. we stepped out of
- the frame in which a local existed. We are letting the
+ the frame in which a local existed. We are letting the
value_of_root variable dispose of the varobj if the type
has changed. */
newobj = value_of_root (varp, &type_changed);
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ varobj_update (struct varobj **varp, bool is_explicit)
r.type_changed = type_changed;
if (install_new_value ((*varp), newobj, type_changed))
r.changed = true;
-
+
if (newobj == NULL)
r.status = VAROBJ_NOT_IN_SCOPE;
r.value_installed = true;
@@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@ delete_variable_1 (int *delcountp, struct varobj *var, bool only_children_p,
{
/* Delete any children of this variable, too. */
for (varobj *child : var->children)
- {
+ {
if (!child)
continue;
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ delete_variable_1 (int *delcountp, struct varobj *var, bool only_children_p,
}
/* If this variable has a parent, remove it from its parent's list. */
- /* OPTIMIZATION: if the parent of this variable is also being deleted,
+ /* OPTIMIZATION: if the parent of this variable is also being deleted,
(as indicated by remove_from_parent_p) we don't bother doing an
expensive list search to find the element to remove when we are
discarding the list afterwards. */
@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ value_of_root_1 (struct varobj **var_handle)
struct value *new_val = NULL;
struct varobj *var = *var_handle;
bool within_scope = false;
-
+
/* Only root variables can be updated... */
if (!is_root_p (var))
/* Not a root var. */
@@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ value_of_root_1 (struct varobj **var_handle)
created. Technically, it's possible that the program became
multi-threaded since then, but we don't support such
scenario yet. */
- within_scope = check_scope (var);
+ within_scope = check_scope (var);
}
else
{
@@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ value_of_root_1 (struct varobj **var_handle)
- *type_changed will be set to 1
- old varobj will be freed, and new one will be
created, with the same name.
- - *var_handle will be set to the new varobj
+ - *var_handle will be set to the new varobj
Otherwise, *type_changed will be set to 0. */
static struct value *
value_of_root (struct varobj **var_handle, bool *type_changed)
@@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ varobj_re_set_iter (struct varobj *var)
/* See varobj.h. */
-void
+void
varobj_re_set (void)
{
all_root_varobjs (varobj_re_set_iter);
diff --git a/gdb/varobj.h b/gdb/varobj.h
index 0c92d67e4f41..94d0d67b48c3 100644
--- a/gdb/varobj.h
+++ b/gdb/varobj.h
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ struct varobj
/* The value of this expression or subexpression. A NULL value
indicates there was an error getting this value.
- Invariant: if varobj_value_is_changeable_p (this) is non-zero,
+ Invariant: if varobj_value_is_changeable_p (this) is non-zero,
the value is either NULL, or not lazy. */
value_ref_ptr value;
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ struct varobj
std::string print_value;
/* Is this variable frozen. Frozen variables are never implicitly
- updated by -var-update *
+ updated by -var-update *
or -var-update <direct-or-indirect-parent>. */
bool frozen = false;
diff --git a/gdb/windows-tdep.c b/gdb/windows-tdep.c
index 6c74cdb32197..b5b22305710c 100644
--- a/gdb/windows-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/windows-tdep.c
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ display_one_tib (ptid_t ptid)
tib_size = FULL_TIB_SIZE;
max = tib_size / size;
}
-
+
tib = (gdb_byte *) alloca (tib_size);
if (target_get_tib_address (ptid, &thread_local_base) == 0)
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ display_one_tib (ptid_t ptid)
{
gdb_printf (_("Unable to read thread information "
"block for %s at address %s\n"),
- target_pid_to_str (ptid).c_str (),
+ target_pid_to_str (ptid).c_str (),
paddress (target_gdbarch (), thread_local_base));
return -1;
}
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ display_one_tib (ptid_t ptid)
index = (gdb_byte *) tib;
- /* All fields have the size of a pointer, this allows to iterate
+ /* All fields have the size of a pointer, this allows to iterate
using the same for loop for both layouts. */
for (i = 0; i < max; i++)
{
@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ display_one_tib (ptid_t ptid)
gdb_printf (_("TIB[0x%s] is 0x%s\n"), phex (i * size, 2),
phex (val, size));
index += size;
- }
- return 1;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
/* Display thread information block of the current thread. */
diff --git a/gdb/x86-nat.h b/gdb/x86-nat.h
index d9c2a3f6e14e..4b3e67705238 100644
--- a/gdb/x86-nat.h
+++ b/gdb/x86-nat.h
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
/* Use this function to set x86_dr_low debug_register_length field
rather than setting it directly to check that the length is only
- set once. It also enables the 'maint set/show show-debug-regs'
+ set once. It also enables the 'maint set/show show-debug-regs'
command. */
extern void x86_set_debug_register_length (int len);
diff --git a/gdb/xcoffread.c b/gdb/xcoffread.c
index aa88cbc724de..32171250a1ab 100644
--- a/gdb/xcoffread.c
+++ b/gdb/xcoffread.c
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ add_stab_to_list (char *stabname, struct pending_stabs **stabvector)
static foo2()
40 0x700
50 0x800
- 60 0x900
+ 60 0x900
and that breaks gdb's binary search on line numbers, if the
above table is not sorted on line numbers. And that sort
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ arrange_linetable (std::vector<linetable_entry> &old_linetable)
old_linetable = std::move (new_linetable);
}
-/* include file support: C_BINCL/C_EINCL pairs will be kept in the
+/* include file support: C_BINCL/C_EINCL pairs will be kept in the
following `IncludeChain'. At the end of each symtab (end_compunit_symtab),
we will determine if we should create additional symtab's to
represent if (the include files. */
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ aix_process_linenos (struct objfile *objfile)
can be called in the following two ways:
enter_line_range (subfile, beginoffset, endoffset,
startaddr, 0, firstLine) or
- enter_line_range (subfile, beginoffset, 0,
+ enter_line_range (subfile, beginoffset, 0,
startaddr, endaddr, firstLine)
endoffset points to the last line table entry that we should pay
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ read_xcoff_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, legacy_psymtab *pst)
/* beginning of include file */
/* In xlc output, C_BINCL/C_EINCL pair doesn't show up in sorted
order. Thus, when wee see them, we might not know enough info
- to process them. Thus, we'll be saving them into a table
+ to process them. Thus, we'll be saving them into a table
(inclTable) and postpone their processing. */
record_include_begin (cs);
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ scan_xcoff_symtab (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
}
/* Activate the misc_func_recorded mechanism for
compiler- and linker-generated CSECTs like ".strcmp"
- and "@FIX1". */
+ and "@FIX1". */
if (namestring && (namestring[0] == '.'
|| namestring[0] == '@'))
{
@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ xcoff_get_toc_offset (struct objfile *objfile)
}
/* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file.
- We have been initialized by a call to dbx_symfile_init, which
+ We have been initialized by a call to dbx_symfile_init, which
put all the relevant info into a "struct dbx_symfile_info",
hung off the objfile structure.
diff --git a/gdb/xml-syscall.c b/gdb/xml-syscall.c
index 8a5387d577c4..58fd9fbbfe60 100644
--- a/gdb/xml-syscall.c
+++ b/gdb/xml-syscall.c
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ syscall_parse_xml (const char *document, xml_fetch_another fetcher)
/* Function responsible for initializing the information
about the syscalls. It reads the XML file and fills the
struct syscalls_info with the values.
-
+
Returns the struct syscalls_info if the file is valid, NULL otherwise. */
static struct syscalls_info *
xml_init_syscalls_info (const char *filename)
diff --git a/gdb/xml-syscall.h b/gdb/xml-syscall.h
index 4f592602703b..350011c0ad68 100644
--- a/gdb/xml-syscall.h
+++ b/gdb/xml-syscall.h
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
/* Function used to set the name of the file which contains
information about the system calls present in the current
architecture.
-
+
This function *should* be called before anything else, otherwise
GDB won't be able to find the correct XML file to open and get
the syscalls definitions. */
diff --git a/gdb/xml-tdesc.c b/gdb/xml-tdesc.c
index fe3108cc934e..026e064cf25a 100644
--- a/gdb/xml-tdesc.c
+++ b/gdb/xml-tdesc.c
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ static const struct gdb_xml_element feature_children[] = {
tdesc_start_union, NULL },
{ "flags", flags_attributes, struct_union_children,
GDB_XML_EF_OPTIONAL | GDB_XML_EF_REPEATABLE,
- tdesc_start_flags, NULL },
+ tdesc_start_flags, NULL },
{ "enum", enum_attributes, enum_children,
GDB_XML_EF_OPTIONAL | GDB_XML_EF_REPEATABLE,
tdesc_start_enum, NULL },
diff --git a/gdb/xstormy16-tdep.c b/gdb/xstormy16-tdep.c
index 3256c83ec129..da7d7b67974a 100644
--- a/gdb/xstormy16-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/xstormy16-tdep.c
@@ -133,18 +133,18 @@ xstormy16_type_is_scalar (struct type *t)
&& t->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY);
}
-/* Function: xstormy16_use_struct_convention
+/* Function: xstormy16_use_struct_convention
Returns non-zero if the given struct type will be returned using
a special convention, rather than the normal function return method.
7sed in the contexts of the "return" command, and of
- target function calls from the debugger. */
+ target function calls from the debugger. */
static int
xstormy16_use_struct_convention (struct type *type)
{
return !xstormy16_type_is_scalar (type)
|| type->length () > E_MAX_RETTYPE_SIZE_IN_REGS;
-}
+}
/* Function: xstormy16_extract_return_value
Find a function's return value in the appropriate registers (in
@@ -163,15 +163,15 @@ xstormy16_extract_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
/* Function: xstormy16_store_return_value
Copy the function return value from VALBUF into the
- proper location for a function return.
+ proper location for a function return.
Called only in the context of the "return" command. */
-static void
+static void
xstormy16_store_return_value (struct type *type, struct regcache *regcache,
const gdb_byte *valbuf)
{
if (type->length () == 1)
- {
+ {
/* Add leading zeros to the value. */
gdb_byte buf[xstormy16_reg_size];
memset (buf, 0, xstormy16_reg_size);
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ xstormy16_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
;
/* Optional copying of args in r2-r7 to stack. */
- /* 72DS HHHH mov.b (rD, 0xHHHH), r(S-8)
+ /* 72DS HHHH mov.b (rD, 0xHHHH), r(S-8)
(bit3 always 1, bit2-0 = reg) */
/* 73DS HHHH mov.w (rD, 0xHHHH), r(S-8) */
else if ((inst & 0xfed8) == 0x72d8 && (inst & 0x0007) >= 2)
@@ -392,11 +392,11 @@ xstormy16_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
}
/* Function: xstormy16_skip_prologue
- If the input address is in a function prologue,
+ If the input address is in a function prologue,
returns the address of the end of the prologue;
else returns the input address.
- Note: the input address is likely to be the function start,
+ Note: the input address is likely to be the function start,
since this function is mainly used for advancing a breakpoint
to the first line, or stepping to the first line when we have
stepped into a function call. */
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ xstormy16_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
}
static struct value *
-xstormy16_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
+xstormy16_frame_prev_register (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
void **this_cache, int regnum)
{
struct xstormy16_frame_cache *cache = xstormy16_frame_cache (this_frame,
diff --git a/gdb/xtensa-linux-nat.c b/gdb/xtensa-linux-nat.c
index d005c9d8f78b..8db523e2d917 100644
--- a/gdb/xtensa-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/xtensa-linux-nat.c
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ fill_fpregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
return;
}
-void
+void
supply_fpregset (struct regcache *regcache,
const gdb_fpregset_t *fpregsetp)
{
@@ -206,17 +206,17 @@ fetch_gregs (struct regcache *regcache, int regnum)
{
int tid = regcache->ptid ().lwp ();
gdb_gregset_t regs;
-
+
if (ptrace (PTRACE_GETREGS, tid, 0, (long) ®s) < 0)
{
perror_with_name (_("Couldn't get registers"));
return;
}
-
+
supply_gregset_reg (regcache, ®s, regnum);
}
-/* Store greg-register(s) in GDB's register
+/* Store greg-register(s) in GDB's register
array into the process/thread specified by TID. */
static void
diff --git a/gdb/xtensa-tdep.c b/gdb/xtensa-tdep.c
index 27634f5f4ced..17c97c9a1bcc 100644
--- a/gdb/xtensa-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/xtensa-tdep.c
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ areg_number (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int ar_regnum, unsigned int wb)
return (areg > 15) ? -1 : areg;
}
-/* Read Xtensa register directly from the hardware. */
+/* Read Xtensa register directly from the hardware. */
static unsigned long
xtensa_read_register (int regnum)
{
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ xtensa_read_register (int regnum)
return (unsigned long) value;
}
-/* Write Xtensa register directly to the hardware. */
+/* Write Xtensa register directly to the hardware. */
static void
xtensa_write_register (int regnum, ULONGEST value)
{
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ xtensa_pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* We have to find out how to deal with priveleged registers.
Let's treat them as pseudo-registers, but we cannot read/write them. */
-
+
else if (tdep->call_abi == CallAbiCall0Only
|| regnum < tdep->a0_base)
{
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ xtensa_add_reggroups (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
reggroup_add (gdbarch, xtensa_cp[i]);
}
-static int
+static int
xtensa_coprocessor_register_group (const struct reggroup *group)
{
int i;
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ typedef struct xtensa_windowed_frame_cache
A-register where the current content of the reg came from (in terms
of an original reg and a constant). Negative values of c0_rt[n].fp_reg
mean that the original content of the register was saved to the stack.
- c0_rt[n].fr.ofs is NOT the offset from the frame base because we don't
+ c0_rt[n].fr.ofs is NOT the offset from the frame base because we don't
know where SP will end up until the entire prologue has been analyzed. */
#define C0_CONST -1 /* fr_reg value if register contains a constant. */
@@ -945,11 +945,11 @@ typedef struct xtensa_call0_frame_cache
pointer. It's an AND mask. Zero,
if alignment was not adjusted. */
int c0_old_sp; /* In case of dynamic adjustment, it is
- a register holding unaligned sp.
+ a register holding unaligned sp.
C0_INEXP, when undefined. */
int c0_sp_ofs; /* If "c0_old_sp" was spilled it's a
stack offset. C0_NOSTK otherwise. */
-
+
xtensa_c0reg_t c0_rt[C0_NREGS]; /* Register tracking information. */
} xtensa_call0_frame_cache_t;
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ xtensa_unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, frame_info_ptr next_frame)
gdb_byte buf[8];
CORE_ADDR pc;
- DEBUGTRACE ("xtensa_unwind_pc (next_frame = %s)\n",
+ DEBUGTRACE ("xtensa_unwind_pc (next_frame = %s)\n",
host_address_to_string (next_frame.get ()));
frame_unwind_register (next_frame, gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch), buf);
@@ -1142,16 +1142,16 @@ xtensa_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR current_pc)
islots = xtensa_format_num_slots (isa, ifmt);
if (islots == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
RETURN_FP;
-
+
for (is = 0; is < islots; ++is)
{
if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa, ifmt, is, ins, slot))
RETURN_FP;
-
+
opc = xtensa_opcode_decode (isa, ifmt, is, slot);
- if (opc == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
+ if (opc == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
RETURN_FP;
-
+
opcname = xtensa_opcode_name (isa, opc);
if (strcasecmp (opcname, "mov.n") == 0
@@ -1162,14 +1162,14 @@ xtensa_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR current_pc)
/* Possible candidate for setting frame pointer
from A1. This is what we are looking for. */
- if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa, opc, 1, ifmt,
+ if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa, opc, 1, ifmt,
is, slot, ®ister_operand) != 0)
RETURN_FP;
if (xtensa_operand_decode (isa, opc, 1, ®ister_operand) != 0)
RETURN_FP;
if (register_operand == 1) /* Mov{.n} FP A1. */
{
- if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa, opc, 0, ifmt, is, slot,
+ if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa, opc, 0, ifmt, is, slot,
®ister_operand) != 0)
RETURN_FP;
if (xtensa_operand_decode (isa, opc, 0,
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ xtensa_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR current_pc)
if (
/* We have problems decoding the memory. */
- opcname == NULL
+ opcname == NULL
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "ill") == 0
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "ill.n") == 0
/* Hit planted breakpoint. */
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ xtensa_scan_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR current_pc)
return fp_regnum;
}
-/* The key values to identify the frame using "cache" are
+/* The key values to identify the frame using "cache" are
cache->base = SP (or best guess about FP) of this frame;
cache->pc = entry-PC (entry point of the frame function);
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ xtensa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
xtensa_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<xtensa_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
/* Get WINDOWBASE, WINDOWSTART, and PS registers. */
- wb = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame,
+ wb = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame,
tdep->wb_regnum);
ws = get_frame_register_unsigned (this_frame,
tdep->ws_regnum);
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ xtensa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
int callinc = CALLINC (ps);
ra = get_frame_register_unsigned
(this_frame, tdep->a0_base + callinc * 4);
-
+
/* ENTRY hasn't been executed yet, therefore callsize is still 0. */
cache->wd.callsize = 0;
cache->wd.wb = wb;
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ xtensa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
/* Set A0...A3. */
sp = get_frame_register_unsigned
(this_frame, tdep->a0_base + 1) - 16;
-
+
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, sp += 4)
{
cache->wd.aregs[i] = sp;
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ xtensa_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame, void **this_cache)
}
else /* Call0 framework. */
{
- call0_frame_cache (this_frame, cache, pc);
+ call0_frame_cache (this_frame, cache, pc);
fp_regnum = cache->c0.fp_regnum;
}
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ xtensa_store_return_value (struct type *type,
xtensa_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<xtensa_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
if (tdep->call_abi != CallAbiCall0Only)
{
- regcache_raw_read_unsigned
+ regcache_raw_read_unsigned
(regcache, tdep->wb_regnum, &wb);
regcache_raw_read_unsigned (regcache, gdbarch_pc_regnum (gdbarch), &pc);
callsize = extract_call_winsize (gdbarch, pc);
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ xtensa_sw_breakpoint_from_kind (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int kind, int *size)
/* Call0 ABI support routines. */
-/* Return true, if PC points to "ret" or "ret.n". */
+/* Return true, if PC points to "ret" or "ret.n". */
static int
call0_ret (CORE_ADDR start_pc, CORE_ADDR finish_pc)
@@ -2019,18 +2019,18 @@ call0_ret (CORE_ADDR start_pc, CORE_ADDR finish_pc)
islots = xtensa_format_num_slots (isa, ifmt);
if (islots == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
RETURN_RET;
-
+
for (is = 0; is < islots; ++is)
{
if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa, ifmt, is, ins, slot))
RETURN_RET;
-
+
opc = xtensa_opcode_decode (isa, ifmt, is, slot);
- if (opc == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
+ if (opc == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
RETURN_RET;
-
+
opcname = xtensa_opcode_name (isa, opc);
-
+
if ((strcasecmp (opcname, "ret.n") == 0)
|| (strcasecmp (opcname, "ret") == 0))
{
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ call0_ret (CORE_ADDR start_pc, CORE_ADDR finish_pc)
/* Call0 opcode class. Opcodes are preclassified according to what they
mean for Call0 prologue analysis, and their number of significant operands.
- The purpose of this is to simplify prologue analysis by separating
+ The purpose of this is to simplify prologue analysis by separating
instruction decoding (libisa) from the semantics of prologue analysis. */
enum xtensa_insn_kind
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ static int
rwx_special_register (const char *opcname)
{
char ch = *opcname++;
-
+
if ((ch != 'r') && (ch != 'w') && (ch != 'x'))
return 0;
if (*opcname++ != 's')
@@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ call0_classify_opcode (xtensa_isa isa, xtensa_opcode opc)
opcname = xtensa_opcode_name (isa, opc);
- if (opcname == NULL
+ if (opcname == NULL
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "ill") == 0
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "ill.n") == 0)
opclass = c0opc_illegal;
@@ -2128,12 +2128,12 @@ call0_classify_opcode (xtensa_isa isa, xtensa_opcode opc)
opclass = c0opc_flow;
/* Also, classify specific opcodes that need to be tracked. */
- else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "add") == 0
+ else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "add") == 0
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "add.n") == 0)
opclass = c0opc_add;
else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "and") == 0)
opclass = c0opc_and;
- else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "addi") == 0
+ else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "addi") == 0
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "addi.n") == 0
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "addmi") == 0)
opclass = c0opc_addi;
@@ -2142,12 +2142,12 @@ call0_classify_opcode (xtensa_isa isa, xtensa_opcode opc)
else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "mov.n") == 0
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "or") == 0) /* Could be 'mov' asm macro. */
opclass = c0opc_mov;
- else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "movi") == 0
+ else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "movi") == 0
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "movi.n") == 0)
opclass = c0opc_movi;
else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "l32r") == 0)
opclass = c0opc_l32r;
- else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "s32i") == 0
+ else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "s32i") == 0
|| strcasecmp (opcname, "s32i.n") == 0)
opclass = c0opc_s32i;
else if (strcasecmp (opcname, "l32e") == 0)
@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ call0_track_op (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, xtensa_c0reg_t dst[], xtensa_c0reg_t sr
break;
case c0opc_add:
/* 3 operands: dst, src1, src2. */
- gdb_assert (nods == 3);
+ gdb_assert (nods == 3);
if (src[odv[1]].fr_reg == C0_CONST)
{
dst[odv[0]].fr_reg = src[odv[2]].fr_reg;
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ call0_track_op (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, xtensa_c0reg_t dst[], xtensa_c0reg_t sr
is guaranteed valid only at the point in the function indicated by the PC.
May be used to skip the prologue or identify the ABI, w/o tracking.
- Returns: Address of first instruction after prologue, or PC (whichever
+ Returns: Address of first instruction after prologue, or PC (whichever
is first), or 0, if decoding failed (in libisa).
Input args:
start Start address of function/prologue.
@@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ call0_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
struct symtab_and_line prologue_sal;
- DEBUGTRACE ("call0_analyze_prologue (start = 0x%08x, pc = 0x%08x, ...)\n",
+ DEBUGTRACE ("call0_analyze_prologue (start = 0x%08x, pc = 0x%08x, ...)\n",
(int)start, (int)pc);
/* Try to limit the scan to the end of the function if a non-zero pc
@@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ call0_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
goto done;
}
- /* Analyze a bundle or a single instruction, using a snapshot of
+ /* Analyze a bundle or a single instruction, using a snapshot of
the register tracking info as input for the entire bundle so that
register changes do not take effect within this bundle. */
@@ -2450,9 +2450,9 @@ call0_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
goto done;
opc = xtensa_opcode_decode (isa, ifmt, is, slot);
- DEBUGVERB ("[call0_analyze_prologue] instr addr = 0x%08x, opc = %d\n",
+ DEBUGVERB ("[call0_analyze_prologue] instr addr = 0x%08x, opc = %d\n",
(unsigned)ia, opc);
- if (opc == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
+ if (opc == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
opclass = c0opc_illegal;
else
opclass = call0_classify_opcode (isa, opc);
@@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ call0_analyze_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
for (j = 0; j < nods && j < C0_MAXOPDS; ++j)
{
- fail = xtensa_operand_get_field (isa, opc, j, ifmt,
+ fail = xtensa_operand_get_field (isa, opc, j, ifmt,
is, slot, &odv[j]);
if (fail)
goto done;
@@ -2550,7 +2550,7 @@ call0_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
CORE_ADDR sp, fp, ra;
int fp_regnum = C0_SP, c0_hasfp = 0, c0_frmsz = 0, prev_sp = 0, to_stk;
xtensa_gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep<xtensa_gdbarch_tdep> (gdbarch);
-
+
sp = get_frame_register_unsigned
(this_frame, tdep->a0_base + 1);
fp = sp; /* Assume FP == SP until proven otherwise. */
@@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ call0_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
goto finish_frame_analysis;
}
}
-
+
/* Get the frame information and FP (if used) at the current PC.
If PC is in the prologue, the prologue analysis is more reliable
than DWARF info. We don't not know for sure, if PC is in the prologue,
@@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ call0_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
else
prev_sp = fp + c0_frmsz;
- /* Frame size from debug info or prologue tracking does not account for
+ /* Frame size from debug info or prologue tracking does not account for
alloca() and other dynamic allocations. Adjust frame size by FP - SP. */
if (c0_hasfp)
{
@@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ call0_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
to_stk = cache->c0.c0_rt[C0_RA].to_stk;
if (to_stk != C0_NOSTK)
- ra = (CORE_ADDR)
+ ra = (CORE_ADDR)
read_memory_integer (sp + c0_frmsz + cache->c0.c0_rt[C0_RA].to_stk,
4, byte_order);
@@ -2679,7 +2679,7 @@ call0_frame_cache (frame_info_ptr this_frame,
}
else ra = 0;
}
-
+
finish_frame_analysis:
cache->pc = start_pc;
cache->ra = ra;
@@ -2770,8 +2770,8 @@ execute_code (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR current_pc, CORE_ADDR wb)
uint32_t at, as, offset;
- /* WindowUnderflow12 = true, when inside _WindowUnderflow12. */
- int WindowUnderflow12 = (current_pc & 0x1ff) >= 0x140;
+ /* WindowUnderflow12 = true, when inside _WindowUnderflow12. */
+ int WindowUnderflow12 = (current_pc & 0x1ff) >= 0x140;
isa = xtensa_default_isa;
gdb_assert (XTENSA_ISA_BSZ >= xtensa_isa_maxlength (isa));
@@ -2809,7 +2809,7 @@ execute_code (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR current_pc, CORE_ADDR wb)
if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa, ifmt, is, ins, slot))
return xtNoExceptionHandler;
opc = xtensa_opcode_decode (isa, ifmt, is, slot);
- if (opc == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
+ if (opc == XTENSA_UNDEFINED)
return xtNoExceptionHandler;
switch (call0_classify_opcode (isa, opc))
{
@@ -2951,19 +2951,19 @@ Unable to decode Xtensa Window Interrupt Handler's code."));
Return the pc of the first instruction after prologue. GDB calls this to
find the address of the first line of the function or (if there is no line
- number information) to skip the prologue for planting breakpoints on
- function entries. Use debug info (if present) or prologue analysis to skip
- the prologue to achieve reliable debugging behavior. For windowed ABI,
- only the 'entry' instruction is skipped. It is not strictly necessary to
+ number information) to skip the prologue for planting breakpoints on
+ function entries. Use debug info (if present) or prologue analysis to skip
+ the prologue to achieve reliable debugging behavior. For windowed ABI,
+ only the 'entry' instruction is skipped. It is not strictly necessary to
skip the prologue (Call0) or 'entry' (Windowed) because xt-gdb knows how to
- backtrace at any point in the prologue, however certain potential hazards
- are avoided and a more "normal" debugging experience is ensured by
+ backtrace at any point in the prologue, however certain potential hazards
+ are avoided and a more "normal" debugging experience is ensured by
skipping the prologue (can be disabled by defining DONT_SKIP_PROLOG).
For example, if we don't skip the prologue:
- Some args may not yet have been saved to the stack where the debug
info expects to find them (true anyway when only 'entry' is skipped);
- - Software breakpoints ('break' instrs) may not have been unplanted
- when the prologue analysis is done on initializing the frame cache,
+ - Software breakpoints ('break' instrs) may not have been unplanted
+ when the prologue analysis is done on initializing the frame cache,
and breaks in the prologue will throw off the analysis.
If we have debug info ( line-number info, in particular ) we simply skip
diff --git a/gdb/xtensa-tdep.h b/gdb/xtensa-tdep.h
index da7a7080afd2..47c395f47717 100644
--- a/gdb/xtensa-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/xtensa-tdep.h
@@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ enum xtensa_target_flags_t
/* Mask. */
-typedef struct
+typedef struct
{
int reg_num;
int bit_start;
int bit_size;
} xtensa_reg_mask_t;
-typedef struct
+typedef struct
{
int count;
xtensa_reg_mask_t *mask;
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ typedef struct
/* Xtensa register representation. */
-typedef struct
+typedef struct
{
const char *name; /* Register name. */
int offset; /* Offset. */
@@ -244,9 +244,9 @@ struct xtensa_gdbarch_tdep : gdbarch_tdep_base
#define WB_SHIFT 2
-/* We assign fixed numbers to the registers of the "current" window
- (i.e., relative to WB). The registers get remapped via the reg_map
- data structure to their corresponding register in the AR register
+/* We assign fixed numbers to the registers of the "current" window
+ (i.e., relative to WB). The registers get remapped via the reg_map
+ data structure to their corresponding register in the AR register
file (see xtensa-tdep.c). */
#endif /* XTENSA_TDEP_H */
diff --git a/gdbserver/i387-fp.cc b/gdbserver/i387-fp.cc
index 674889674f12..8be6f8890090 100644
--- a/gdbserver/i387-fp.cc
+++ b/gdbserver/i387-fp.cc
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ i387_cache_to_xsave (struct regcache *regcache, void *buf)
{
int xmm0_regnum = find_regno (regcache->tdesc, "xmm0");
- for (i = 0; i < num_xmm_registers; i++)
+ for (i = 0; i < num_xmm_registers; i++)
{
collect_register (regcache, i + xmm0_regnum, raw);
p = ((char *) &fp->xmm_space[0]) + i * 16;
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ i387_cache_to_xsave (struct regcache *regcache, void *buf)
{
int ymm0h_regnum = find_regno (regcache->tdesc, "ymm0h");
- for (i = 0; i < num_xmm_registers; i++)
+ for (i = 0; i < num_xmm_registers; i++)
{
collect_register (regcache, i + ymm0h_regnum, raw);
p = ((char *) &fp->ymmh_space[0]) + i * 16;
diff --git a/gdbserver/linux-i386-ipa.cc b/gdbserver/linux-i386-ipa.cc
index 33909d5c54b4..f975d59ca19c 100644
--- a/gdbserver/linux-i386-ipa.cc
+++ b/gdbserver/linux-i386-ipa.cc
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ initialize_fast_tracepoint_trampoline_buffer (void)
FILE *f = fopen ("/proc/sys/vm/mmap_min_addr", "r");
if (!f)
- {
+ {
snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "mmap_min_addr open failed: %s",
safe_strerror (errno));
set_trampoline_buffer_space (0, 0, buf);
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ initialize_fast_tracepoint_trampoline_buffer (void)
if (fgets (buf, IPA_BUFSIZ, f))
sscanf (buf, "%llu", &mmap_min_addr);
-
+
fclose (f);
-
+
buffer_size = buffer_end - mmap_min_addr;
if (buffer_size >= min_buffer_size)
diff --git a/gdbserver/linux-low.h b/gdbserver/linux-low.h
index 79be31b8f729..5e4ca601eeaa 100644
--- a/gdbserver/linux-low.h
+++ b/gdbserver/linux-low.h
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ class linux_process_target : public process_stratum_target
process_info *add_linux_process_no_mem_file (int pid, int attached);
/* Free resources associated to PROC and remove it. */
- void remove_linux_process (process_info *proc);
+ void remove_linux_process (process_info *proc);
/* Add a new thread. */
lwp_info *add_lwp (ptid_t ptid);
diff --git a/gdbserver/linux-x86-low.cc b/gdbserver/linux-x86-low.cc
index d2b55f6f0d2b..1a51d62900a2 100644
--- a/gdbserver/linux-x86-low.cc
+++ b/gdbserver/linux-x86-low.cc
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ struct arch_process_info
/* Mapping between the general-purpose registers in `struct user'
format and GDB's register array layout.
Note that the transfer layout uses 64-bit regs. */
-static /*const*/ int i386_regmap[] =
+static /*const*/ int i386_regmap[] =
{
RAX * 8, RCX * 8, RDX * 8, RBX * 8,
RSP * 8, RBP * 8, RSI * 8, RDI * 8,
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ static const int x86_64_regmap[] =
/* Mapping between the general-purpose registers in `struct user'
format and GDB's register array layout. */
-static /*const*/ int i386_regmap[] =
+static /*const*/ int i386_regmap[] =
{
EAX * 4, ECX * 4, EDX * 4, EBX * 4,
UESP * 4, EBP * 4, ESI * 4, EDI * 4,
diff --git a/gdbserver/server.cc b/gdbserver/server.cc
index 366a843ea894..34b5d890fbac 100644
--- a/gdbserver/server.cc
+++ b/gdbserver/server.cc
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ handle_qxfer_statictrace (const char *annex,
if (writebuf != NULL)
return -2;
- if (annex[0] != '\0' || current_thread == NULL
+ if (annex[0] != '\0' || current_thread == NULL
|| cs.current_traceframe == -1)
return -1;
diff --git a/gdbserver/server.h b/gdbserver/server.h
index 6c64fe1ad807..467bfaa1d954 100644
--- a/gdbserver/server.h
+++ b/gdbserver/server.h
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ extern unsigned long signal_pid;
struct client_state
{
client_state ():
- own_buf ((char *) xmalloc (PBUFSIZ + 1))
+ own_buf ((char *) xmalloc (PBUFSIZ + 1))
{}
/* The thread set with an `Hc' packet. `Hc' is deprecated in favor of
diff --git a/gdbserver/tracepoint.cc b/gdbserver/tracepoint.cc
index d82b8e2c3cef..9674ded2d213 100644
--- a/gdbserver/tracepoint.cc
+++ b/gdbserver/tracepoint.cc
@@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ have_fast_tracepoint_trampoline_buffer (char *buf)
{
internal_error ("error extracting trampoline_buffer_end");
}
-
+
if (buf)
{
buf[0] = '\0';
diff --git a/gdbsupport/buffer.cc b/gdbsupport/buffer.cc
index fcf5990713bd..f83b2cef4f9b 100644
--- a/gdbsupport/buffer.cc
+++ b/gdbsupport/buffer.cc
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* A simple growing buffer for GDB.
-
+
Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GDB.
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ buffer_xml_printf (struct buffer *buffer, const char *format, ...)
char buf[32];
char *str = buf;
const char *f_old = f;
-
+
switch (*f)
{
case 's':
diff --git a/gdbsupport/buffer.h b/gdbsupport/buffer.h
index 9dac63fd478a..e3bbff33fea9 100644
--- a/gdbsupport/buffer.h
+++ b/gdbsupport/buffer.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* A simple growing buffer for GDB.
-
+
Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GDB.
diff --git a/gdbsupport/event-loop.cc b/gdbsupport/event-loop.cc
index b1a5c1ad4399..44cf2d67a532 100644
--- a/gdbsupport/event-loop.cc
+++ b/gdbsupport/event-loop.cc
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ gdb_do_one_event (int mstimeout)
gdb::optional<int> timer_id;
- SCOPE_EXIT
+ SCOPE_EXIT
{
if (timer_id.has_value ())
delete_timer (*timer_id);
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ get_next_file_handler_to_handle_and_advance (void)
return curr_next;
}
-/* Remove the file descriptor FD from the list of monitored fd's:
+/* Remove the file descriptor FD from the list of monitored fd's:
i.e. we don't care anymore about events on the FD. */
void
delete_file_handler (int fd)
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ delete_file_handler (int fd)
/* Create a new poll_fds array by copying every fd's information
but the one we want to get rid of. */
- new_poll_fds = (struct pollfd *)
+ new_poll_fds = (struct pollfd *)
xmalloc ((gdb_notifier.num_fds - 1) * sizeof (struct pollfd));
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < gdb_notifier.num_fds; i++)
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ delete_file_handler (int fd)
}
}
- /* Deactivate the file descriptor, by clearing its mask,
+ /* Deactivate the file descriptor, by clearing its mask,
so that it will not fire again. */
file_ptr->mask = 0;
diff --git a/gdbsupport/event-loop.h b/gdbsupport/event-loop.h
index c82493e9bdf8..b8c77e9fb64a 100644
--- a/gdbsupport/event-loop.h
+++ b/gdbsupport/event-loop.h
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ extern void add_file_handler (int fd, handler_func *proc,
gdb_client_data client_data,
std::string &&name, bool is_ui = false);
-extern int create_timer (int milliseconds,
- timer_handler_func *proc,
+extern int create_timer (int milliseconds,
+ timer_handler_func *proc,
gdb_client_data client_data);
extern void delete_timer (int id);
diff --git a/gdbsupport/gdb_vecs.cc b/gdbsupport/gdb_vecs.cc
index 086a03e2ea44..4c3afae30f67 100644
--- a/gdbsupport/gdb_vecs.cc
+++ b/gdbsupport/gdb_vecs.cc
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ std::vector<gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>>
delim_string_to_char_ptr_vec (const char *str, char delimiter)
{
std::vector<gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>> retval;
-
+
delim_string_to_char_ptr_vec_append (&retval, str, delimiter);
return retval;
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ std::vector<gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>>
dirnames_to_char_ptr_vec (const char *dirnames)
{
std::vector<gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>> retval;
-
+
dirnames_to_char_ptr_vec_append (&retval, dirnames);
return retval;
diff --git a/gdbsupport/parallel-for.h b/gdbsupport/parallel-for.h
index acd9137efbd5..f0626095840a 100644
--- a/gdbsupport/parallel-for.h
+++ b/gdbsupport/parallel-for.h
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ struct par_for_accumulator
}
private:
-
+
/* A vector of futures coming from the tasks run in the
background. */
std::vector<gdb::future<T>> m_futures;
diff --git a/gdbsupport/print-utils.h b/gdbsupport/print-utils.h
index 2b14846596f9..dcd573c7001d 100644
--- a/gdbsupport/print-utils.h
+++ b/gdbsupport/print-utils.h
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ extern char *hex_string_custom (LONGEST num, int width);
/* Convert VAL to a numeral in the given radix. For
* radix 10, IS_SIGNED may be true, indicating a signed quantity;
- * otherwise VAL is interpreted as unsigned. If WIDTH is supplied,
+ * otherwise VAL is interpreted as unsigned. If WIDTH is supplied,
* it is the minimum width (0-padded if needed). USE_C_FORMAT means
- * to use C format in all cases. If it is false, then 'x'
+ * to use C format in all cases. If it is false, then 'x'
* and 'o' formats do not include a prefix (0x or leading 0). */
-extern char *int_string (LONGEST val, int radix, int is_signed, int width,
- int use_c_format);
+extern char *int_string (LONGEST val, int radix, int is_signed, int width,
+ int use_c_format);
/* Convert a CORE_ADDR into a string. */
diff --git a/gdbsupport/ptid.cc b/gdbsupport/ptid.cc
index d4bd715cb886..2d832f408c29 100644
--- a/gdbsupport/ptid.cc
+++ b/gdbsupport/ptid.cc
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/* The ptid_t type and common functions operating on it.
Copyright (C) 1986-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
+
This file is part of GDB.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
base-commit: 8bfb6941c358ee2da8320125644c59bf90842f6b
--
2.38.1
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] only message in thread
only message in thread, other threads:[~2022-11-07 13:50 UTC | newest]
Thread overview: (only message) (download: mbox.gz / follow: Atom feed)
-- links below jump to the message on this page --
2022-11-07 13:50 [PATCH] gdb, gdbserver, gdbsupport: remove spurious trailing whitespaces Simon Marchi
This is a public inbox, see mirroring instructions
for how to clone and mirror all data and code used for this inbox;
as well as URLs for read-only IMAP folder(s) and NNTP newsgroup(s).